As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 17, 2019

Registration No. 333-          

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

Under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   5500   82-3829328
(State or other jurisdiction of   (Primary Standard Industrial   (IRS Employer
incorporation or organization)   Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)

 

601 N. State Road 7

Plantation, FL 33317

(954) 895-0352

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

Samer Tawfik

President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman

601 N. State Road 7

Plantation, FL 33317

(954) 895-0352

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Please send copies of all communications to:

 

David C. Rose, Esq.

M. Ali Panjwani, Esq.

Pryor Cashman LLP

7 Times Square

New York, New York 10036

(212) 421-4100

 

Stephen E. Older, Esq.

Rakesh Gopalan, Esq.

McGuireWoods LLP

1251 Avenue of the Americas, 20 th Floor

New York, New York 10020

(212) 548-2100

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box: ☒

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer”, “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer  ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☐   Smaller reporting company ☒
  Emerging growth company   ☒

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐

 

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Securities to be Registered   Amount
to Be
Registered(1)
    Proposed Maximum Offering Price per Share     Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering
Price(1)
    Amount of Registration Fee  
Common Stock, par value $0.00001 per share (2)     1,466,250     $ 6.00     $ 8,797,500.00     $ 1,066.26  
Underwriter Warrants     -     $ -     $ -     $ -  
Common Stock underlying Underwriter Warrants (3)     63,750     $ 7.50     $ 478,125.00     $ 57.95  
Total     1,530,000     $ 6.63     $ 9,275,625     $ 1,124.21  

 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of determining the amount of registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

(2) In accordance with Rule 416(a), the Registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional shares of common stock that shall be issuable pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions. Includes up to 191,250 shares of common stock, subject to the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

 

(3) We have agreed to issue to our underwriter warrants to purchase the number of shares of common stock (the “Underwriter Warrants”) in the aggregate equal to five percent (5%) of the shares of our common stock to be issued and sold in this offering (including shares issuable upon exercise of the over-allotment option described herein). The Underwriter Warrants are exercisable for a price per share equal to 125% of the public offering price.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a) may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION   DATED              , 2019

 

1,275,000 Shares

 

Common Stock

 

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.

 

 

This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We are offering 1,275,000 shares, par value $0.00001 per share, of our common stock. We currently estimate that the initial public offering price will be between $5.00 and $6.00 share of common stock.

 

Currently, no public market exists for our common stock. We have applied to list our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, under the symbol “LMPX.” There is no guarantee or assurance that our common stock will be approved for listing on Nasdaq.

 

We are an “emerging growth company”, as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, and as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings. See “ Prospectus Summary—JOBS Act ” and “ Risk Factors—Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock .”

 

Investing in our common stock is highly speculative and involves a significant degree of risk. See “ Risk Factors ” beginning on page 7 of this prospectus for a discussion of information that should be considered before making a decision to purchase our common stock.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

    Per Share     Offering without Over-Allotment Option     Offering with Over-Allotment Option  
Public offering price   $                    $                   $                
Underwriter’s discount and commissions(1)   $       $       $    
Proceeds to us, before expenses   $       $       $    

 

(1) Does not include additional compensation payable to ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc., or the underwriter. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriter for certain expenses incurred relating to this offering. In addition, we will issue to the underwriter a warrant to purchase the number of shares of our common stock equal to five percent (5%) of the number of shares issued at the initial closing of this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part also registers the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s warrant.

 

Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $1,000,000 of shares of common stock in this offering, at the offering price to the public and on the same terms and conditions as other investors. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriter could determine to sell or not sell shares to Mr. Tawfik, and Mr. Tawfik could determine to purchase or not purchase shares in this offering.

 

This offering is being underwritten on a firm commitment basis. We have granted the underwriter an option for a period of 45 days from the date of this prospectus to purchase up to an additional 191,250 shares of our common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount and commissions, or the over-allotment option.

 

The delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                       , 2019.

 

ThinkEquity

a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

 

The date of this prospectus is                         , 2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
Prospectus Summary 1
Summary Consolidated Financial Data 6
Risk Factors 7
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 28
Industry and Market Data 29
Use of Proceeds 30
Dividend Policy 30
Capitalization 31
Dilution 32
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 34
Business 43
Management 53
Executive Compensation 58
Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions 65
Principal Stockholders 66
Description of Capital Stock 67
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 70
Certain U.S. Federal Income and Estate Tax Considerations to Non-U.S. Holders 71
Underwriting 74
Legal Matters 81
Experts 81
Where You Can Find More Information 81
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements F-1

 

i

 

 

Please read this prospectus carefully. It describes our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, among other things. We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free-writing prospectus we have authorized. Neither we nor the underwriter have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and neither we nor the underwriter take responsibility for any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the underwriter are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date on the front of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of shares of our common stock. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.

 

TRADEMARKS AND COPYRIGHTS

 

We own or have rights to trademarks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and website names. In addition, we own or have the rights to copyrights, trade secrets and other proprietary rights that protect the services that we offer. This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Our use or display of third parties’ trademarks, service marks, trade names or products in this prospectus is not intended to, and should not be read to, imply a relationship with or endorsement or sponsorship of us. Solely for convenience, some of the copyrights, trade names and trademarks referred to in this prospectus are listed without their © , ® and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our copyrights, trade names and trademarks. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names are the property of their respective owners.

 

ii

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the risks associated with an investment in the Company discussed in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. Some of the statements in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. See the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”

 

In this prospectus, “we,” “us,” “our,” “the Company” and similar references refer to LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. and, unless otherwise stated, all of its subsidiaries.

 

Our Mission

 

Our goal is to provide an e-commerce and facilities-based retail platform for consumers who desire to buy, sell, rent, subscribe for or finance pre-owned and new automobiles. We seek to provide our customers with a simple, convenient, flexible, transparent and pleasant retail experience. In addition to our current operations launched in 2017, we intend to seek strategic acquisitions of pre-owned and new automobile dealerships and car rental companies in order to facilitate efficient growth.

 

Our Current Business

 

LMP, through its wholly owned subsidiaries, currently offers our customers the opportunity to buy, sell, rent and subscribe for, and obtain financing for automobiles both online and in person.

 

We describe our business model as “Buy, Rent or Subscribe, Sell and Repeat.” This means that we “Buy” pre-owned automobiles primarily through auctions or directly from other automobile dealers, and new automobiles from manufacturers and manufacturer distributors at fleet rates. We “Rent or Subscribe” by either renting automobiles to our customers or allowing them to enter into our subscription plan for automobiles in which customers have use of an automobile for a minimum of thirty (30) days. We “Sell” our inventory, including automobiles previously included in our rental and subscription programs, to customers, and then we hope to “Repeat” the whole process.

 

 

We believe we offer a stress-free and user-friendly experience, either directly or through arrangements with third parties, that enables consumers to efficiently:

 

  - Browse and purchase a vehicle   - Subscribe for a vehicle
  - Rent a vehicle   - Sell or trade-in vehicle
  - Obtain pre-approval for financing (through third parties)   - Buy extended warranties (through third parties)
  - Schedule deliveries and pick-ups (typically through third parties)      

 

 

1

 

 

Our platform is designed to streamline the automobile transaction value chain by digitizing a substantial part of the sales and transaction process. We believe this will enhance the consumer experience by creating operational efficiencies that are designed to improve our financial and business performance. We also intend to centralize sales, title, tag, finance, insurance and logistics operations, in order to create additional financial and operational benefits, as well as a positive consumer experience. We believe that bringing more of the vehicle shopping and transaction experience online will provide consumers with a broader range of purchase, rental and subscription options while eliminating time spent in negotiation and haggling.

 

We commenced our operations in the first quarter of 2017. Currently, we only offer sales of pre-owned automobiles, and rentals and subscriptions for both pre-owned and new automobiles. Our fleet consists of 215 automobiles in total. Of those, 118 are offered for subscription, eight are offered for rental, 40 are available to drivers for rideshare applications, including Uber and Lyft, and 49 are held for sale. Our current facility is approximately 8,771 square feet on 1.25 acres of land. Our facility contains storage for ten vehicles on the interior and up to 90 on the exterior. We expect that we can facilitate over 1,000 subscribers in our current facility.

 

Our Risks

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks summarized below. These risks are discussed more fully in the “ Risk Factors ” section immediately following this Prospectus Summary. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

Our limited operating history makes it difficult for us to evaluate our future business prospects and make decisions based on those estimates of our future performance.

 

We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

 

We intend to acquire other companies and/or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

 

We expect that we will require additional debt and equity capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges and/or unforeseen circumstances. If such capital is not available to us, or is not available on favorable terms, our business, operating results and financial condition may be harmed.

 

Our business is subject to risks related to the larger automotive ecosystem, including consumer demand, global supply chain challenges and other macroeconomic issues.

 

Implications of Being an “Emerging Growth Company”

 

As a public reporting company with less than $1.07 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other significant requirements that are otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company we:

 

are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles, objectives and elements and analyzing how those elements fit with our principles and objectives (commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”);

 

are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our stockholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);

 

2

 

 

are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure;

 

may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A; and

 

are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act.

 

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act. Our election to use the phase-in periods may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to those of non-emerging growth companies and other emerging growth companies that have opted out of the phase-in periods under §107 of the JOBS Act.

 

Certain of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions are also available to us due to the fact that we also qualify as a “smaller reporting company” under the SEC’s rules. For instance, smaller reporting companies are not required to obtain an auditor attestation and report regarding management’s assessment of internal control over financial reporting; are not required to provide a compensation discussion and analysis; are not required to provide a pay-for-performance graph or CEO pay ratio disclosure; and may present only two years of audited financial statements and related MD&A disclosure.

 

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. In this regard, the JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. Furthermore, under current Commission rules, we will continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company” for so long as we have (i) a public float (i.e., the market value of common equity held by non-affiliates) of less than $250 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter or (ii) (A) if we have no public float or a public float of less than $700 million and (B) annual revenues of less than $100 million during our most recently completed fiscal year.

 

Reorganization and Securities Issuances

 

The Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in December 2017. Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, contributed one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests in each of LMP Motors.com, LLC and LMP Finance, LLC to the Company in December 2017, and in January 2018, 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC made the Company their sole member. We refer to these transactions as the reorganization. As a result of the reorganization, the Company now owns one hundred percent (100%) of the equity in each of these four entities. LMP Motors.com, LLC currently operates our automobile sales business. LMP Finance, LLC currently operates our rental and subscription business. 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC were formed to enter into future potential strategic acquisitions, but are currently inactive. As a result of the reorganization, Mr. Tawfik was issued 15,750,000 shares of common stock and ST RXR Investments, LLC, or ST RXR, a company wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Tawfik, was issued 5,250,000 shares of common stock.

 

In February 2018, we completed an offering exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, or a private placement offering, pursuant to which we sold 2,858,030 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of $3.33 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,517,239.

 

From June 2018 through October 2018, we sold an aggregate of 787,264 shares of our common stock, in a private placement offering, at a purchase price of $4.75 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,739,505.

 

3

 

 

During the second and third quarters of 2018, we issued convertible promissory notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1,448,965, or the 6-month notes, pursuant to a private placement offering. The 6-month notes bear interest at 4% per annum and mature six (6) months from the date of issuance, at which time the principal and any accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable. The holders of the 6-month notes may, at any time prior to the maturity date, convert the 6-month notes (and accrued interest) into shares of our common stock by dividing (a) the outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued interest under the applicable 6-month note on the date of conversion by (b) $4.75 (subject to adjustment as provided in the 6-month notes). Based on the terms of the conversion rights, we did not recognize a beneficial conversion discount. 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we repaid one of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of approximately $285,015, leaving a balance on the remaining 6-month notes of approximately $1,164,000, plus accrued interest, at December 31, 2018.

 

During the first quarter of 2019, we repaid two of the 6-month notes in the aggregate principal amount of $365,000, leaving a balance on the remaining 6-month notes of $798,950, plus accrued interest, at March 31, 2019.  In April 2019, we repaid seven of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of $497,000.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2019, we extended certain of the 6-month notes that became due.  Two of the 6-month notes in the amount of approximately $121,000 were extended to June 15, 2019, two of the 6-month notes in the amount of approximately $45,000 were extended to August 14, 2019, and another two in the amount of approximately $135,950 were extended to September 17, 2019.

 

The total outstanding principal balance on the remaining 6-month notes as of May 31, 2019 was $301,950.

 

Company and Other Information

 

Our Company was incorporated in the State of Delaware in December 2017. Our principal executive office is located at 601 N. State Road 7, Plantation FL, 33317. Our telephone number is (954) 895-0352. Our main Internet address is www.lmpmotors.com. We do not incorporate the information on or accessible through our website into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as a part of this prospectus.

 

4

 

 

The Offering

 

Shares being offered:   1,275,000 shares of common stock. (1)
     
Number of shares of common stock outstanding after this offering: (2)   7,281,694 shares of common stock (7,472,944 shares of common stock, if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full).
     
Gross proceeds to us, net of underwriting discount but before expenses:   $6,316,500 ($7,284,225, assuming that the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $5.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.
     
Use of Proceeds:   We plan to use the net proceeds of this offering primarily for our strategic acquisitions, to build our vehicle inventory, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. For more information on the anticipated use of proceeds of this offering, see “ Use of Proceeds ” on page 30 of this prospectus.

 

Lock-up   We, all of our directors and officers and substantially all of our shareholders have agreed with the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of the final closing of this offering. See “ Shares Eligible for Future Sale ” and “ Underwriting ” for more information.
     
Proposed NASDAQ Symbol:   LMPX
     
Underwriter’s Warrants:   We have agreed to issue to the underwriter a warrant to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 5% of the total number of shares issued at the initial closing of this offering. The underwriter’s warrant will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of common stock sold in this offering. The underwriter’s warrant is exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-a-half-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.  The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part also registers the issuance of the shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s warrant. See “ Underwriting ” for more information.
     
Risk factors:   Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “ Risk Factors ” section beginning on page.

 

(1) In addition, the underwriter has been granted an over-allotment option pursuant to which it may purchase an additional 191,250 shares of common stock.

 

(2) The number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately following this offering is based on 24,506,693 shares outstanding as of May 31, 2019 and excludes:

 

1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for issuance under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan;

 

331,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options (of which 236,853 have vested) outstanding as of March 31, 2019;

 

Up to 63,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s warrants issued in connection with this offering; and

 

Approximately 63,570 shares of common stock that may be issued by us upon conversion of the 6-month note (assuming no interest is paid on the 6-month notes).

 

In addition, unless we specifically state otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes:

 

an initial public offering price of $5.50 per share, the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

with respect to the post-offering share counts, the cancellation of 18,500,000 shares held by Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

 

Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $1,000,000 of shares of common stock in this offering, at the offering price to the public and on the same terms and conditions as other investors. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriter could determine to sell or not sell shares to Mr. Tawfik, and Mr. Tawfik could determine to purchase or not purchase shares in this offering.

 

5

 

 

SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

 

The following tables present the summary historical consolidated financial and other data for LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 and the summary balance sheet data at December 31, 2018 and 2017 were derived from the audited consolidated financial statements of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated statement of operations data for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 and the summary balance sheet data at March 31, 2019 were derived from the unaudited consolidated interim financial statements of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited consolidated interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair statement of the financial information set forth in those statements. The results of operations for the periods presented below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period and the results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year. The following summary consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the consolidated financial statements and related notes of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. included elsewhere in this prospectus.

  

   

Three Months Ended

March 31,

   

Year Ended

December 31,

 
    2019     2018     2018     2017  
    (unaudited)              
Statement of Operations Data :                        
Total Revenues   $ 4,937,747     $ 2,384,595     $ 16,610,786     $ 3,759,031  
Gross loss     (110,826 )     (174,099 )     (1,956,989 )     (235,048 )
Total cost of revenues     5,048,573       2,558,694       18,567,775       3,994,079  
Loss from operations     (1,396,202 )     (761,571 )     (6,458,916 )     (1,409,306 )
Other expenses     (4,409 )     (4,919 )     31,377       14,356  
Net loss     (1,400,611 )     (766,490 )     (6,490,293 )     (1,423,662 )

 

    March 31,     As of December 31,  
    2019     2018     2017  
    (unaudited)              
Balance Sheet Data :                  
                   
Cash   $ 472,199     $ 424,152     $ 217,360  
Accounts receivable     117,253       286,982       85,851  
Automobile inventory, net     8,511,159       11,558,160       3,696,802  
Other current assets     220,075       380,712       71,000  
Total current assets     9,320,686       12,650,006       4,071,013  
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net     528,088       539,475       158,659  
Intangible assets     45,994       39,997       0  
Deferred offering costs     1,022,855       987,094       0  
Right-of-use asset     1,347,701       0       0  
Total assets     12,265,324       14,216,571       4,256,672  
                         
Total current liabilities     3,247,009       4,462,474       1,724,465  
Total liabilities     4,295,805       4,462,474       1,724,465  
Total shareholders’ equity     7,969,519       9,754,097       2,532,207  
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity     12,265,324       14,216,571       4,256,672  

 

6

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risk factors, together with the other information contained in this prospectus, before purchasing our common stock. We have listed below (not necessarily in order of importance of probability of occurrence) what we believe to be the most significant risk factors applicable to us, but they do not constitute all of the risks that may be applicable to us. Any of the following factors could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations or prospects, and could result in a partial or complete loss of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section titled “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

 

Risks Related to Our Business

 

Our limited operating history makes it difficult for us to evaluate our future business prospects and make decisions based on those estimates of our future performance.

 

We are a recently formed holding company with a limited operating history. The Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in December 2017. Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, contributed one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests in each of LMP Motors.com, LLC and LMP Finance, LLC into the Company in December 2017, and in January 2018, 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC made the Company their sole member. Currently, LMP Motors.com, LLC, which operates our automobile sales business, and LMP Finance, LLC, which operates our rental and subscription business, are the only subsidiaries that generate revenues. 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC were formed to enter into future potential strategic acquisitions, but are currently inactive. Because of the uncertainties related to our limited historical operations, including the limited historical operations of LMP Motors.com, LLC, we may be hindered in our ability to anticipate and timely adapt to increases or decreases in revenues or expenses, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the value of an investment in our common stock.

 

We have a history of net losses.

 

We expect to continue to incur losses at least in the near term as we invest in and strive to grow our business. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including a decrease in demand for automobiles and our related products and services, losses associated with our strategic acquisitions, increased competition, weakness in the automotive industry generally, as well as other risks described in this prospectus, and we may encounter unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays in generating revenue or profitability. If our revenues decrease, we may not be able to reduce costs in a timely manner because many of our costs are fixed at least, in the short term. In addition, if we reduce variable costs to respond to losses, this may limit our ability to acquire customers and grow our revenues. Accordingly, we may not achieve or maintain profitability and we may continue to incur significant losses in the future, which may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and the value of an investment in our common stock.

 

We depend on key personnel to operate our business, and if we are unable to retain, attract and integrate qualified personnel, our ability to develop and successfully grow our business could be harmed.

 

We believe our initial success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our executives and employees. Our future success depends on our continuing ability to attract, develop, motivate and retain highly qualified and skilled employees. Qualified individuals are in high demand, and we may incur significant costs to attract and retain them. In addition, the loss of any of our key employees or senior management, including our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Samer Tawfik, could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to execute our business plan and strategy, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements on a timely basis, or at all. Our executive officers and other employees are at-will employees, which means they may terminate their employment relationship with us at any time, and their knowledge of our business and industry would be extremely difficult to replace. We may not be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business could be materially and adversely affected. 

 

7

 

 

We intend to acquire other companies and/or technologies, which could divert our management’s attention, result in additional dilution to our stockholders and otherwise disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

 

Our success will depend, in part, on our ability to grow our business in response to the demands of consumers and other constituents within the automotive industry, as well as our ability to respond to competitive pressures. Part of our strategy is to do so through the strategic acquisition of complementary businesses, such as independent and franchised dealerships and car rental companies clustered in key metropolitan areas, and technologies, in addition to our own internal development efforts. The identification of suitable acquisition candidates can be difficult, time-consuming and costly, and we may not be able to successfully complete identified acquisitions. The risks we face in connection with acquisitions include:

 

diversion of management time and focus from operating our business to addressing acquisition integration challenges;

 

coordination of technology, research and development, and sales and marketing functions;

 

transition of the acquired company’s users to our website and mobile applications;

 

retention of employees from the acquired company;

 

cultural challenges associated with integrating employees from the acquired company into our organization;

 

integration of the acquired company’s accounting, management information, human resources and other administrative systems;

 

the need to implement or improve controls, policies and procedures at a business that, prior to the acquisition, may have lacked effective controls, policies and procedures;

 

potential write-offs of intangibles or other assets acquired in such transactions that may have an adverse effect on our operating results;

 

liability for activities of the acquired company before the acquisition, including patent and trademark infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities, and other known and unknown liabilities; and

 

litigation or other claims in connection with the acquired company, including claims from terminated employees, consumers, former stockholders, or other third parties.

 

Our failure to address these risks or other problems encountered in connection with our planned acquisitions and investments could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of these acquisitions or investments, cause us to incur unanticipated liabilities and otherwise harm our business. Future acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of our equity securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, amortization expenses, or the write-off of goodwill, any of which could harm our financial condition. Also, the anticipated benefits of any acquisitions may not materialize. Any of these risks, if realized, could materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We expect that we will require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges and/or unforeseen circumstances. If such capital is not available to us, or is not available on favorable terms, our business, operating results and financial condition may be harmed.

 

While we intend to use the proceeds from this offering for our strategic acquisitions, to build our vehicle inventory, for working capital and other general corporate purposes, we expect that we will require additional capital to pursue our business objectives and respond to business opportunities, challenges and/or unforeseen circumstances, including to increase our marketing expenditures in order to improve our brand awareness, build and maintain our inventory of quality pre-owned vehicles, develop new products or services or further improve existing services, enhance our operating infrastructure and acquire complementary businesses and technologies. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity, debt or other types of financings to secure additional funds. Additional funds may not be available when we need them on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. In addition, any debt financing that we secure in the future could involve restrictive covenants which may make it more difficult for us to obtain additional capital and to pursue business opportunities.

 

8

 

 

Volatility in the credit markets may also have an adverse effect on our ability to obtain debt financing. If we raise additional funds through further issuances of equity or convertible debt securities, our existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution, and any new equity securities we issue could have rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of our common stock. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to pursue our business objectives and to respond to business opportunities, challenges or unforeseen circumstances could be significantly limited, and our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be adversely affected.

 

Our business is subject to risks related to the larger automotive ecosystem, including consumer demand, global supply chain challenges and other macroeconomic issues.

 

Decreases in consumer demand could adversely affect the market for vehicle purchases and, as a result, reduce the number of consumers using our platform. Consumer purchases of vehicles generally decline during recessionary periods and other periods in which disposable income is adversely affected. Purchases of vehicles are typically discretionary for consumers and have been, and may continue to be, affected by negative trends in the economy and other factors, including rising interest rates, the cost of energy and gasoline, the availability and cost of credit, reductions in business and consumer confidence, stock market volatility, increased regulation and increased unemployment. Increased environmental regulation has made, and may in the future make, used cars more expensive and less desirable for consumers. In addition, our business may be negatively affected by challenges to the larger automotive ecosystem, including urbanization, global supply chain challenges and other macroeconomic issues. For example, car rideshare services, such as Uber, Juno, Lyft, and Via, car sharing, and other services that allow people to supplement transit trips and share vehicles are becoming increasingly popular as a means of transportation and may decrease consumer demand for the pre-owned vehicles we sell, particularly as urbanization increases. Additionally, new technologies such as autonomous or self-driving vehicles have the potential to change the dynamics of car ownership in the future. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We participate in a highly competitive industry, and pressure from existing and new companies may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

We face significant competition from existing and new companies that provide, among other things, automobile listings, information, lead generation, and car buying, rental and subscription services.

 

Our current and future competitors may include:

 

traditional car dealerships that could increase investment in technology and infrastructure to compete directly with our online platform;

 

Internet and online automotive sites that could change their models to directly compete with us, such as Google, Amazon, AutoTrader.com, eBay Motors, Edmunds.com, KBB.com, Autobytel.com, TrueCar.com and Cars.com;

 

providers of offline, membership-based car buying services such as the Costco Auto Program;

 

used car dealers or marketplaces with e-commerce business or online platforms such as Carvana, Vroom and Shift;

 

national rental car companies such as Sixt Rent A Car, Hertz, Avis, Budget and Enterprise, as well as local and regional car rental services;

 

9

 

 

vehicle subscription services, and other pay-as-you-go services, such as ZipCar and Flexdrive, and similar services offered by large automobile manufacturers such as Volvo and BMW;

 

other automobile manufacturers that could change their sales models through technology and infrastructure investment; and

 

Peer-to-peer ride-sharing companies.

 

We also expect that new competitors will continue to enter the online and traditional automotive retail, rental and subscription market with competing brands, business models, products and services, which could have an adverse effect on our revenue, business and financial results. Some of these companies have significantly greater resources than we do and may be able to provide consumers access to a greater inventory of vehicles at lower prices while delivering a competitive online experience.

  

Our current and potential competitors may also develop and market new technologies that may adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

Our current and potential competitors may also develop and market new technologies that render our existing or future business model, products and services less competitive, unmarketable or obsolete. For example, manufacturers are beginning to develop automated, driverless vehicles that could eventually reduce the demand for, or replace, traditional vehicles, including the vehicles that we currently sell. Additionally, car rideshare services, such as Uber, Juno, Lyft, and Via, car sharing, and other services that allow people to supplement transit trips and share vehicles, are becoming increasingly popular as a means of transportation and may decrease consumer demand for vehicle ownership. In addition, if our competitors develop business models, products or services with similar or superior functionality to our solutions, it may adversely impact our business.

 

Our competitors may also impede our ability to reach consumers or commence operations in certain jurisdictions. For example, our competitors may increase their search engine optimization efforts and outbid us for search terms on various search engines. Additionally, our competitors could use their political influence and increase lobbying efforts resulting in new regulations or interpretations of existing regulations that could prevent us from operating in certain jurisdictions.

 

Our current and potential competitors may have significantly greater resources than we do.

 

Our current and potential competitors may have significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have, and the ability to devote greater resources to the development, promotion and support of their business. Additionally, they may have more extensive automotive industry relationships, longer operating histories and greater name recognition than we have. As a result, these competitors may be able to respond to changes in the automotive industry more quickly with new technologies and undertake more extensive marketing or promotional campaigns. If we are unable to compete with these companies, the demand for our automobiles, products and services could substantially decline.

 

In addition, if one or more of our competitors were to merge or partner with another one of our competitors, the change in the competitive landscape could adversely affect our ability to compete effectively. Our competitors may also establish or strengthen cooperative relationships with our current or future providers and suppliers, or other parties with whom we have relationships, thereby limiting our ability to develop, improve and grow our business. We may not be able to compete successfully against current or future competitors, and competitive pressures may harm our revenue, business and financial results.

 

Our business is dependent upon access to a desirable vehicle inventory. Obstacles to acquiring attractive inventory, whether because of supply, competition, or other factors, may have a material adverse effect on our business, sales and results of operations.

 

Our business requires that we have access to a large number of quality vehicles. We acquire vehicles for sale through numerous sources, including wholesale auction, agreements with manufacturers, independent and franchise dealerships, trade-ins and directly from consumers. The sources from which we can acquire vehicles of a quality and in a quantity acceptable to us are limited, and there is substantial competition to acquire the vehicles we purchase. There can be no assurance that the supply of desirable vehicles will be sufficient to meet our needs. A reduction in the availability of or access to sources of inventory, including an increase in competition for quality vehicles, could diminish our ability to obtain sufficient inventory at a price that we can reflect in retail market prices and would have a material adverse effect on our business, sales and results of operations.

 

10

 

 

Additionally, we evaluate potential vehicles regularly using third-party systems to predict mechanical soundness, consumer desirability and relative value of prospective inventory. If we fail to adjust appraisal offers to stay in line with broader market trade-in offer trends, or fail to recognize those trends, it could adversely affect our ability to acquire inventory effectively. Our ability to source vehicles through our appraisal process could also be affected by competition, both from new and used car dealers directly and through third party websites driving appraisal traffic to those dealers.

 

Our business is dependent upon our ability to expeditiously sell inventory. Failure to expeditiously sell our inventory could have a material adverse effect on our business, sales and results of operations.

 

Our purchases of vehicles are based in large part on projected demand. If actual sales are materially less than our forecasts, we would experience an over-supply of vehicle inventory. An over-supply of vehicle inventory will generally cause downward pressure on our product sales prices and margins and increase our average days to sale.

 

Pre-owned vehicle inventory has typically represented, and will continue to represent, a significant portion of our total assets. Having such a large portion of our total assets in the form of pre-owned vehicle inventory for an extended period of time subjects us to depreciation and other risks that may affect our results of operations. Accordingly, if we have excess inventory or our average days-to-sale increases, we may be unable to liquidate such inventory in a timely manner, or do so at prices that would allow us to meet margin targets or to recover our costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

Our business is sensitive to changes in the prices of new and pre-owned vehicles.

 

Any significant changes in retail prices for new or pre-owned vehicles could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and results of operations. For example, if retail prices for pre-owned vehicles rise relative to retail prices for new vehicles, it could make buying a new vehicle more attractive to consumers than buying a used vehicle, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and could result in reduced used car sales and lower revenue. Additionally, manufacturer incentives could contribute to narrowing the price gap between new and pre-owned vehicles. Pre-owned vehicle prices may also decline due to an increased number of new vehicle lease returns over the next several years. While lower prices of pre-owned vehicles reduce our cost of acquiring new inventory, lower prices could also lead to reductions in the value of inventory that we currently hold, which could have a negative impact on gross profit. Furthermore, any significant changes in wholesale prices for pre-owned vehicles could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations by reducing our profit margins.

 

If our inventory or other costs of operations increase and we are unable to pass along these costs to our customers, we may be unable to maintain or grow our sales margins. 

 

Our inventory and other costs are variable and dependent upon various factors, many of which are outside of our control. A rise in vehicle acquisition costs could erode our sales margins and negatively affect our results of operations. If we incur cost increases, we may seek to pass those increases along to our customers. However, our consumers typically have limits on the maximum amount they can afford, and we may be unable to pass these costs along to them in the form of higher sales prices, which would adversely affect our ability to maintain or increase margins.

 

We rely heavily on logistics in transporting vehicles for delivery from point of purchase to our facilities, and finally to the customers, via third parties. Our ability to manage this process both internally and through our network of transportation partners could cause a rise in inventory costs and a disruption in our inventory supply chain and distribution. Further, any disruption in the vehicle transport industry or an increase in the cost of transport could adversely affect our results of operations.

 

11

 

 

We could be negatively affected if losses for which we do not have third-party insurance coverage increase or our insurance coverages prove to be inadequate.

 

We have third-party insurance coverage, subject to limits, for bodily injury and property damage resulting from accidents involving our vehicles that are rented or subscribed for. We self-insure (that is, we do not have third-party insurance coverage) for other risks, such as theft and damages to vehicles that are rented or subscribed for and are not otherwise covered by renters’ or subscribers’ insurance, and theft and damage to vehicles in our inventory. We account for vehicle damage or total loss at the time such damage or loss is incurred. As a result, we are responsible for damage to our vehicles. A deterioration in claims management, whether by our management or by a third-party claims administrator, could lead to delays in settling claims, thereby increasing claim costs. In the future, we may be exposed to liability for which we self-insure at levels in excess of our historical levels and to liabilities for which we are insured that exceed the level of our insurance. Claims filed against us in excess of insurance limits, or for which we are otherwise self-insured, or the inability of our insurance carriers to pay otherwise-insured claims, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition. For example, damages resulting from a significant natural disaster, such as a hurricane, fire or flood, or judgment against us for liability for damages resulting from our rental program could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition, and our insurance coverage may be insufficient to compensate us for losses that may occur. Should we be unable to renew our commercial insurance policies at competitive rates, this loss could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

  

The success of our business relies heavily on our marketing and branding efforts and these efforts may not be successful.

 

We believe that an important component of our growth will be to successfully attract new visitors to our physical locations and our online platform. Because we are a consumer brand, we rely heavily on marketing and advertising to increase brand visibility with potential customers. We intend to execute our sales and marketing efforts by utilizing a multi-channel approach that utilizes brand building, as well as direct response channels in order to efficiently establish and grow both locally and nationally and to increase the strength, recognition and trust in the LMP brand.

 

Our business model relies on our ability to scale rapidly and to decrease incremental customer acquisition costs as we grow. If we are unable to recover our marketing costs through increases in customer traffic and in the number of transactions by users of our platform, or if our broad marketing campaigns are not successful or are terminated, it could have a material adverse effect on our growth, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We rely on Internet search engines and social networking sites to help drive traffic to our website and our facilities, and if we fail to appear prominently in the search results or fail to drive traffic through paid advertising, our traffic would decline and our business would be adversely affected.

 

We depend in part on Internet search engines, such as Google, Bing and Yahoo!, and social networking sites, such as Facebook, to drive traffic to our website and our facilities. Our ability to maintain and increase the number of visitors directed to our website is not entirely within our control. Our competitors may increase their search engine optimization efforts and outbid us for search terms on various search engines, resulting in their websites receiving a higher search result page ranking than ours. Additionally, Internet search engines could revise their methodologies in a way that would adversely affect our search result rankings. If Internet search engines modify their search algorithms in ways that are detrimental to us, or if our competitors’ efforts are more successful than ours, overall growth in our customer base could decrease or our customer base could decline. Further, Internet search engine providers could provide automotive dealer and pricing information directly in search results, align with our competitors or choose to develop competing services. Any reduction in the number of users directed to our website and/or our facilities through Internet search engines could harm our business and operating results.

 

The traffic to our websites and mobile applications may decline and our business may be adversely affected if other companies copy information from our websites and publish or aggregate it with other information for their own benefit.

 

From time to time, other companies copy information from our websites through website scraping, robots or other means, and publish, or aggregate it with other information for their own benefit. When third parties copy, publish, or aggregate content from our websites, it makes them more competitive, and decreases the likelihood that consumers will visit our websites or use our mobile applications to find the information they seek. While we may try to prevent or limit these activities, we cannot guarantee that we will be successful in preventing or properly detecting such activities in the future. We may not be able to detect such third-party conduct in a timely manner and, even if we could, we may not be able to prevent it. In some cases, particularly in the case of third parties that operate outside of the United States, our available remedies may be inadequate to protect us against such activities. In addition, we may be required to expend significant financial or other resources to successfully enforce our rights. If any of these activities were to occur, it could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

12

 

 

We depend on our e-commerce business and failure to successfully manage this business and deliver a seamless online experience to our customers could have an adverse effect on our growth strategy, business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

 

We believe that sales from our e-commerce platform will account for a meaningful portion of our revenues. Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects are, and we believe will continue to be, dependent on maintaining our e-commerce business. Dependence on our e-commerce business and the continued growth of our direct and retail channels subjects us to certain risks, including:

 

the failure to successfully implement new systems, system enhancements and Internet platforms;

 

the failure of our technology infrastructure or the computer systems that operate our website and their related support systems, causing, among other things, website downtimes, telecommunications issues or other technical failures;

 

the reliance on third-party computer hardware/software providers;

 

rapid technological change;

 

liability for online content;

 

violations of federal, state, foreign or other applicable laws, including those relating to data protection;

 

credit card fraud;

 

cyber security and vulnerability to electronic break-ins and other similar disruptions; and

 

diversion of traffic and sales from our stores.

 

Our failure to successfully address and respond to these risks and uncertainties could negatively impact sales, increase costs, diminish our growth prospects and damage the reputation of our brand, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

 

Vehicle subscription is a relatively new business model, and may not be widely adopted.

 

We expect to derive a portion of our revenue from our vehicle subscription service, which is a relatively new and rapidly evolving market. If the market for vehicle subscription fails to grow or grows more slowly than we currently anticipate, our business could be negatively affected. We currently only offer vehicle subscription services in Florida. We intend to expand into markets that we believe are the most likely to adopt vehicle subscription services. However, our efforts to expand within and beyond our existing market may not be successful.

  

We face risks related to liabilities resulting from the use of our vehicles by our rental and subscription customers.

 

Our business can expose us to claims for personal injury, death and property damage resulting from the use of vehicles by our rental and subscription customers. For example, a rental or subscription customer may be using a vehicle that has worn tires, a mechanical issue or some other problem, including a manufacturing defect, which could contribute to a motor vehicle accident resulting in serious bodily injury, death or significant property damage for which we may be liable. In addition, since we cannot physically inspect our vehicles after they are delivered to our customers, we depend on our rental and subscription customers and third-party service providers to inspect the vehicles prior to driving in order to identify any potential damage or safety concern with the vehicle. To the extent that we are found at fault or otherwise responsible for an accident, our insurance coverage would only cover losses up to a maximum amount.

 

13

 

 

In addition, in certain jurisdictions, as the owner of the vehicle, there is the potential that we may have vicarious liability for any damages caused by our renters or subscribers, even if we are not found to be negligent. Any such liability may have a material adverse impact on our business.

 

We anticipate that our business will be highly seasonal and any occurrence that disrupts our activity during our peak periods could materially adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows.

 

Certain significant components of our expenses are fixed, including real estate taxes, rent, insurance, utilities, maintenance and other facility-related expenses, the costs of operating our information technology systems and staffing costs. We anticipate that seasonal changes in our revenues will not affect those fixed expenses, which typically result in higher profitability in periods when our revenues are higher, and lower profitability in periods when our revenues are lower. Any circumstance, occurrence or situation that disrupts our activity during these periods could have a disproportionately material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows due to a significant change in revenue.

 

We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We are subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations. Our sales, rental and subscription services, and related activities, including the sale of complementary products and services, are, or may potentially be, subject to state and local licensing requirements, federal and state (or local) laws regulating vehicle advertising, state or local laws related to sales tax, title and registration, state or local laws regulating vehicle sales and service, and state laws regulating vehicle rentals and subscriptions. For example, a number of state legislatures are proposing to regulate vehicle subscription programs, and in August 2018, the State of Indiana issued a moratorium on vehicle subscription programs until May 1, 2019.

 

Our facilities and business operations are subject to laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and health and safety. In addition to these laws and regulations that apply specifically to our business, upon the completion of this offering, we will also be subject to laws and regulations affecting public companies, including securities laws and Nasdaq listing rules. The violation of any of these laws or regulations could result in administrative, civil or criminal penalties or in a cease-and-desist order against our business operations, any of which could damage our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business, sales and results of operations. We have incurred and will continue to incur capital and operating expenses and other costs in order to comply with these laws and regulations.

 

Our business is subject to the state and local licensing requirements of the jurisdictions in which we operate and in which our customers reside. Regulators of jurisdictions in which our customers reside, but for which we do not have an applicable dealer license, could require that we obtain a license or otherwise comply with various state regulations. Regulators may seek to impose punitive fines for operating without a license or demand we seek a license in those jurisdictions, any of which may inhibit our ability to do business in those jurisdictions, increase our operating expenses and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

With respect to our advertising, private plaintiffs, as well as federal, state and local regulatory and law enforcement authorities, continue to scrutinize advertising, sales, financing and insurance activities in the sale and leasing of pre-owned vehicles. If, as a result, other automotive retailers adopt more transparent, consumer-oriented business practices, it may be difficult for us to differentiate ourselves from other retailers.

 

The foregoing description of laws and regulations to which we are or may be subject is not exhaustive, and the regulatory framework governing our operations is subject to continuous change.

 

14

 

 

Changes in government regulation affecting the communications industry could harm our prospects and operating results.

 

The Federal Communications Commission, or the FCC, has jurisdiction over the U.S. communications industry. Under current rules, the FCC regulates broadband Internet service providers as telecommunications service carriers under Title II of the Telecommunications Act and enforces net neutrality regulations that prohibit blocking, degrading or prioritizing certain types of internet traffic.

 

On February 26, 2015, the FCC reclassified broadband Internet access services in the United States as a telecommunications service subject to some elements of common carrier regulation, including the obligation to provide service on just and reasonable terms, and adopted specific net neutrality rules prohibiting the blocking, throttling or “paid prioritization” of content or services. However, in May 2017, the FCC issued a notice of proposed rulemaking to roll back net neutrality rules and return to a “light touch” regulatory framework. Consistent with this notice, on December 14, 2017, the FCC once again classified broadband Internet access service as an unregulated information service and repealed the specific rules against blocking, throttling or “paid prioritization” of content or services. It retained a rule requiring Internet service providers to disclose their practices to consumers, entrepreneurs and the FCC. A number of parties have already stated they would appeal this order and it is possible Congress may adopt legislation restoring some net neutrality requirements.

 

The elimination of net neutrality rules and any changes to the rules could affect the market for broadband Internet access service in a way that affects our business. For example, any actions taken by Internet access providers to provide better Internet access to our competitors’ websites or limit the bandwidth and speed for the transmission of data from our websites, could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.

 

We are subject to environmental laws and may be subject to environmental liabilities that could have a material adverse effect on us in the future.

 

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental laws and governmental regulations relating to the operation of our business, including those governing the handling, storage and disposal of hazardous substances such as motor oil, gasoline, solvents, lubricants, paints and other substances at our facilities. We face potentially significant costs relating to claims, penalties and remediation efforts in the event of non-compliance with existing and future laws and regulations. A failure by us to comply with environmental laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business financial condition and results of operations.

  

Changes in the laws and regulations to which our business and industry is subject could have a material adverse effect on our business, sales, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Recent federal legislative and regulatory initiatives and reforms may result in an increase in expenses or a decrease in revenues, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. For example, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, or the Dodd-Frank Act, regulates, among other things, the provision of consumer financing. The Dodd-Frank Act established the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, or the CFPB, a consumer financial protection agency with broad regulatory powers. The CFPB is responsible for administering and enforcing laws and regulations related to consumer financial products and services, including our provision of vehicle financing and our receivables sale facilities. The evolving regulatory environment in the wake of the Dodd-Frank Act and the creation of the CFPB may increase the cost of regulatory compliance or result in changes to business practices that could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

The enactment of new laws and regulations or the interpretation of existing laws and regulations in an unfavorable way may affect the operation of our business, directly or indirectly, which could result in substantial regulatory compliance costs, civil or criminal penalties, including fines, adverse publicity, decreased revenues and increased expenses.

 

If we fail to comply with the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, or the TCPA, we may face significant damages, which could harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

We utilize telephone calls and intend to utilize text messaging as a means of responding to customer interest in purchasing, renting or subscribing for vehicles. We generate leads from our website by prompting potential customers to provide their phone numbers so that we may contact them in response to their interest in specific vehicles. We also intend to engage and pay third parties to provide us with leads. A portion of our revenue comes from sales that involve calls made by our internal call centers to these potential customers.

 

15

 

 

The TCPA, as interpreted and implemented by the FCC, imposes significant restrictions on utilization of telephone calls and text messages to residential and mobile telephone numbers as a means of communication, when the prior consent of the person being contacted has not been obtained. Violations of the TCPA may be enforced by the FCC or by individuals through litigation, including class actions and statutory penalties for TCPA violations ranging from $500 to $1,500 per violation, which is often interpreted to mean per phone call.

 

While we intend to implement processes and procedures to comply with the TCPA, any failure by us or the third parties on which we rely for data to adhere to, or successfully implement, appropriate processes and procedures in response to existing or future regulations could result in legal and monetary liability, fines and penalties, or damage to our reputation in the marketplace, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, any changes to the TCPA or its interpretation that further restrict the way we contact and communicate with our potential customers or generate leads, or any governmental or private enforcement actions related thereto, could adversely affect our ability to attract customers and harm our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce is evolving, and unfavorable changes or failure by us to comply with these regulations could substantially harm our business and results of operations.

 

We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing the Internet and e-commerce. Existing and future regulations and laws could impede the growth of the Internet, e-commerce or mobile commerce. These regulations and laws may involve taxes, tariffs, privacy and data security, anti-spam, content protection, electronic contracts and communications, consumer protection, Internet neutrality and gift cards. It is not clear how existing laws governing issues such as property ownership, sales and other taxes and consumer privacy apply to the Internet as the vast majority of these laws were adopted prior to the advent of the Internet and do not contemplate or address the unique issues raised by the Internet or e-commerce. It is possible that general business regulations and laws, or those specifically governing the Internet or e-commerce, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices.

 

Though we seek at all times to be in full compliance with all such laws, we cannot be sure that our practices have complied, comply or will comply fully with all such laws and regulations. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with any of these laws or regulations could result in damage to our reputation, a loss in business and proceedings or actions against us by governmental entities or others. Any such proceeding or action could damage our reputation and brand, force us to spend significant amounts in defense of these proceedings, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business, decrease the use of our website by consumers and result in the imposition of monetary liability. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless third parties from the costs or consequences of non-compliance with any such laws or regulations.

 

We collect, process, store, share, disclose and use personal information and other data, and our actual or perceived failure to protect such information and data could damage our reputation and brand and harm our business and operating results.

 

We collect, process, store, share, disclose and use personal information and other data provided by consumers. We rely on encryption and authentication technology licensed from third parties to effect secure transmission of such information. We may need to expend significant resources to protect against security breaches or to address problems caused by breaches. Any failure or perceived failure to maintain the security of personal and other data that is provided to us by consumers and vendors could harm our reputation and brand and expose us to a risk of loss or litigation and possible liability, any of which could adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

16

 

 

Additionally, concerns about our practices with regard to the collection, use or disclosure of personal information or other privacy related matters, even if unfounded, could harm our business and operating results. There are numerous federal, state and local laws regarding privacy and the collection, processing, storing, sharing, disclosing, using and protecting of personal information and other data, the scope of which are changing, subject to differing interpretations, and which may be costly to comply with and may be inconsistent between jurisdictions or conflict with other rules. We generally comply with industry standards and are subject to the terms of our privacy policies and privacy-related obligations to third parties. We strive to comply with applicable laws, policies, legal obligations and industry codes of conduct relating to privacy and data protection, to the extent possible. However, it is possible that these obligations may be interpreted and applied in new ways or in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules, our practices, or new regulations that could be enacted. Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with our privacy policies, our privacy-related obligations to consumers or other third parties, or our privacy-related legal obligations, or any compromise of security that results in the unauthorized release or transfer of sensitive information, which may include personally identifiable information or other customer data, may result in governmental enforcement actions, litigation or public statements against us by consumer advocacy groups or others. This also could cause consumers and vendors to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, if vendors, developers or other third parties that we work with violate applicable laws or our policies, such violations may also put consumer and vendor information at risk and could in turn harm our reputation, business and operating results.

 

A significant disruption in service on our website could damage our reputation and result in a loss of consumers, which could harm our business, brand, operating results and financial condition.

 

Our brand, reputation and ability to attract customers depend on the reliable performance of our website and the supporting systems, technology and infrastructure. We may experience significant interruptions with our systems in the future. Interruptions in these systems, whether due to system failures, programming or configuration errors, computer viruses, or physical or electronic break-ins, could affect the availability of our inventory on our website and prevent or inhibit the ability of customers to access our website. Problems with the reliability or security of our systems could harm our reputation, result in a loss of customers and result in additional costs.

 

We utilize cloud computing, or the practice of using shared processing resources at third party locations, to operate our website and e-commerce platform. We do not own or control the operation of these third party locations. These third party systems, software and operations are vulnerable to damage or interruption from fire, flood, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist attacks, acts of war, electronic and physical break-ins, computer viruses, earthquakes, and similar events. The occurrence of any of these events could damage our systems and hardware or could cause them to fail.

 

Problems faced by our third party web hosting providers could adversely affect the experience of our customers. For example, our third party web hosting providers could close their facilities without adequate notice. Any financial difficulties, up to and including bankruptcy, faced by our third party web hosting providers or any of the service providers with whom they contract may have negative effects on our business, the nature and extent of which are difficult to predict. If our third party web hosting providers are unable to keep up with our growing capacity needs, our business could be harmed.

 

Any errors, defects, disruptions, or other performance or reliability problems with our network operations could interrupt our customers’ access to our inventory and our access to data that drives our inventory purchase operations as well as cause delays and additional expenses in arranging access to new facilities and services, any of which could harm our reputation, business, operating results and financial condition.

 

We rely on internal and external logistics to transport our vehicle inventory throughout the United States. Thus, we are subject to business risks and costs associated with the transportation industry. Many of these risks and costs are out of our control, and any of them could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We rely on a combination of internal and external logistics for third parties to transport vehicles from point of purchase to our facilities, and finally to the customers. As a result, we are exposed to risks associated with the transportation industry such as weather, traffic patterns, gasoline prices, recalls affecting our vehicle fleet, local and federal regulations, vehicular crashes, insufficient internal capacity, rising prices of external transportation vendors, fuel prices and taxes, license and registration fees, insurance premiums, self-insurance levels, difficulty in recruiting and retaining qualified drivers, disruption of our technology systems, and increasing equipment and operational costs. Failure to successfully manage our logistics and fulfillment process could cause a disruption in our inventory supply chain and distribution, which may adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

17

 

 

Our failure to maintain a reputation of integrity and to otherwise maintain and enhance our brand could adversely affect our business, sales and results of operations.

 

Our business model is based on our ability to provide customers with a transparent and simplified solution to vehicle buying, renting and subscribing that we believe will save them time and money. If we fail to build and maintain a positive reputation, or if an event occurs that damages this reputation, it could adversely affect consumer demand and have a material adverse effect on our business, sales and results of operations. Even the perception of a decrease in the quality of our brand could negatively impact results.

 

Complaints or negative publicity about our business practices, marketing and advertising campaigns, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, the integrity of the data that we provide to users, data privacy and security issues, and other aspects of our business, especially on industry-specific blogs and social media websites, and irrespective of their validity, could diminish consumer confidence in our platform and adversely affect our brand. The growing use of social media increases the speed with which information and opinions can be shared and, thus, the speed with which reputation can be affected. If we fail to correct or mitigate misinformation or negative information, including information spread through social media or traditional media channels, about us, the vehicles we offer, our customer experience, or any aspect of our brand, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, sales and results of operations.

 

Our ability to grow our complementary product and service offerings may be limited, which could negatively impact our growth rate, revenues and financial performance.

 

If we introduce or expand additional product and service offerings for our platform, such as services or products involving other vehicles, sales of new cars, or vehicle trade-ins, we may incur losses or otherwise fail to enter these markets successfully. Our expansion into these markets would place us in competitive and regulatory environments with which we are unfamiliar and involve various risks, including the need to invest significant resources and the possibility that returns on such investments will not be achieved for several years, if at all. In attempting to establish new service or product offerings, we expect to incur significant expenses and face various other challenges, such as expanding our customer service personnel and management personnel to cover these markets and complying with complicated regulations that apply to these markets. In addition, we may not successfully demonstrate the value of these complementary products and services to consumers, and failure to do so would compromise our ability to successfully expand into these additional revenue streams. Any of these risks, if realized, could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

If we do not adequately address our customers’ shift to mobile device technology, operating results could be harmed and our growth could be negatively affected.

 

Our future success depends in part on our ability to provide adequate functionality for visitors who use mobile devices to shop for vehicles and the number of transactions with us that are completed by those users. The shift to mobile technology by our users may harm our business in the following ways:

 

  consumers visiting our website from a mobile device may not accept mobile technology as a viable long-term platform to buy or sell a vehicle. This may occur for a number of reasons, including our ability to provide the same level of website functionality to a mobile device that we provide on a desktop computer, the actual or perceived lack of security of information on a mobile device and possible disruptions of service or connectivity;
     
  we may not continue to innovate and introduce enhanced products that can be suitably conveyed on mobile platforms;
     
  consumers using mobile devices may believe that our competitors offer superior products and features based in part on our inability to provide sufficient website functionality to convince a mobile device user to transact with us; or
     
  regulations related to consumer finance disclosures, including the Truth in Lending Act, may be interpreted, in the context of mobile devices, in a manner which could expose us to legal liability in the event we are found to have violated applicable laws.

 

If we do not develop, upgrade and maintain suitable functionality for users who visit our website using a mobile device, our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

18

 

 

Our business is sensitive to conditions affecting automotive manufacturers, including manufacturer recalls.

 

Adverse conditions affecting one or more automotive manufacturers could have a material adverse effect on our sales and results of operations, which could impact the supply of vehicles. In addition, manufacturer recalls are a common occurrence that have accelerated in frequency and scope in recent years. Recalls and the increased regulatory scrutiny surrounding selling pre-owned vehicles with open safety recalls could (i) adversely affect pre-owned vehicle sales or valuations, (ii) cause us to temporarily remove vehicles from inventory, (iii) cause us to sell affected vehicles at a loss, (iv) force us to incur increased costs and (v) expose us to litigation and adverse publicity related to the sale of recalled vehicles, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The current geographic concentration where we provide services creates an exposure to local economies, regional downturns or severe weather or catastrophic occurrences that may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

We currently conduct business through our corporate and fulfillment, rental and subscription center located in Plantation, Florida. We currently hold all of our inventory at our Plantation location. While we have insurance to cover certain losses on those vehicles, events such as theft, fire, flood, or hail could adversely impact our business. In addition, our business is currently more susceptible to regional conditions than the operations of more geographically diversified competitors, and we are vulnerable to economic downturns in those regions. Any unforeseen events or circumstances that negatively affect these areas could materially adversely affect our revenues and profitability. These factors include, among other things, changes in demographics and population. In addition, severe weather conditions, acts of God and other catastrophic occurrences in the area in which we operate or from which we obtain inventory may materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. Such conditions may result in physical damage to our properties and loss of inventory. Any of these factors may disrupt our business and materially adversely affect our financial condition and result of operations. Furthermore, there can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully replicate our business model and achieve levels of success as we enter new geographic markets.

 

We may rely on agreements with third parties to finance our vehicle inventory purchases. If we fail to maintain adequate relationships with third parties to finance our vehicle inventory purchases, we may be unable to maintain sufficient inventory, which would adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

We may rely on agreements with third party lenders to finance our vehicle inventory purchases. If we are unable to enter into agreements on favorable terms or at all, or if the agreements expire and are not renewed, our inventory supply may decline, resulting in fewer vehicles available for sale. New funding arrangements may be at higher interest rates or other less favorable terms. These financing risks, in addition to rising interest rates and changes in market conditions, if realized, could negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition.

 

Our business is affected by the availability of financing to its customers.

 

Many of our customers finance their vehicle purchases. Although consumer credit markets have improved, consumer credit market conditions continue to influence demand and may continue to do so. There continue to be fewer lenders, more stringent underwriting and loan approval criteria, and greater down payment requirements than in the past. If credit conditions or the credit worthiness of our customers worsen, and adversely affect the ability of consumers to finance potential purchases at acceptable terms and interest rates, it could result in a decrease in the sales of our products and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

19

 

 

Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property, technology and confidential information could harm our business and operating results.

 

Our business depends on our intellectual property, technology and confidential information, the protection of which is crucial to the success of our business. We attempt to protect our intellectual property, technology and confidential information by requiring certain of our employees and consultants to enter into confidentiality agreements and certain third parties to enter into nondisclosure agreements. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology. Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our website features, software and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider proprietary. Changes in the law or adverse court rulings may also negatively affect our ability to prevent others from using our technology.

 

We currently hold rights to the “lmpmotors.com,” “lmprentals.com” and “lmpsubscriptions.com” Internet domain names and various other related domain names. The regulation of domain names in the United States is subject to change. Regulatory bodies could establish additional top-level domains, appoint additional domain name registrars, or modify the requirements for holding domain names. As a result, we may not be able to acquire or maintain all domain names that we believe are important for our business.

  

We may be subject to claims asserting that our employees, consultants or advisors have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of their current or former employees or claims asserting ownership of what we regard as our own intellectual property.

 

Although we try to ensure that our employees, consultants and advisors do not use the proprietary information or know-how of others in their work for us, we may be subject to claims that these individuals or we have used or disclosed intellectual property, including trade secrets or other proprietary information, of any such individual’s current or former employer. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management.

 

In addition, while we intend to require our employees and contractors who may be involved in the conception or development of intellectual property to execute agreements assigning such intellectual property to us, we may be unsuccessful in executing such an agreement with each party who, in fact, conceives or develops intellectual property that we regard as our own. The assignment of intellectual property may not be self-executing or the assignment agreement may be breached, and we may be forced to bring claims against third parties, or defend claims that they may bring against us, to determine the ownership of what we regard as our intellectual property.

 

We may in the future be subject to intellectual property disputes, which are costly to defend and could harm our business and operating results.

 

We may, from time to time, face allegations that we have infringed the trademarks, copyrights, patents and other intellectual property rights of third parties. We may be unaware of the intellectual property rights that others may claim cover some or all of our technology or services. Patent and other intellectual property litigation may be protracted and expensive, the results are difficult to predict and may require us to stop offering some features, purchase licenses or modify our products and features while we develop non-infringing substitutes or may result in significant settlement costs.

 

Even if these matters that do not result in litigation are resolved in our favor or without significant cash settlements, these matters, and the time and resources necessary to litigate or resolve them, could harm our business, our operating results and our reputation.

 

20

 

 

Our platform utilizes open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of one or more of these open source licenses could negatively affect our business.

 

We use open source software in our platform and expect to use open source software in the future. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our platform. By the terms of certain open source licenses, if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in a certain manner, we could be required to release the source code of our proprietary software and to make our proprietary software available under open source licenses. In the event that portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the affected portions of our source code, or to re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and services. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the origin of the software. Many of the risks associated with usage of open source software cannot be eliminated and could negatively affect our business and operating results.

 

We rely on third party technology to complete critical business functions. If that technology fails to adequately serve our needs and we cannot find alternatives, it may negatively impact our operating results.

 

We rely on third party technology for certain of our critical business functions, including vehicle telemetry, network infrastructure for hosting the website and inventory data, software libraries and development environments and tools, services that allow customers to digitally sign contracts, and customer service call center management software. If these technologies fail or we cannot maintain our relationships with the technology providers and we cannot find suitable alternatives, our financial condition and operation results may be adversely affected.

 

The obligations associated with being a public company will require significant resources and management attention, and we will incur increased costs as a result of becoming a public company.

 

As a public company, we will face increased legal, accounting, administrative and other costs and expenses that we have not incurred as a private company, and we expect to incur additional costs related to operating as a public company. After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, which requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition, and proxy and other information statements, as well as the rules and regulations implemented by the SEC, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Act and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or the PCAOB, and the listing requirements of Nasdaq (if our common stock is approved for listing), each of which imposes additional reporting and other obligations on public companies. As a public company, we will be required to, among other things:

 

prepare and distribute periodic reports, proxy statements and other stockholder communications in compliance with the federal securities laws and rules and Nasdaq rules;

 

expand the roles and duties of our board of directors and committees thereof and management;

 

hire additional financial and accounting personnel and other experienced accounting and finance staff with the expertise to address complex accounting matters applicable to public companies;

 

institute more comprehensive financial reporting and disclosure compliance procedures;

 

involve and retain, to a greater degree, outside counsel and accountants to assist us with the activities listed above;

 

build and maintain an investor relations function;

 

establish new internal policies, including those relating to trading in our securities and disclosure controls and procedures;

 

comply with the initial listing and maintenance requirements of Nasdaq; and

 

comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

 

21

 

 

We expect these rules and regulations, and any future changes in laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, which have created uncertainty for public companies, to increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time consuming and costly. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in many cases, due to their lack of specificity, and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. This could result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and higher costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to disclosure and governance practices. Our investment in compliance with existing and evolving regulatory requirements will result in increased administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

We also expect that being a public company will make it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. These increased costs may require us to divert a significant amount of money that we could otherwise use to expand our business and achieve our strategic objectives.

 

We may be subject to legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. If the outcomes of these proceedings are adverse to us, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We may be subject to various litigation matters from time to time, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Claims arising out of actual or alleged violations of law could be asserted against us by individuals, either individually or through class actions, by governmental entities in civil or criminal investigations, and proceedings or by other entities. These claims could be asserted under a variety of laws, including but not limited to consumer finance laws, consumer protection laws, intellectual property laws, privacy laws, labor and employment laws, securities laws and employee benefit laws. These actions could expose us to adverse publicity and to substantial monetary damages and legal defense costs, injunctive relief and criminal and civil fines and penalties, including but not limited to suspension or revocation of licenses to conduct business.

 

Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

 

We are subject to income taxes in the United States, and our tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:

 

  changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;
     
  expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances; or
     
  changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof.

 

In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our operating results and financial condition.

  

The wording, interpretation and enforcement of existing and future sales, use and excise tax laws by state and local governments could impact sales and income from operations.

 

We are subject to state and local sales, use and excise tax laws of those states and localities in which we have a sufficient tax nexus. As we expand our operations we will likely be subject to more taxing jurisdictions. In that regard, the wording, interpretation and enforcement of those tax laws by such state or local governments could negatively impact our income and sales in such jurisdictions. Because a state or locality’s wording, interpretation or enforcement of its tax laws may change over time, such as through new legislation, the issuance of new rules, regulations or by court or administrative decisions, or merely from new administrative or audit policies or positions, it cannot be predicted whether or to what extent these changes will be negative to our operations and sales in any such jurisdiction.

 

22

 

 

An increasing number of states and foreign jurisdictions have considered or adopted laws or administrative practices, with or without notice, that impose new taxes on all or a portion of gross revenue or other similar amounts or impose additional obligations on remote sellers and online marketplaces to collect transaction taxes such as sales, consumption, value added, or similar taxes. In June 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court in South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc. et al. held that states can require remote sellers to collect state and local sales taxes, which, given the scope of our anticipated operations, could increase the complexity and risks for us to comply with such laws. We may not have sufficient lead time to build systems and processes to collect these taxes properly, or at all. Failure to comply with such laws or administrative practices, or a successful assertion by such states or foreign jurisdictions requiring us to collect taxes where we do not, could result in substantial tax liabilities and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

 

We are also subject to U.S. (federal and state) and foreign laws, regulations and administrative practices that require us to collect information from our customers, vendors merchants, and other third parties for tax reporting purposes and report such information to various government agencies. The scope of such requirements continues to expand, requiring us to develop and implement new compliance systems. Failure to comply with such laws and regulations could result in significant penalties and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects.

 

Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of our Common Stock

 

There has been no public market for our common stock prior to this offering, and an active market in which investors can resell their shares of our common stock may not develop.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which an active market for our common stock will develop or be sustained after this offering, or how the development of such a market might affect the market price of our common stock. The initial offering price of our shares in this offering has been agreed to between us and the underwriter based on a number of factors, including market conditions in effect around the time of this offering, and it may not be in any way indicative of the price at which the shares our common stock will trade following the completion of this offering. Investors may not be able to resell their shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price.

 

Our founder, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of the board of directors, Samer Tawfik, beneficially owns a majority of our outstanding common stock. As a result, he has substantial voting power in all matters submitted to our stockholders.

 

Our founder, Chief Executive Officer, President, and Chairman of the board of directors, Samer Tawfik, beneficially owns approximately 85.69% of our outstanding common stock prior to this offering, and will own approximately 34.33% of our outstanding common stock following this offering, assuming he does not purchase any shares in this offering. However, Mr. Tawfik has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $1,000,000 of additional shares of common stock in this offering, although indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriter could determine to not sell shares to Mr. Tawfik, or Mr. Tawfik could determine not to purchase shares in this offering. In any case, he has substantial voting power in all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval including:

 

  election of our board of directors;

 

  removal of any of our directors;

 

  any amendments to our certificate of incorporation or our Bylaws; and

 

  adoption of measures that could delay or prevent a change in control or impede a merger, takeover or other business combination involving us.

 

In addition, Mr. Tawfik’s beneficial stock ownership may discourage a potential acquirer from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us, which in turn could reduce our stock price or prevent our stockholders from realizing a premium over our stock price.

 

23

 

   

Our management has broad discretion as to the use of the net proceeds from this offering.

 

Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds. Accordingly, you will have to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of these proceeds. Our management may spend a portion or all of the net proceeds from this offering in ways that holders of our common stock may not desire or that may not yield a significant return or any return at all. Our management not applying these funds effectively could harm our business. Pending their use, we may also invest the net proceeds from this offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value. Please see “ Use of Proceeds ” below for more information.

 

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and under Delaware law could make an acquisition of our Company more difficult, and limit attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

 

Provisions in our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control or changes in our management. Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws include provisions that:

 

  permit the board of directors to establish the number of directors and fill any vacancies and newly created directorships by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors or stockholders holding at least 66 2/3 % of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock;

 

  provide that directors may only be removed by the majority of the shares of voting stock then outstanding;

 

  require a two-thirds majority of all directors who constitute the board of directors or a 75% majority voting of all holders of common stock to adopt, amend or repeal any and all provisions of our Bylaws;

 

  provide different term limits to the directors of the Company according to their classification;

 

  require 66 2/3 % of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company entitled to vote generally in election of directors to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision inconsistent with certain sections of our Certificate of Incorporation;

 

  eliminate the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders; 

 

  restrict the forum for certain litigation against us to Delaware; and

 

  establish advance notice requirements for nominations for election to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at annual stockholder meetings.

 

These provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our board of directors, which is responsible for appointing the members of our management. In addition, because we are incorporated in Delaware, we are governed by the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or Section 203. Section 203 generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with any holder of at least 15% of our capital stock for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became a 15% stockholder unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies.

 

The market price of our common stock may fluctuate, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

 

The price of our common stock may decline below the initial offering price our common stock following this offering. The stock market in general, and the market price of our common stock, will likely be subject to fluctuation, whether due to, or irrespective of, our operating results, financial condition and prospects. 

 

24

 

 

Our financial performance, our industry’s overall performance, changing consumer preferences, technologies, government regulatory action, tax laws and market conditions in general could have a significant negative impact on the future market price of our common stock. Some of the other factors that could negatively affect our share price or result in fluctuations in our share price include:

 

  actual or anticipated variations in our periodic operating results;

 

  increases in market interest rates that lead investors of our common stock to demand a higher investment return;

 

  changes in earnings estimates;

 

  changes in market valuations of similar companies;

 

  actions or announcements by our competitors;

 

  adverse market reaction to any increased indebtedness we may incur in the future;

 

  additions or departures of key personnel;

 

  actions by stockholders;

 

  speculation in the media, online forums, or investment community; and

 

  our intentions and ability to list our common stock on Nasdaq and our subsequent ability to maintain such listing.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act, and thereafter publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act.

 

Upon the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company under the Exchange Act. We may elect to publicly report on an ongoing basis as an “emerging growth company” under the reporting rules set forth under the Exchange Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other Exchange Act reporting companies that are not emerging growth companies which may make our common stock less attractive to investors, including but not limited to:

 

  not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

  taking advantage of extensions of time to comply with certain new or revised financial accounting standards;

 

  being permitted to comply with reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements; and

 

  being exempt from the requirement to hold a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

 

We expect to take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would remain an emerging growth company for up to five years; although, we would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

 

Accordingly, for so long as we report as an emerging growth company, we will be subject to ongoing public reporting requirements that are less rigorous than Exchange Act rules for companies that are not “emerging growth companies,” and our stockholders could receive less information than they might expect to receive from more mature public companies.

 

25

 

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution as a result of this offering.

 

As of March 31, 2019, our net tangible book value was approximately $6,900,000, or $0.28 per share. Since the effective price per share of our common stock being offered in this offering is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock, you will suffer substantial dilution with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock you purchase in this offering. Based on the assumed public offering price of $5.50 per share of common stock being sold in this offering, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our net tangible book value per share as of March 31, 2019, if you purchase shares of common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of $3.72 per share (or $3.64 per share if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full) with respect to the net tangible book value of the common stock. See the section titled “ Dilution ” for a more detailed discussion of the dilution you will incur if you purchase securities in this offering.

 

We may not complete our analysis of our internal control over financial reporting in a timely manner, or these internal controls may not be determined to be effective.

 

We will be required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in the second annual report we file with the SEC. This assessment will need to include disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting. However, our auditors will not be required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until we are no longer a non-accelerated filer or no longer an emerging growth company if we take advantage of the exemptions available to us through the JOBS Act.

 

We are in the very early stages of the costly and challenging process of compiling the system and process documentation necessary to perform the evaluation needed to comply with Section 404. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. As we transition to the requirements of reporting as a public company, we may need to add additional finance staff. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely fashion. During the evaluation and testing process, if we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal controls are effective. If we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our auditors are unable to express an opinion on the effectiveness of our internal controls when they are required to issue such opinion, investors could lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, which could harm our stock price.

 

We may not be able to satisfy listing requirements of Nasdaq or obtain or maintain a listing of our common stock on Nasdaq.

 

If our common stock is listed on Nasdaq, we must meet certain financial and liquidity criteria to maintain such listing. If we violate Nasdaq listing requirements, our common stock may be delisted. If we fail to meet any of Nasdaq’s listing standards, our common stock may be delisted. In addition, our board of directors may determine that the cost of maintaining our listing on a national securities exchange outweighs the benefits of such listing. A delisting of our common stock from Nasdaq may materially impair our stockholders’ ability to buy and sell our common stock and could have an adverse effect on the market price of, and the efficiency of the trading market for, our common stock. The delisting of our common stock could significantly impair our ability to raise capital and the value of your investment.

 

We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

We do not expect to declare or pay dividends in the foreseeable future, as we anticipate that we will invest future earnings in the development and growth of our business. Therefore, holders of our common stock will not receive any return on their investment unless they sell their securities, and holders may be unable to sell their securities on favorable terms or at all.

 

26

 

 

The preparation of our financial statements involves the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions, and our financial statements may be materially affected if such estimates, judgments or assumptions prove to be inaccurate.

 

Financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America typically require the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts. Often, different estimates, judgments, and assumptions could reasonably be used that would have a material effect on such financial statements, and changes in these estimates, judgments and assumptions may occur from period to period over time. Significant areas of accounting requiring the application of management’s judgment include, but are not limited to, determining the fair value of assets and the timing and amount of cash flows from assets. These estimates, judgments and assumptions are inherently uncertain and, if our estimates were to prove to be wrong, we would face the risk that charges to income or other financial statement changes or adjustments would be required. Any such charges or changes could harm our business, including our financial condition and results of operations and the price of our securities. See “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ” for a discussion of the accounting estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe are the most critical to an understanding of our financial statements and our business.

 

If securities industry analysts do not publish research reports on us, or publish unfavorable reports on us, then the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

 

Any trading market for our common stock may be influenced in part by any research reports that securities industry analysts publish about us. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities industry analysts. If no securities industry analysts commence coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected. In the event we are covered by analysts, and one or more of such analysts downgrade our securities, or otherwise reports on us unfavorably, or discontinues coverage of us, the market price and market trading volume of our common stock could be negatively affected.

 

Future issuances of our common stock or securities convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for, our common stock, or, together, our securities, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new common stock or the trading of outstanding common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline and would result in the dilution of your holdings.

 

Future issuances of our securities, or the expiration of lock-up agreements that restrict the issuance of new common stock or the trading of outstanding common stock, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. We cannot predict the effect, if any, of future issuances of our securities, or the future expirations of lock-up agreements, on the price of our common stock. In all events, future issuances of our common stock would result in the dilution of your holdings. In addition, the perception that new issuances of our securities could occur, or the perception that locked-up parties will sell their securities when the lock-ups expire, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In connection with this offering, the Company will enter into a lock-up agreement that prevents it, subject to certain exceptions, from offering additional shares of capital stock of the Company for up to one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of this prospectus, as further described in the section titled “ Underwriting .” In addition to any adverse effects that may arise upon the expiration of these lock-up agreements, the lock-up provisions in these agreements may be waived, at any time and without notice. If the restrictions under the lock-up agreements are waived, our common stock may become available for resale, subject to applicable law, including without notice, which could reduce the market price for our common stock.

 

27

 

 

Future issuances of debt securities, which would rank senior to our common stock upon our bankruptcy or liquidation, and future issuances of preferred stock, which could rank senior to our common stock for the purposes of dividends and liquidating distributions, may adversely affect the level of return you may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

 

In the future, we may attempt to increase our capital resources by offering debt securities. Upon bankruptcy or liquidation, holders of our debt securities, and lenders with respect to other borrowings we may make, would receive distributions of our available assets prior to any distributions being made to holders of our common stock. Moreover, if we issue preferred stock, the holders of such preferred stock could be entitled to preferences over holders of common stock in respect of the payment of dividends and the payment of liquidating distributions. Because our decision to issue debt or preferred stock in any future offering, or borrow money from lenders, will depend in part on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of any such future offerings or borrowings. Holders of our common stock must bear the risk that any future offerings we conduct or borrowings we make may adversely affect the level of return, if any, they may be able to achieve from an investment in our common stock.

 

If our shares of common stock become subject to the penny stock rules, it would become more difficult to trade our shares.

 

The SEC has adopted rules that regulate broker-dealer practices in connection with transactions in penny stocks. Penny stocks are generally equity securities with a price of less than $5.00, other than securities registered on certain national securities exchanges or authorized for quotation on certain automated quotation systems, provided that current price and volume information with respect to transactions in such securities is provided by the exchange or system. If we do not obtain or retain a listing on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange and if the price of our common stock is less than $5.00, our common stock could be deemed a penny stock. The penny stock rules require a broker-dealer, before a transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, to deliver a standardized risk disclosure document containing specified information. In addition, the penny stock rules require that before effecting any transaction in a penny stock not otherwise exempt from those rules, a broker-dealer must make a special written determination that the penny stock is a suitable investment for the purchaser and receive (i) the purchaser’s written acknowledgment of the receipt of a risk disclosure statement; (ii) a written agreement to transactions involving penny stocks; and (iii) a signed and dated copy of a written suitability statement. These disclosure requirements may have the effect of reducing the trading activity in the secondary market for our common stock, and therefore stockholders may have difficulty selling their shares.

 

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

Some of the statements under “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ,” “ Business ” and elsewhere in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements relate to expectations, beliefs, projections, future plans and strategies, anticipated events or trends and similar matters that are not historical facts. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “should,” “will” and “would” or the negatives of these terms or other comparable terminology.

 

You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could materially differ from those projected in, or implied by, the forward-looking statements due to a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

 

  our dependence upon external sources for the financing of our operations ;

 

  our ability to effectively execute our business plan;

 

  our ability to maintain and grow our reputation and to achieve and maintain the market acceptance of our services and platform;

 

  our ability to manage the growth of our operations over time;

 

  our ability to maintain adequate protection of our intellectual property and to avoid violation of the intellectual property rights of others;

 

  our ability to maintain relationships with existing customers and automobile suppliers, and develop relationships; and

 

  our ability to compete and succeed in a highly competitive and evolving industry.

 

Although the forward-looking statements in this prospectus are based on our beliefs, assumptions and expectations, taking into account all information currently available to us, we cannot guarantee future transactions, results, performance, achievements or outcomes. No assurance can be made to any investor by anyone that the expectations reflected in our forward-looking statements will be attained, or that deviations from them will not be material and adverse. We undertake no obligation, other than as may be required by law, to re-issue this prospectus or otherwise make public statements updating our forward-looking statements.

 

Due to rounding, numbers presented throughout this prospectus may not add up precisely to the totals provided and percentages may not precisely reflect the absolute figures.

 

28

 

 

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

Certain market and industry data included in this prospectus, including data concerning the automobile market, is derived from information provided by third-party market research firms, third-party financial or analytics firms, or public sources that we believe to be reliable. Market estimates are calculated by using independent industry publications, government publications and third-party forecasts in conjunction with our assumptions about our markets. We have not independently verified such third-party information. The market data used in this prospectus involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding any market, industry or similar data presented herein, such data involves risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the headings “ Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements ” and “ Risk Factors ” in this prospectus. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties and by us.

 

Certain data are also based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from management’s knowledge of the industry and independent sources. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained the underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. Statements as to our market position are based on market data currently available to us. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, our estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading “ Risk Factors ” in this prospectus. Similarly, we believe our internal research is reliable, even though such research has not been verified by any independent sources.

 

29

 

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

After deducting the estimated underwriter’s commissions and offering expenses payable by us, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $6,316,500 from this offering (or approximately $7,284,225 if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), based on an assumed public offering price of $5.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. We intend to use these net proceeds for our strategic acquisitions, to build our vehicle inventory, for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

 

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $5.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $1,173,000, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us. Similarly, each increase or decrease of 1,000,000 shares of common stock offered by us in this offering would increase or decrease the net proceeds that we receive from this offering by approximately $5,060,000, assuming the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us.

 

The precise amounts that we will devote to each of the foregoing items, and the timing of expenditures, will vary depending on numerous factors.

 

The following table sets forth a breakdown of our estimated use of our net proceeds as we currently expect to use them.

 

    Amount  
Strategic acquisitions   $ 1,263,300  
Vehicle inventory   $ 947,475  
Working capital   $ 4,105,725  
Total use of proceeds   $ 6,316,500  

 

In the event that the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option, we intend to use such net proceeds (up to $7,284,225) for our strategic acquisitions, to build our vehicle inventory, for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

 

The expected use of net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based upon our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve and change. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures, specifically with respect to working capital, may vary significantly depending on numerous factors. As a result, our management will retain broad discretion over the allocation of the net proceeds from this offering. 

  

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

Since our inception, we have not paid any dividends on our common stock, and we currently expect that, for the foreseeable future, all earnings (if any) will be retained for the development of our business and no dividends will be declared or paid. In the future, our board of directors may decide, at its discretion, whether dividends may be declared and paid, taking into consideration, among other things, our earnings (if any), operating results, financial condition and capital requirements, general business conditions and other pertinent facts.

 

30

 

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2019:

 

  on an actual basis;

 

on a pro forma basis to reflect the sale of 1,275,000 shares by us in this offering at an assumed price to the public of $5.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, resulting in net proceeds to us of $6,316,500 after deducting (i) Underwriter commissions of $ 490,875 and (ii) our estimated other offering expenses of $205,125; and

 

  on a pro forma basis to reflect the sale of 1,466,250 shares by us in this offering, assuming the underwriter elects to exercise the over-allotment option in full, at an assumed price to the public of $5.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, resulting in net proceeds to us of $7,284,225 after deducting (i) Underwriter commissions of $ 564,506 and (ii) our estimated other offering expenses of $215,644.

 

The pro forma information below is illustrative only and our capitalization following the completion of this offering is subject to adjustment based on the initial public offering price of our common stock and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the information under “ Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations ”.

 

Offering (1,275,000 Shares)

 

    Actual (1)     Pro Forma
Offering
Amount
(Unaudited) (3)
    Pro Forma
Offering
Amount
including
Over-Allotment (3)
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents   $ 472,199     $ 6,534,099     $ 7,501,824  
Stockholders (deficit) equity:                        
Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share, 100,000,000 shares authorized (1)   $ 246     $ 78     $ 80  
Additional Paid-in Capital   $ 16,344,141     $ 21,637,954     $ 22,605,677  
Treasury Stock   $ (403,750 )   $ (658,350 ) (2)   $ (658,350 )
Accumulated deficit   $ (7,971,118 )   $ (7,971,118 )   $ (7,971,118 )
Total Stockholders’ Equity   $ 7,969,519     $ 13,008,564     $ 13,976,289  
Total Capitalization   $ 8,441,718     $ 19,542,663     $ 21,478,113  

 

(1) 24,560,294 shares of common stock issued and outstanding actual as of March 31, 2019.

 

(2) Subsequent to quarter-end, the Company purchased 53,600 shares of its common stock from one (1) shareholder at an aggregate price of $4.75 per share, or $254,600. These shares are currently held in treasury; the transaction reduced cash and reduced common shares outstanding to 24,506,694 as of May 31, 2019.

 

(3) The outstanding number of shares of common stock after the completion of the offering was derived from 24,506,694 shares of common stock outstanding as of May 31, 2019, less 18,500,000 shares previously beneficially owned by Samer Tawfik that were cancelled for no consideration.

 

Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share of $5.50, assuming no change in the number of shares to be sold, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $1,173,000 (or $1,348,950 if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), after deducting (i) estimated underwriter commissions and (ii) offering expenses, in each case, payable by us. Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares of our common stock offered by us in this offering, assuming no change in the offering price, would increase (decrease) the new proceeds that we receive in this offering and each of total stockholders’ equity and total capitalization by approximately $5,060,000, after deducting (i) estimated underwriter commissions and (ii) offering expenses, in each case, payable by us.

 

The table above excludes the following shares:

 

1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan as of May 31, 2019;

 

331,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options (of which 236,853 have vested) outstanding as of March 31, 2019;

 

Up to 63,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s warrants in connection with this offering, assuming the Maximum Amount is sold, with a full exercise by the underwriter of the over-allotment option; and

 

Approximately 63,570 shares of common stock that may be issued by us upon conversion of the 6-month notes (assuming no interest is paid on the 6-month notes).

 

31

 

 

DILUTION

 

Dilution in net tangible book value per share to new investors is the amount by which the offering price paid by the purchasers of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering exceeds the pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined at any date by subtracting our total liabilities from the total book value of our tangible assets and dividing the difference by the number of shares of common stock deemed to be outstanding at that date.

 

The net tangible book value of our common stock as of March 31, 2019 was approximately $6.9 million, or approximately $0.28 per share.

 

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value dilution per share to new investors represents the difference between the amount per share paid by purchasers of our common stock in this offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after completion of this offering. Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate, substantial dilution. After giving effect to our sale of 1,275,000 shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $5.50 per share, which is the midpoint of the estimated offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of March 31, 2019 would have been approximately $13.0 million or approximately $1.78 per share. This amount represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $1.50 per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma net tangible book value of $3.72 per share to purchasers of our common stock in this offering, as illustrated in the following table.

 

The following table illustrates the estimated dilution on a per Share basis:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per Share   $ 5.50  
Net tangible book value per Share as of March 31, 2019   $ 0.28  
Increase in net tangible book value per Share after this offering   $ 1.50  
Pro forma net tangible book value per Share after this offering   $ 1.78  
Dilution in net tangible book value per Share to new investors   $ (3.72 )

 

If the underwriter’s option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us is exercised in full, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock, as adjusted to give effect to this offering, would be $1.78 per share, and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share to new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering would be $3.72 per share.

 

The following table sets forth, assuming the sale of 1,275,000 shares of our common stock in this offering, as of March 31, 2019, the total number of shares of common stock previously issued and sold to existing investors, the total consideration paid for the foregoing and the average price per share of common stock, before deducting estimated underwriter commissions, offering expenses and the repayment of the amount outstanding under the revolving credit facility, in each case payable by us. As the table shows, new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering may in certain circumstances pay an average price per Share substantially higher than the average price per share paid by our existing stockholders.

 

March 31, 2019   Number of Shares     Purchased Percentage     Total Consideration Amount     Total Consideration Percent     Average Price Per Share  
                               
Existing Stockholders     6,006,694       82.5 %   $ 15,940,637       69.4 %   $ 2.65  
New Investors     1,275,000       17.5 %   $ 7,012,500       30.6 %   $ 5.50  
Total:     7,281,693       100 %   $ 22,953,137       100 %        

 

32

 

 

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed public offering price of $5.50 per Share would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit), as adjusted to give effect to this offering, to $1.94 per share ($2.04, if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $0.16 per share ($0.18, if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), and the dilution in pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per Share to new investors in this offering by ($0.84) per Share ($0.82, if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), assuming the number of shares of our common stock offered by us remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriter commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

Similarly, an increase (decrease) of one million shares of our common stock offered by us would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit), as adjusted to give effect to this offering, to $2.18 per share ($2.24, if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), the increase (decrease) attributable to this offering by $0.40 per share ($0.38, if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), and the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per Share to new investors in this offering by $0.40 per share ($0.38, if the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full), assuming the public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriter commissions and offering expenses payable by us.

 

The tables above exclude the following shares:

 

1,500,000 shares of common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2018 Equity Incentive Plan as of May 31, 2019;

 

331,750 shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options (of which 236,853 have vested) outstanding as of March 31, 2019;

 

Up to 63,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s warrants in connection with this offering, assuming the Maximum Amount is sold, with the full exercise by the underwriter of the over-allotment option; and

 

Approximately 63,570 shares of common stock that may be issued by us upon conversion of the 6-month notes (assuming no interest is paid on the 6-month notes).

 

33

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   

The following discussion and analysis summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows of our Company as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. The discussion contains forward-looking statements that are based on the beliefs of management, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, our management. Actual results could differ materially from those discussed in or implied by forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.

 

Overview

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., through its subsidiaries, currently offers our customers the opportunity to buy, sell, rent, and subscribe for, and obtain financing for automobiles both online and in person.

 

We describe our business model as “Buy, Rent or Subscribe, Sell and Repeat.” This means that we “Buy” pre-owned automobiles primarily through auctions or directly from other automobile dealers, and new automobiles from manufacturers and manufacturer distributors at fleet rates. We “Rent or Subscribe” by either renting automobiles to our customers or allowing them to enter into our subscription plan for automobiles in which customers have use of an automobile for a minimum of thirty (30) days. We “Sell” our inventory, including automobiles previously included in our rental and subscription programs, to customers as well, and then we hope to “Repeat” the whole process.

 

Recent Developments

 

Reorganization

 

The Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in December 2017. Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, contributed one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests in each of LMP Motors.com, LLC and LMP Finance, LLC into the Company in December 2017, and in January 2018, 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC made the Company their sole member. As a result of the reorganization, the Company now owns one hundred percent (100%) of the equity in each of these four entities. LMP Motors.com, LLC currently operates our automobile sales business. LMP Finance, LLC currently operates our rental and subscription business. 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC were formed to enter into future potential strategic acquisitions, but are currently inactive. As a result of the reorganization, Mr. Tawfik received 15,750,000 shares of common stock and ST RXR Investments, Inc., a company wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Tawfik, received 5,250,000 shares of common stock.

 

Private Placement Offerings

 

In February 2018, we completed a private placement offering, pursuant to which we sold 2,858,030 shares of our common stock, at a purchase price of $3.33 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,517,239.

 

From June 2018 through October 2018, we sold an aggregate of 787,264 shares of our common stock, in a private placement offering, at a purchase price of $4.75 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,739,505. We intend to continue to offer and sell additional shares of our common stock until the consummation of this offering.

 

During the second and third quarters of 2018, we issued the 6-month notes in an aggregate principal amount of $1,448,965, pursuant to a private placement offering. The 6-month notes bear interest at 4% per annum and mature six (6) months from the date of issuance, at which time the principal and any accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable. The holders of the 6-month notes may, at any time prior to the maturity date, convert the 6-month notes (and accrued interest) into shares of our common stock by dividing (a) the outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued interest under the applicable 6-month note on the date of conversion by (b) $4.75 (subject to adjustment as provided in the 6-month notes). Based on the terms of the conversion rights, we did not recognize a beneficial conversion discount. 

 

34

 

 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we repaid one of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of approximately $285,015, leaving a balance on the remaining 6-month notes of approximately $1,164,000, plus accrued interest, at December 31, 2018.

 

During the first quarter of 2019, we repaid two of the 6-month notes in the aggregate principal amount of $365,000, leaving a balance on the remaining 6-month notes of $798,950, plus accrued interest, at March 31, 2019.  In April 2019, we repaid seven of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of $497,000.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2019, we extended certain of the 6-month notes that became due.  Two of the 6-month notes in the amount of approximately $121,000 were extended to June 15, 2019, two of the 6-month notes in the amount of approximately $45,000 were extended to August 14, 2019, and another two in the amount of approximately $135,950 were extended to September 17, 2019.

 

The total outstanding principal balance on the remaining 6-month notes as of May 31, 2019 was $301,950.

 

In connection with the private placement offerings, each of the investors executed a stockholders’ agreement. The stockholders’ agreement contains, among other things, certain restrictions on the ability of such investors to freely transfer shares of our common stock, as well as customary drag-along rights and tag-along rights, and such agreement terminates upon the consummation of this offering. In connection with this offering, we are soliciting lock-up agreements from all of our current shareholders whereby they will agree, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, not to directly or indirectly:

 

offer, pledge, assign, encumber, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our capital stock; or

 

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or

 

sell, agree to sell, offer or sell, solicit offers to purchase, grant any call option, warrant or other right to purchase, purchase any put option or other right to sell, pledge, borrow or otherwise dispose of our securities; or

 

establish or increase any “put equivalent position” or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (in each case within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act) with respect to any of our securities;

 

make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any of our securities; or

 

otherwise enter into any swap, derivative or other transaction or arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any economic consequence of ownership of securities, whether or not such transaction is to be settled by delivery of our securities, other securities, cash or other consideration; or

 

publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires our management to make assumptions, estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements, including the notes thereto, and related disclosures of commitments and contingencies, if any. We consider our critical accounting policies to be those that require the more significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of financial statements, including the following:

 

35

 

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Used Vehicle Sales Revenue

 

The Company’s business consists of retail and wholesale sales of used vehicles to customers. Sales are based on the network of physical showrooms and efficient online showrooms on the Company’s websites. The Company offers a home delivery service so that the Company delivers the car to the place agreed upon with the client. The Company also sells used vehicles in auctions.

 

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of a vehicle to a customer. The prices of the vehicles are stated in its contracts at stand-alone selling prices which are agreed upon with its customer prior to delivery. The Company satisfies its performance obligation for used vehicle sales upon delivery when the transfer of title, risks and rewards of ownership and control pass to the customer. The Company recognizes revenue at the agreed-upon price stated in the contract, including any delivery charges. In addition, any noncash consideration received from a customer (i.e., trade-in vehicles) are recognized at fair value. Customer payment is received or 3 rd -party financing has been confirmed prior to vehicle transfer. The Company collects sales taxes and other taxes from customers on behalf of governmental authorities at the time of sale. These taxes are accounted for on a net basis and are not included in sales or cost of sales.

 

Subscription Revenue

 

The Company offers a vehicle subscription plan where a customer will pay a monthly fee in exchange for access to a car. The Company’s subscriptions include monthly swaps, scheduled maintenance and upkeep, and even insurance in some cases. Customers have the flexibility to up-or-downgrade a vehicle monthly with the vehicle payment adjusted accordingly. There is $575 annual subscription activation fee and the monthly payments are dependent upon the vehicle selected by the customer.

 

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of a vehicle to a customer under a subscription contract. The prices of the vehicles are stated in its contracts at stand-alone subscription prices which are agreed upon with the customer prior to delivery. The Company satisfies its performance obligation for monthly subscription payments upon delivery to the customer and in each subsequent month the customer retains possession of the vehicle. The Company recognizes revenue at the agreed-upon price stated in the contract in the month earned.

 

The Company also receives an upfront customer payment as an annual membership fee to its vehicle subscription program. This fee is deferred and amortized to income monthly over the period of membership.

 

Customer payment has been received prior to initial vehicle transfer and on each monthly recurring anniversary date.

 

Rental Revenue

 

The Company recognizes vehicle rental income over the period the vehicle is rented. Performance obligations associated with vehicle rental transactions are satisfied over the rental period. Rental periods are short term in nature. Performance obligations associated with rental related activities, such as charges to the customer for the fueling of vehicles and value-added services such as loss damage waivers, navigation units, and other ancillary products, are also satisfied over the rental period.

 

Payments are due from customers at the time of reservation. Additional charges incurred by the customers are collected at the time of vehicle return. The Company collects sales taxes and other taxes from customers on behalf of governmental authorities at the time of sale. These taxes are accounted for on a net basis and are not included in sales or cost of sales.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

We carry our accounts receivable at cost. The terms of our accounts receivable require payment upon receipt. We establish an allowance based on our management’s assessment of the creditworthiness of the customers, the aged basis of the receivables, as well as current economic conditions and historical information. Management has determined that no allowance for uncollectible accounts for accounts receivable were necessary at December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

36

 

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

We recognize the cost of services received in exchange for awards of stock options in accordance with ASC 718 “Stock Compensation”, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant over the requisite service period, which generally is the vesting period of the award. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock option awards.

 

Income Taxes

 

We account for income taxes under ASC 740 “Income Taxes” which codified SFAS 109, “Accounting for Income Taxes” and FIN 48 “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes – an Interpretation of the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or the FASB, Statement No. 109.” Under the asset and liability method of ASC 740, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Under ASC 740, the effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period the enactment occurs. A valuation allowance is provided for certain deferred tax assets if it is more likely than not that we will not realize tax assets through future operations.

 

Per Share Information

 

We compute net loss per share accordance with FASB ASC 205 “Earnings per Share.” FASB ASC 205 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) on the face of the income statement.

 

Basic EPS is computed by dividing net loss available to common shareholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all potentially dilutive common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS excludes all potentially dilutive shares if their effect is anti-dilutive.

  

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Our financial instruments consist of cash, prepaid expenses, payables, accrued expenses and notes payable. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information about the financial instrument. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. We consider the carrying values of our financial instruments in the consolidated financial statements to approximate fair value, due to their short-term nature.

   

Inventory

 

The Company’s inventory consists of automobiles. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined by specific identification and with market defined as net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Inventories at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are recorded based on perpetual inventory records.

 

The Company depreciates its fleet inventory monthly based on 1% of initial cost starting in 2018 when the subscriptions and rentals were launched.  

 

We periodically review our automobile inventory to determine whether any inventories have become obsolete or have declined in value, and record a charge to operations for known and estimated inventory obsolescence. 

  

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided for using straight-line methods over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets, ranging from 5 to 7 years.

 

37

 

 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets  

 

We periodically evaluate long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. If the estimated future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) from the use of an asset were less than the carrying value, a write-down would be recorded to reduce the related asset to its estimated fair value.

 

Recently issued Accounting Pronouncements

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” which, for operating leases, requires a lessee to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments, in its balance sheet. The standard also requires a lessee to recognize a single lease cost, calculated so that the cost of the lease is allocated over the lease term, on a generally straight-line basis. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years. The adoption of ASU 2016-02 resulted in the recognition of right of use assets and related obligations on our balance sheets. The provisions of ASU 2016-02 also conforms lessor accounting to the new revenue recognition guidance in ASU 2014-09. We are assessing the provisions of our vehicle rental contracts that convey the right to control the use of identified assets to determine whether these contracts are within the scope of the accounting guidance contained in ASU 2016-02.

 

In July 2018, the FASB issued additional guidance on the accounting for leases. The guidance provides companies with another transition method that allows entities to recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the date of adoption. Under this method, previously presented years’ financial positions and results are not adjusted. The Company adopted this alternative transition method.

 

The provisions of ASU 2016-02 also conforms lessor accounting to the new revenue recognition guidance in ASU 2014-09. We recognize our rental revenue contracts, which are short-term in nature, in accordance with the guidance provided by ASU 2014-09.

 

Results of Operations

 

Quarter Ended March 31, 2019 Compared to Quarter Ended March 31, 2018

 

Revenues

 

We generated revenues of $4,937,747 for the three month period ended March 31, 2019 from the sales of pre-owned vehicles from our website and Plantation, Florida location, in addition to rental and subscription revenue, as compared with revenues of $2,384,595, during the comparative three-month period ended March 31, 2018, an increase of $2,553,152. The increase was mainly due to the Company having to sell vehicle inventory earlier than anticipated to satisfy short-term convertible note obligations that matured and to accept additional vehicle inventory ordered earlier in the year. We do not expect revenues from vehicle sales to remain at these heightened levels in 2019. Revenues in 2019 include $172,433 from our rental program and $292,422 from our subscription program, which commenced subsequent to the first quarter of 2018.

 

Cost of vehicles sold was $5,048,573 for the three months ended March 31, 2019, resulting in a negative gross margin of $110,826. Cost of vehicles sold for the comparative three months ended March 31, 2018 was $2,558,694, resulting in a negative gross margin of $174,099 due to test marketing and incentive pricing.

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

We incurred SG&A expenses of $1,041,728 during the three months ended March 31, 2019, an increase of $614,059 as compared with the balance for the three months ended March 31, 2018 of $427,669. The significant increase in SG&A expenses is a result of increases in payroll expenses of $213,225 from the three-month period ended March 31, 2018 to the same period in 2019, in addition to increases in the use of outside services for legal and consulting fees of $97,477 comparing the three-month periods, and increases in rent expenses of $97,313, which were related to the implementation of our business plan.

 

In 2019, we discontinued our Miami Beach, FL rental operations and consolidated them with our Plantation, FL operation.  As a result, two leases that approximated $415,000 per year were terminated and we reduced staff by eight employees whose salaries approximated $356,000 in an effort to reduce overhead expenses.   

 

38

 

 

Depreciation

 

We incurred depreciation expenses of $314,008 during the three months ended March 31, 2019 including $290,919 included in cost of revenues for depreciation of inventory, as compared to $8,373 during the three months ended March 31, 2018, an increase of $305,636. This increase was primarily due to depreciation on vehicles held in inventory.

 

Net Losses

 

We sustained net losses of $1,400,611 and $766,490 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, for the reasons described above.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flow Activities

 

As of March 31, 2019, we had an accumulated deficit of $7,971,118. We have incurred net losses since inception, and have funded operations primarily through sales of our common stock and issuance of debt. As of March 31, 2019 we had $472,199 in cash. The net increase in cash of $48,047 during the three month period ended March 31, 2019 and net increase in cash of $354,990 during the three month period ended March 31, 2018 is due to the following activities:

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash provided by operating activities was $1,145,261 as compared to net cash used of $7,740,184 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The $8,885,445 increase in net cash generated by operating activities was primarily due to a decrease in inventory of $2,756,083 during the three month period ended March 31, 2019, reduced by the net loss for the period of $1,400,611, as compared to an increase in inventory of $6,209,235 during the three month period ended March 31, 2018, in addition to the net loss of $766,490 for the period.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $17,703 as compared to $51,741 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The $34,038 decrease in net cash used in investing activities was primarily due to fewer purchases of property and equipment in 2019, with $7,484 of property and equipment purchased in the three month period ended March 31, 2019, as compared to $49,491 purchased during the same period in 2018.

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash used in financing activities was $1,079,511 as compared to net cash generated of $8,146,915 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. The $9,226,426 decrease in net cash from financing activities was primarily due to cash received from the issuance of common stock of $9,513,415 during the three month period ended March 31, 2018, as compared to cash used to pay down certain Convertible Notes Payable of $365,000 and repurchase shares recorded to Treasury Stock of $403,750 during the three month period ended March 31, 2019.

 

Use of Cash and Cash Requirements

 

During the fourth quarter of 2018 and in the first quarter of 2019, we sold certain fleet vehicles to make payments on convertible notes and fund our common stock repurchases, as well as to purchase additional fleet vehicles and fund our monthly recurring overhead.

 

In the first quarter of 2019 we purchased an aggregate of 85,000 shares of our common stock from three (3) shareholders at an aggregate price of $4.75 per share, or $403,750. In April 2019, we purchased 53,600 shares of our common stock from one (1) shareholder at an aggregate price of $4.75 per share, or $254,600. These shares are currently held in treasury.

 

39

 

 

Consolidation of Operations

 

In 2019, we discontinued our Miami Beach, FL rental operations and consolidated them with our Plantation, FL operation.  As a result, two leases that approximated $415,000 per year were terminated and we reduced staff by eight employees whose salaries approximated $356,000 in effort to reduce overhead expenses.   

 

Sources of Capital

 

From inception to December 31, 2017 we have funded our activities through capital contributions from Mr. Tawfik and issuances of notes payable to related parties.

 

In January 2018, we entered into the $1,500,000 revolving credit facility with ST RXR, which is owned and controlled by our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, pursuant to a Revolving Line of Credit Agreement, or the LOC agreement. At March 31, 2019, approximately $1,500,000 was outstanding under the revolving credit facility. The LOC agreement expires on the earlier of written demand by the lender or May 21, 2020.

 

From January 1 through March 31, 2018, we received an aggregate of $9,517,239 through the issue and sale of our common stock, at purchase price of $3.33 per share pursuant to a private placement offering to accredited investors.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we repaid one of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of approximately $285,015, leaving a balance of approximately $1,164,000, plus accrued interest, at December 31, 2018. During the first quarter of 2019, we repaid two of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of $365,000, leaving a balance of $798,950, plus accrued interest, at March 31, 2019. In April 2019 we repaid seven of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of $497,000 leaving a balance of $301,950, plus accrued interest, at April 30, 2019.

 

In 2019 we extended certain of the 6-month notes that became due. Two of the 6-month notes were extended to June 15, 2019 for approximately $121,000, two of the 6-month notes were extended to August 14, 2019 for approximately $45,000, and another two were extended to September 17, 2019 for approximately $135,950.

 

Contractual Commitments

 

Commitments to Purchase Vehicles

 

In 2018, we have entered into a letter agreement with an importer of new BMW and MINI automobiles which has expired and the remaining balance for vehicles to be delivered is approximately $530,000 as of April 30, 2019.

 

In the second quarter of 2019, Mercedes-Benz Financial has approved $3.5 million leasing credit line for our subscription and rental fleet inventory purchases.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a)(4).

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2017

 

Revenues

 

We generated revenues of $16,610,786 for the year ended December 31, 2018 from the sales of pre-owned vehicles from our website and Plantation, Florida location, in addition to rental and subscription revenue, as compared with revenues of $3,759,031, during the comparative year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $11,955,480. The increase was mainly due to our ability to fulfill more transactions that come from greater brand acceptance of our platform due to continuing expenditures in marketing and sales. Revenues in 2018 include $539,952 from our rental program and $356,323 from our subscription program, which commenced in 2018.

 

Costs of revenues were $18,567,775 for the year ended December 31, 2018, resulting in a negative gross margin of $1,956,989. These costs included $889,388 of costs of revenues for rental revenues and subscription fees in 2018. Costs of revenues for the comparative year ended December 31, 2017 were $3,994,079, resulting in a negative gross margin of $235,048 due to test marketing and incentive pricing.

 

40

 

 

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

 

We incurred SG&A expenses of $3,278,051 during the year ended December 31, 2018, an increase of $2,163,942 as compared with the amount incurred during the year ended December 31, 2017 of $1,114,109. The increase in SG&A expenses is a result of increases in payroll and other administrative costs to support our increase in revenues and overall business activity during 2018.

 

Depreciation

 

We incurred depreciation expenses of $45,505 during the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to $29,291 during the year ended December 31, 2017, an increase of $16,214. This increase is due to the purchase of significant fixed assets during the year, especially in furniture and leasehold improvements as we moved locations in March, 2018 and performed remodels for both the Plantation, FL and the Miami Beach, FL locations.

 

Net Losses

 

We sustained net losses of $6,490,293 and $1,423,662 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively, for the reasons described above.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Cash Flow Activities

 

As of December 31, 2018, we had an accumulated deficit of $6,552,886. We have incurred net losses since inception, and have funded operations primarily through sales of our common stock, issuance of debt and a related party line of credit. As of December 31, 2018 we had $424,152 in cash.

 

The following table sets forth the primary sources and uses of cash for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017:

 

    Years Ended December 31,  
    2018     2017  
Net cash used in operating activities   $ (13,472,142 )   $ (4,617,347 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (437,957 )     (214,950 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     14,116,891       4,728,755  
Net increase (decrease) in cash     206,792       (103,452 )

 

Operating Activities

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $13,472,142 as compared to $4,617,347 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The $8,854,795 increase in net cash used in operating activities was primarily due to an increase in purchases of vehicles in inventory and a larger net loss for the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to December 31, 2017.

 

Investing Activities

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $437,957 as compared to $214,950 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The $223,007 increase in net cash used in investing activities was due to larger purchases of property and equipment in 2018, two location remodels and purchases of software included in intangible assets.

 

41

 

 

Financing Activities

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was $14,116,891 as compared to $4,728,755 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. The $9,388,136 increase in net cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to cash received from the issuance of common stock of $13,256,534 during the year ended December 31, 2018, as compared to cash contributed from shareholders of $3,637,255 during the year ended December 31, 2017. In 2018 the Company also issued $1,448,965 in 6 month, 4% convertible notes.

 

Use of Cash and Cash Requirements

 

During 2018 and in the first quarter of 2019, we sold certain fleet vehicles to make payments on convertible notes and fund our common stock repurchases, as well as to purchase additional fleet vehicles and fund our monthly recurring overhead.

 

In the first quarter of 2019, we purchased an aggregate of 85,000 shares of our common stock from three shareholders at an aggregate price of $4.75 per share, or $403,750. In April 2019, we purchased 53,600 shares of our common stock from one shareholder at an aggregate price of $4.75 per share, or $254,600. These shares are currently held in treasury.

 

Sources of Capital

 

From inception to December 31, 2018 we have funded our activities through capital contributions from Mr. Tawfik, issuances of common stock, and issuances of notes payable.

  

In January 2018, we entered into the $1,500,000 revolving credit facility with ST RXR, a company owned and controlled by Mr. Tawfik, pursuant to the LOC agreement.  At December 31, 2018, approximately $1,775,000 was outstanding under the revolving credit facility.  The LOC agreement expires on the earlier of written demand by the lender or May 21, 2020.

 

From January 1 through December 31, 2018, we received an aggregate of $13,256,534 through the issue and sale of our common stock, at a purchase price of $3.33 per share pursuant to a private placement offering to accredited investors.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we repaid one of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of approximately $285,015, leaving a balance of approximately $1,164,000, plus accrued interest, at December 31, 2018.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2018, we repaid two of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of $365,000, leaving a balance of $798,950, plus accrued interest, at March 31, 2019. In April 2019 we repaid seven of the 6-month notes in the principal amount of $497,000 leaving a balance of $301,950, plus accrued interest, at April 30, 2019.

 

Subsequent to December 31, 2018, we extended certain of the 6-month notes that became due. Two of the 6-month notes were extended to June 15, 2019 for approximately $121,000, two of the 6-month notes were extended to August 14, 2019 for approximately $45,000, and another two were extended to September 17, 2019 for approximately $135,950.

 

Contractual Commitments

 

Commitments to Purchase Vehicles

 

In 2018, we entered into a letter agreement with an importer of new BMW and MINI automobiles which has expired and the remaining balance for vehicles to be delivered is approximately $530,000 as of April 30, 2019.

 

Subsequent to year-end, Mercedes-Benz Financial approved $3.5 million for our subscription and rental fleet inventory purchases.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Regulation S-K Item 303(a)(4).

 

42

 

 

BUSINESS

 

Our Mission

 

Our goal is to provide an e-commerce and facilities-based retail platform for consumers who desire to buy, sell, rent, subscribe for or finance pre-owned and new automobiles. We seek to provide our customers with a simple, convenient, transparent and pleasant retail experience. In addition to our current operations launched in 2017, we intend to seek strategic acquisitions of pre-owned and new automobile dealerships and car rental companies in order to facilitate efficient growth.

 

Our Current Business

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., through its wholly owned subsidiaries, currently offers our customers the opportunity to buy, sell, rent and subscribe for, and obtain financing for automobiles both online and in person.

 

We describe our business model as “Buy, Rent or Subscribe, Sell and Repeat.” This means that we “Buy” pre-owned automobiles primarily through auctions or directly from other automobile dealers, and new automobiles from manufacturers and manufacturer distributors at fleet rates. We “Rent or Subscribe” by either renting automobiles to our customers or allowing them to enter into our subscription plan for automobiles in which customers have use of an automobile for a minimum of thirty (30) days. We “Sell” our inventory, including automobiles previously included in our rental and subscription programs, to customers as well, and then we hope to “Repeat” the whole process.

 

 

 

We believe we offer a stress-free and user-friendly experience, either directly or through arrangements with third parties, that enables consumers to efficiently:

 

  - Browse and purchase a vehicle   - Subscribe for a vehicle(s)
  - Rent a vehicle   - Sell or trade-in vehicles
  - Obtain pre-approval for financing (through third parties)   - Buy extended warranties (through third parties)
  - Schedule deliveries and pick-ups (typically through third parties)      

 

Our platform is designed to streamline the automobile transaction value chain by digitizing a substantial part of the sales and transaction process. We believe this will enhance the consumer experience by creating operational efficiencies designed to improve our financial and business performance. We also intend to centralize sales, title, tag, finance, insurance and logistics operations in order to create additional financial and operational benefits, as well as a positive consumer experience. We believe that bringing more of the vehicle shopping and transaction experience online will provide consumers with a broader range of purchase, rental and subscription options while eliminating time spent in negotiation and haggling.

 

We commenced our operations in the first quarter of 2017. Currently we only offer sales of pre-owned automobiles, and rentals and subscriptions for both pre-owned and new automobiles. Our fleet consists of 215 automobiles in total. Of those, 118 are offered for subscription, eight are offered for rental, 40 are available to drivers for rideshare applications, including Uber and Lyft, and 49 are held for sale. Our current facility is approximately 8,771 square feet on 1.25 acres of land. Our facility contains storage for ten vehicles on the interior and up to 90 on the exterior. We expect that we can facilitate over 1,000 subscribers in our current facility.

43

 

The Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in December 2017. Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, contributed one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests in each of LMP Motors.com, LLC and LMP Finance, LLC into the Company in December 2017, and in January 2018, 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC made the Company their sole member. As a result of the reorganization, the Company now owns 100% of the equity in each of these four entities. LMP Motors.com, LLC currently operates our automobile sales business. LMP Finance, LLC currently operates our rental and subscription business. 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC were formed to enter into future potential strategic acquisitions, but are currently inactive.

 

Industry Overview

 

We believe that the following are the current key drivers of growth for the automobile industry:

 

  Economic Drivers . Consumer confidence and employment are currently at a 17-year high, which we believe will lead to continued growth in consumer spending, including increased spending on automobiles.

 

  Emerging Technologies and Disruptive Business Models . We believe the U.S. automobile industry is rapidly evolving through the adoption of new technologies and disruptive business models, which we believe is driven primarily by consumer expectations and demands for a better purchasing experience.

 

  Off-Lease Vehicles . Sales of “off-lease vehicles,” or automobiles that are resold after being leased, have increased steadily from 17% growth in 2010 to nearly 25% in 2017. We believe that the off-lease vehicle market can provide a steady supply of high-quality automobiles that will offer consumers a viable alternative to the new-vehicle market. We expect that this will result in increased competition with the new vehicle market.

 

  Subscription Market . The subscription model has been widely adopted in several different sectors, such as consumer goods, streaming media and data cloud services. Driven by consumer demand, the automobile industry has begun adopting a subscription model as an alternative to ownership and leasing. Although we believe that car ownership will continue to dominate the industry, we expect that the auto subscription segment will grow steadily.

 

  Pre-Owned Automobile Sales Market . In 2017, the U.S. automotive industry generated approximately $1.2 trillion in sales, which represented approximately 21% of the U.S. retail economy. According to the Cox Automotive 2018 Used Car Market Report & Outlook, in 2018, approximately 39.5 million pre-owned vehicles are expected to be sold, up from 39.3 million pre-owned vehicles sold in 2017, with an average price, according to Edmund.com, of approximately $19,500. New vehicle sales fell by approximately 2% from 2017.

44

 

 

Source: Edmunds.com

 

The pre-owned automobile retail industry is highly fragmented. Currently, there are approximately 43,000 used car dealerships in the U.S., with the largest dealer compromising approximately 1.7% of the market in the United States. The top 100 pre-owned auto dealers collectively account for approximately 7.0% of the U.S. market according to Edmunds.com and Automotive News.

 

We believe that the traditional pre-owned auto dealership model is cost intensive, operationally challenging and difficult to scale. In general, providing full service to a customer requires inspection, repair, reconditioning and showroom facilities, as well as inventory sourcing and financing capabilities, substantially all of which are done at each dealership location. All of these services require a substantial initial investment.

 

Historically, consumers would research and shop for automobiles using a combination of print and broadcast media, or by visiting local dealerships. However, we believe this paradigm is shifting, as consumers are now increasingly relying on the Internet to research automobiles, compare pricing and financing options, estimate trade-in values, and even complete transactions. According to the 2018 Cox Automotive Car Buyer Journey, today’s average car buyer spends 60% of their time online researching and shopping for an automobile, or almost nine hours.

 

We believe that consumers have also become comfortable conducting their retail purchases of higher-priced products such as consumer electronics and home furnishings through the Internet. According to the U.S. Census Bureau, 10.5% of total retail sales in the U.S. in the fourth quarter of 2017 were completed online. We believe that similar trends are emerging in the automobile industry, as consumers are interested in e-commerce solutions for their pre-owned automobile purchasing needs. According to Capgemini’s 2017 Cars Online Trend Study, 80% of U.S. car buyers would consider completing their entire automobile purchase online if given the opportunity.

 

Traditionally, the process of purchasing an automobile has been lengthy and involved. On average, consumers spend three hours in the dealership to purchase a vehicle, with more than half of that time spent negotiating and completing paperwork. Through our e-commerce and facilities based platform, we believe that we broaden the consumer’s access to the pre-owned automobile market, boost transaction efficiency, more effectively facilitate supply and demand matching, and modernize traditional transaction processes. 

 

Automobile-related companies that operate through an Internet-based business model are demonstrating significant growth.

 

45

 

 

Source: Public filings.

 

Our Solution

 

Our hybrid business model combines an e-commerce platform for those wishing to purchase online with the option for a traditional in-person transaction at our physical location. We intend to eventually carry significant inventory at multiple locations throughout the United States, expanding the selection available to consumers. We also offer multiple alternatives for automobile acquisition, including sale (with or without financing), rental and subscription. Management is not aware of any other company currently offering this unique suite of options for consumers. Currently, we operate from one location in Plantation, Florida. We believe that by providing these alternatives, we can be more attractive to potential customers and compete favorably in the marketplace.

 

We are able to effect sales nationwide, subject to local regulation, whereas existing non-Internet based car dealers are generally limited to their local region. Through our platform, either directly or through third parties, consumers can research and identify an automobile, obtain financing and warranty coverage, purchase, rent or subscribe for an automobile, and schedule and arrange for delivery or pick-up, all from their desktop or mobile device or in person at our location.

 

Our business model can be characterized as “Buy, Rent or Subscribe, Sell, and Repeat.” We believe that a key differentiator to our business will be how this combination of services will enable us to maximize revenue and profits per automobile.

 

  Buying . We purchase pre-owned automobiles primarily through auctions or directly from other automobile dealers. We purchase new automobiles from manufacturers and manufacturer distributors at fleet rates.

 

  Rentals . We believe that renting automobiles in our fleet will enable us to capture incremental revenues from our inventory. In addition, we believe that the average amount of time an automobile remains on a lot prior to its sale ranges from approximately thirty (30) to one hundred and twenty (120) days. By placing a fraction of our automobiles into the rental fleet, we believe we can collect rental fees, as well as ancillary and insurance fees, which enhance our revenue and profit per automobile. We believe that there is growing demand for rental vehicles from drivers utilizing ride sharing services, including Uber and Lyft.

 

  Subscriptions . Offering a subscription service is another key component of our business model. Our subscription service will provide consumers with the ability to access, use and switch automobiles offered in accordance with the terms of the specific subscription package, which includes, in many cases, insurance, registration, and maintenance. We believe that a subscription model will create a recurring stream of revenue consisting of monthly subscription fees, and other ancillary fees, which we believe will enhance our profit per automobile. We believe that there is growing demand for subscription vehicles from ride-sharing service drivers, including Uber and Lyft drivers.

46

 

  Sales . Sales of pre-owned automobiles are expected to remain the primary driver of our business, and currently represents a significant portion of our revenues. In connection with the sales process, we assist customers with obtaining financing and extended warranty coverage through third-party providers.

 

Keys to our business strategy:

 

  Automobile sourcing and acquisition . We plan to build and rebuild our inventories through fleet purchases, wholesale auctions, off-lease acquisitions and strategic acquisitions. Acquired automobiles are inspected and detailed, and reconditioned if necessary. Automobiles are then placed into our inventory, and descriptive information is uploaded to our e-commerce platform. We then determine which automobiles will be offered for rental and subscription, and which will be offered for sale.

 

  Automobiles . We offer our consumers the opportunity to buy, rent or subscribe for automobiles built by foreign and domestic manufacturers. Consumers are able to select among sedans, sport utility vehicles, pick-up trucks, convertibles and sports cars from brands such as BMW, Mercedes-Benz, Land Rover, Toyota, Nissan, Jeep, Chevrolet, Ford, and GMC.

 

  Building large, centralized and clustered points-of-presence in key metropolitan areas throughout the United States . Our plan is to establish large, centralized brick and mortar points-of-presence through organic development and/or strategic acquisitions of independent and franchised dealerships and car rental companies clustered in key metropolitan areas in order to expand our business. By integrating our platform and services with acquired entities, we seek to quickly and efficiently grow our inventory of automobiles, gain access to new facilities, expand our back-office capabilities and expand our business into new locations.

 

As illustrated below, we intend to establish large, centralized brick and mortar points-of-presence in key strategic regions in the Southeast, Northeast, Midwest and West regions of the United States.

 

 

  Additional Revenue. In addition to revenues from our automobile sales, rental and subscription services, we generate revenue from our customers through the sale of optional ancillary products and services, such as insurance, warranties, fuel charges and toll-passes. In addition, we arrange for our customers to obtain financing and warranty coverage through third parties for the automobiles they purchase. We may receive discounts and commissions for such services.

 

  Photography and merchandising . We photograph the interior and exterior of each automobile featured on our website and provide consumers with a virtual tour and relevant information about the automobile, including a vehicle history report. By providing consumers with detailed information about the automobile, we believe we can generate confidence and trust in our e-commerce platform.

47

 

Competition

 

In our various business segments, we compete with online automotive marketplaces, dealers’ websites, dealers’ physical locations, car rental and subscription companies, and ride-hailing and ride-sharing services. We believe that consumers are focused primarily on the quality of their experience, price and selection. We believe that we compete favorably in each of these areas.

 

Pre-Owned Vehicle Sales

 

We compete for consumer visits with other online automotive marketplaces and dealers’ physical locations and websites. We believe we compete for consumers primarily on the basis of the quality of the consumer experience, price and selection. In addition, we are able to access inventory from vehicles previously utilized in our rental and subscription platforms and subsequently offered for sale as pre-owned vehicles on our platforms.

 

We have also negotiated arrangements to obtain new vehicles directly from certain manufacturers and manufacturer distributors at wholesale, fleet prices. These vehicles initially will be offered in our rental and subscription platforms, and then offered for sale as pre-owned vehicles when the vehicle is ready to be transitioned off of our rental and subscription platforms. We believe this strategy allows us to capture greater total revenue per vehicle than most of our competitors.

 

Vehicle Rental

 

According to Auto Rental News, 2017 vehicle rentals in the United States generated approximately $29 billion in revenues. Monthly revenue per unit in 2017 was approximately $1,091, which was an improvement of 6.5% over 2016. We believe that the luxury vehicles offered under our rental program will likely generate revenues at a higher level than this amount, since consumers are willing to pay more to rent these vehicles. In addition to our current locations, we plan to open additional rental locations in close proximity to airports, popular tourist locations, and business centers. We believe this will maximize our opportunity to attract business and leisure travelers who are seeking to rent a luxury vehicle.

 

We believe that the U.S. vehicle rental industry is characterized by intense price and service competition among global, regional and local players. Competition is based primarily on price, customer service quality, including the usability of booking systems and ease of rental and return, vehicle availability, reliability, rental locations, and product innovation. In addition, we believe that competition is also strongly influenced by advertising, marketing, loyalty programs and brand reputation.

 

The use of online technology has increased pricing transparency among vehicle rental companies by enabling cost-conscious consumers to more easily price-compare on the Internet. We believe this transparency has further increased the prevalence and intensity of price competition in the industry. We believe we will be able to offer competitive pricing for luxury vehicle rentals because our multiple platforms share overhead synergistically in many cases. We also believe that there exists latent demand for luxury vehicle rentals in the U.S., and that this segment of the rental market has strong growth potential.

 

Our vehicle rental operations compete primarily with Turo, Sixt Rent a Car; Enterprise Holdings, Inc. which operates the Enterprise, National and Alamo Car rental brands; Hertz Global Holdings, Inc. which operates the Hertz, Dollar and Thrifty brands; Avis Budget Group, Inc., which operates the Avis, Budget and Zipcar brands; and Europcar Group. In addition, there are smaller local and regional vehicle rental companies and ride-hailing and ride-sharing companies that we compete with largely in urban areas.

 

Vehicle Subscription

 

The automotive industry has started to adopt a subscription model that offers an alternative to the traditional automotive purchase or lease. Our subscription model enables consumers to avoid the upfront capital requirements, financing costs and long-term contracts associated with buying or leasing. In addition, the subscription model offers the convenience and flexibility of switching vehicles with a monthly fee, which includes, in many cases, insurance, maintenance, servicing and roadside assistance, with a short-term commitment.

48

 

Our subscription model is intended to attract consumers that have short-term and frequently changing vehicle needs, desire to switch vehicles regularly, and/or are seeking a convenient alternative to a traditional purchase or lease arrangement. We believe that the subscription market is growing with entrants including vehicle manufacturers such as Hyundai and Ford, and luxury manufacturer and brands including Audi, Volvo, Porsche and BMW. We also compete with companies such as Fair, Clutch, Wyler FastLane, Drive Germain, Mobiliti, and Borrow.

 

We believe that, as in our rental platform, our shared overhead strategy allows us to offer vehicle subscriptions at competitive rates. We also believe that vehicle subscriptions generally are poised for meaningful growth.

 

Our Competitive Advantages

 

We believe our multi-pronged business model is disruptive to the automobile industry, and creates operational efficiencies, multiple revenue streams and scalability, while creating a better consumer experience.

 

  Multi-Pronged Business Approach . We intend to combine our rental, subscription and sales operations in most of our planned facilities. As a result, we expect to achieve operational efficiencies and cost savings.

 

  Cycle of “Buy, Rent or Subscribe, Sell and Repeat” . We believe that a key differentiator to our business will be how offering sales, rentals and subscriptions will enable us to maximize revenue and profits per vehicle. We intend for rentals and subscriptions to be product extensions to our core pre-owned vehicle sales platform and believe this will be a powerful differentiator and advantage in the market.

 

  Centralized Back-Office Operations . A significant portion of overhead for vehicle sales and rentals are back-office operations, including finance, titling, administration and data processing. We intend to further develop our technology platform to centralize and automate many of these functions both in our current facilities and any new facilities that we acquire, which we believe will reduce our costs.

 

  Centralized Facilities in Strategic Regions . Our plan is to establish large, centralized brick and mortar points-of-presence through organic development and/or strategic acquisitions of independent and franchised dealerships and car rental companies clustered in key metropolitan areas in order to expand our business. By integrating our platform and services with acquired entities, we seek to quickly and efficiently grow our inventory of automobiles, gain access to new facilities, expand our back-office capabilities, expand our business into new locations and increase market share.

 

Marketing

 

We believe our consumer base is similar to the overall market for pre-owned vehicle sales, rentals and subscriptions. We intend to execute our sales and marketing efforts utilizing a multi-channel approach that utilizes brand building, as well as direct response channels to efficiently establish and grow both locally and nationally. Our advertising efforts currently include Internet and online automotive sales sites and search engines such as Google, eBay Motors, CarGurus, CarFax and Cars.com, as well as social media sites such as Facebook, Instagram and Twitter. We also intend to advertise through local television, search engine marketing, inventory site listing, retargeting, organic referral, display, digital radio, direct mail and branded pay-per-click channels. We believe a strong consumer focused approach ensures customer loyalty which will drive both repeat purchases and referrals. In addition to our paid channels, we intend to attract new customers through enhancing our earned media and public relations efforts.

 

49

 

 

Our Growth Strategies

 

Our primary revenue drivers are intended to be pre-owned vehicle sales, rentals and subscriptions. We plan to generate ancillary revenues from related services, including sale of third-party finance contracts, services and parts and rental insurance.

 

We believe that our ability to generate pre-owned vehicle sales, rentals and subscriptions is a function of the size of our inventory and ability to offer competitive prices and a pleasant consumer experience. Our expansion plan is to establish a small number of large clustered inventory and sales facilities throughout the U.S., some with service and reconditioning capabilities and state-of-the-art photo studios. We intend to establish large, centralized brick and mortar points-of-presence in key-strategic locations in the Southeast, Northeast, Midwest and West regions of the United States. We believe this plan will enable us to service the largest demand regions and provide us with cost-efficient distribution and logistics capabilities. Moreover, we believe our ability to increase staffing across regions, acquire additional inventory and third-party companies, and centralize our back office will allow us to take advantage of economies of scale and enhance our foundational platform.

 

We plan to grow sales by executing the following elements of our growth strategy:

 

  Increase Sales By Growing our Inventory . We believe that sales growth is directly correlated with depth and breadth of inventory, and we are focused on aggressively building our inventory through auctions, off-lease and fleet purchases, and strategic acquisitions of dealerships.

 

  Strategic Acquisitions . Our plan is to establish large, centralized brick and mortar points-of-presence through organic development and/or strategic acquisitions of independent and franchised dealerships and car rental companies clustered in key metropolitan areas in order to expand our business. By integrating our platform and services with acquired entities, we seek to quickly and efficiently grow our inventory of automobiles, gain access to new facilities, expand our back-office capabilities, and expand our business into new locations.

 

  Increase Sales Through Offering Value . We believe that value for the consumer is a combination of price, selection and transaction experience. As our business model is designed to maximize revenue per vehicle unit, we believe we will be competitive on price. We intend to maximize selection by offering consumers access to our centralized database of nationally pooled inventory of vehicles via our platform. In addition, our goal is that our integrated model combines the best of offline retail and rental and subscription services, with the best of e-commerce features in order to provide our consumers with an unparalleled experience.

 

  Develop Broader Brand Awareness . We believe our marketing and brand development efforts will meaningfully impact our ability to acquire new consumers, and ultimately grow our business. We intend to attract new consumers, and retain existing customers, through advertising, loyalty programs, public relations and referrals. We believe these efforts will be further enhanced once we are able to economically launch national advertising campaigns.

 

  Increase Rentals Through Building A Well-Stocked Inventory Featuring a Wide Variety Of Vehicles, With a Focus On Luxury Vehicles . We believe that consumers want to drive a vehicle similar to the one they have at home when they travel, and we believe that there exists latent demand for luxury vehicle rentals in the U.S., and that this segment of the rental market has strong growth potential.

 

  Establishing Facilities in Key Areas . We plan to establish facilities in key areas, including locations that are in close proximity to airports, popular tourist locations, and business centers. In particular, we believe this will maximize our opportunity to attract business and leisure travelers who are seeking to rent a vehicle.

 

  Growing Our Subscription Program . As in our rental business, we believe that having a well-stocked inventory is key to building our subscription service. Our subscription service offers customers an alternative to buying, renting or leasing.

 

Comparison   Subscription   Renting   Leasing   Purchasing
Flexible term lengths.   ü   ü   ü   ü
Ability to switch vehicles.   ü   û   û   û
Included insurance, maintenance, service and roadside assistance.*   ü   û   û   û
No Down Payment.   ü   ü   ü   ü

 

* Availability based on the specific subscription plan.

 

50

 

Seasonality

 

We expect our quarterly results of operations, including our revenue, gross profit, profitability, if any, and cash flow to vary significantly in the future, based in part on, among other things, consumers’ car buying patterns. We are a growing company. As we grow, we expect revenues may decrease in the second half of the calendar year. We believe our future results will be subject to seasonal buying patterns driven in part by the timing of income tax refunds, which we believe are a primary source of our customers’ down payments on pre-owned automobiles. Due to our limited operating history and the overall growth of our business, these seasonal trends have not yet been pronounced, but we expect that, in the future, our revenues may be affected by these seasonal trends as well as cyclical trends affecting the overall economy, specifically the automotive retail industry.

 

Facilities

 

We lease our headquarters and fulfillment, sales, rental and subscription center in Plantation, Florida, pursuant to the ST RXR lease agreement (as defined below) that expires in 2023. We believe that our current location is adequate to facilitate our current and near-term growth plans.

 

  Government Regulation

 

Various aspects of our business are or may be subject to U.S. federal and state regulation. In particular, the advertising, sale, rental, subscription, financing, transport of vehicles, and employment practices are highly regulated by states in which we do business and by the U.S. federal government. The regulatory bodies that regulate our business include the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Federal Trade Commission, the United States Department of Transportation, the Occupational Health and Safety Administration, the Department of Justice, the Federal Communications Commission, various state dealer licensing authorities, various state consumer protection agencies and various state financial regulatory agencies. We are subject to compliance audits of our operations by many of these authorities.

 

Certain states may conclude that our activities are subject to vehicle dealer licensing laws, requiring us to maintain a used vehicle dealer license in order to conduct business in that state. Currently, we have at least one licensed facility in Florida, and as we expand to other states, we may be subject to applicable vehicle dealer licensing laws in those states.

 

Most states regulate retail installment sales, including setting a maximum interest rate, caps on certain fees, or maximum amounts financed. In addition, certain states require that finance companies in general and the Company in particular, file a notice of intent or have a sales finance license or an installment seller’s license in order to solicit or originate installment sales in that state. We currently have a sales finance license and an installment seller’s license in Florida.

 

For a discussion of the various risks we face from regulation and compliance matters, see “ Risk Factors — Risks Related to Our Business .” We operate in a highly regulated industry and are subject to a wide range of federal, state and local laws and regulations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, sales, results of operations and financial condition.

 

51

 

 

Environmental, Health, and Safety Laws and Regulations

 

Our operations involve the use, handling, storage and contracting for recycling and/or disposal of materials such as motor oil and filters, transmission fluids, antifreeze, refrigerants, paints, thinners, batteries, cleaning products, lubricants, degreasing agents, tires and fuel. Consequently, our business is subject to a complex variety of federal, state and local requirements that regulate the environment and public health and safety.

 

Our planned facilities may use above ground storage tanks, and, to a lesser extent, underground storage tanks, primarily for petroleum-based products. Storage tanks are subject to periodic testing, containment, upgrading and removal under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and its state law counterparts. Clean-up or other remedial action may be necessary in the event of leaks or other discharges from storage tanks or other sources. In addition, water quality protection programs under the federal Water Pollution Control Act (commonly known as the Clean Water Act), the Safe Drinking Water Act and comparable state and local programs govern certain discharges from our operations. Similarly, certain air emissions from operations, such as auto body painting, may be subject to the federal Clean Air Act and related state and local laws. Health and safety standards promulgated by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the United States Department of Labor and related state agencies also apply.

 

Certain of our facilities may also become a party to proceedings under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, or CERCLA, typically in connection with materials that were sent to former recycling, treatment and/or disposal facilities owned and operated by independent businesses. The remediation or clean-up of facilities where the release of a regulated hazardous substance occurred is required under CERCLA and other laws.

 

We incur certain costs to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in the ordinary course of our business. We do not anticipate, however, that the costs of such compliance will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, cash flows or financial condition, although such outcome is possible given the nature of our operations and the extensive environmental, public health and safety regulatory framework. We may become aware of minor contamination at certain of our facilities, and we conduct investigations and remediation at properties as needed. As we acquire additional facilities, the current or prior property owner may conduct the investigation and/or remediation, or we may be indemnified by either the current or prior property owner for such contamination. In general, we do not currently expect to incur significant costs for remediation. However, no assurances can be given that material environmental commitments or contingencies will not arise in the future, or that they do not already exist but are unknown to us.

 

  Employees

 

As of May 18, 2019, we employed approximately 11 full-time employees. Certain employees are subject to contractual agreements that specify requirements for confidentiality, ownership of newly developed intellectual property and restrictions on working for competitors, as well as other matters. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.

 

Intellectual Property

 

Our intellectual property consists of websites, domain names, algorithms, trade secrets and contractual provisions and restrictions on access and use of our proprietary information and technology.

 

We are the registered holder of a variety of domain names, including “lmpmotors.com,” “lmprentals.com” and “lmpsubscriptions.com.”

 

In addition to the protection provided by our intellectual property rights, we enter into confidentiality and proprietary rights agreements with certain of our employees, consultants, contractors and business partners.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

There are no legal proceedings material to our business or financial condition pending and, to the best of our knowledge, there are no such legal proceedings contemplated or threatened. We may from time to time be subject to various legal claims arising in the ordinary course of business.

52

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Set forth below is information regarding our directors and executive officers as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name   Age   Title
Samer Tawfik   53   President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
William “Billy” Cohen   62   Lead Independent Director
Robert “Bob” J. Morris, Jr.   72   Director
Elias Nader    55   Director

 

Samer “Sam” Tawfik is the founder of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. and has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the board of directors since January 2018. Prior to founding LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., Mr. Tawfik was the founder and Managing Partner of ST RXR Investments, LLC. Mr. Tawfik was also the founder and Chief Executive Officer of Telco Group, Inc. which was acquired by Leucadia National Corp in 2007 and was the founder and Chief Executive Officer of PT-1 Communications, Inc., which was acquired by Star Telecommunications Inc. in 1998. From February 1999 through March 2000, Mr. Tawfik served as a Director of Star Telecommunications, Inc. Mr. Tawfik has extensive experience in technology, finance, banking and statistical science.

 

We believe that Mr. Tawfik should continue to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his executive experience, and his financial, investment, and management experience, which will provide the requisite qualifications, skills, perspectives, and experience that make him well qualified.

 

William “Billy” Cohen has served as a member of our board of directors and the Lead Independent Director since March 2018. He is currently the Vice Chairman at Newmark Knight Frank, a global commercial real estate advisory firm. Mr. Cohen has over 38 years’ of experience with commercial real estate acquisitions, conflict management, negotiation, fund raising, tenant representation, owner representation, leasing advisory services, property and asset management, and corporate advisory services. Mr. Cohen holds a B.A. in Finance from the University of Miami.

 

We believe that Mr. Cohen should continue to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his executive experience, management experience and substantive experience working with companies in the real estate industry which will provide the requisite qualifications, skills, perspectives, and experience that make him well qualified.

 

Robert “Bob” J. Morris, Jr. has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2019. He is currently Director of The Southeast region for the Tim Lamb Group and Former Chairman of the Pontiac-GMC National Dealer Council. Mr. Morris has represented AutoNation, Hendrick Automotive Group, AMSI (Terry Taylor) and many others in buy-sell transactions of franchised dealerships. Mr. Morris brings over three decades of retail automotive experience that encompasses franchise dealer acquisitions and operations, pre-owned dealer operations, as well as leasing, finance and sales expertise. We believe that Mr. Morris should continue to serve as a member of our board of directors because he brings the necessary leadership experience to the LMP Board of Directors. Prior to joining the Tim Lamb Group, he led and owned franchise dealerships for over two decades and always exceeded factory goals.

 

Elias Nader has served as a member of our board of directors since May 2019. Mr. Nader has over 25 years of experience in Finance and Accounting. He is a versatile, high-energy finance executive who leads companies through change and challenge to profitable growth. He is skilled in negotiating partnerships and alliances with a keen ability to forecast industry trends and capture opportunities as well as experienced in transforming and growing technology start-ups to global businesses. We believe that Mr. Nader should continue to serve as a member of our board of directors because Mr. Nader has built financially sophisticated teams as well as ERP systems, creating transparent communication from the management level to the boardroom and shareholders. Prior to joining LMP’s Board, Mr. Nader was the interim President and CEO of Sigma Designs, Inc., a Nasdaq-listed Company, as well as its Chief Financial Officer. He has also served as a Board Member of the company from 2012 to 2019. Mr. Nader also serves as an Advisory Board member of Bottles Waiting, a private company, and served as an Audit Committee Member of the Board of Directors of YuMe, Inc., a Nasdaq-listed company from 2016 to 2018.  Prior to that, Mr. Nader was the Chief Financial Officer for Imperial Holding, based in Europe and the Middle East, and held numerous senior executive roles in a number of Fortune 500 public companies. Mr. Nader is a graduate of San Jose State University.

53

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

None of our directors or executive officers have been involved in any of the following events during the past ten years:

 

  any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which such person was a general partner or executive officer either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

 

  any conviction in a criminal proceeding or being subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

 

  being subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his or her involvement in any type of business, securities or banking activities; or

 

  being found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the SEC or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated.

 

Board Composition

 

Our board of directors currently consists of four (4) members and is authorized to have up to seven (7) members. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices of President, Secretary and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

 

We have no formal policy regarding board diversity. In selecting board candidates, we seek individuals who will further the interests of our stockholders through an established record of professional accomplishment, the ability to contribute positively to our collaborative culture, knowledge of our business and understanding of our prospective markets. We plan to recruit additional independent directors who can bring specific expertise and experience that is relevant to the Company’s business and our future direction.

 

Classified Board

 

In accordance with the terms of our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws upon the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. Upon the expiration of the term of a class of directors, directors in that class will be eligible to be elected for a new three-year term at the annual meeting of stockholders in the year in which their term expires. Set forth below is information regarding the membership of each class of directors.

 

Director:   Initial Term Expires:
Class I Directors:   At the 2022 annual meeting of stockholders
Robert “Bob” J. Morris, Jr.    
Elias Nader    
Class II Directors:   At the 2020 annual meeting of stockholders
William “Billy” Cohen    
Class III Directors:   At the 2021 annual meeting of stockholders
Samer Tawfik    

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class shall consist of one third of the board of directors.

54

 

The division of our board of directors into three (3) classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent stockholder efforts to effect a change of our management or a change in control.

 

Director Independence

 

The board of directors has determined that Messrs. Cohen, Morris, and Nader satisfy the requirement for independence set out in Nasdaq rules and that each of these directors has no material relationship with us (other than being a director and/or a stockholder). In making its independence determinations, the board of directors sought to identify and analyze all of the facts and circumstances relating to any relationship between a director, his or her immediate family or affiliates and our Company and our affiliates and did not rely on categorical standards other than those contained in Nasdaq rule referenced above.

 

Board Committees

 

Our board of directors has established three standing committees — audit, compensation, and nominating and corporate governance — each of which operates under a charter that has been approved by our board of directors. We have appointed persons to the board of directors and committees of the board of directors as required to satisfy the corporate governance requirements of Nasdaq. We currently have a majority of independent directors on our board of directors.

 

Audit Committee

 

We have a separately designated standing audit committee of our board of directors, as defined in Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Exchange Act. The audit committee is currently comprised of our three independent directors: Messrs. Cohen, Morris and Nader. Mr. Cohen is the Chair of our audit committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of our audit committee is “independent” within the meaning of Nasdaq Listing Rules and the SEC, and that each of the members of our audit committee is financially literate and has accounting or related financial management expertise, as such qualifications are defined under Nasdaq Listing Rules. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. Cohen is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined by the SEC. Our audit committee operates under a written charter that was adopted in 2018. A copy of the charter may be found on our website at www.lmpmotors.com and will be provided in print, free of charge, to any stockholder who requests a copy by submitting a written request to our Secretary at LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., 601 N. State Road 7, Plantation, Florida, 33317.

 

Our audit committee assists our board of directors in its oversight of our accounting and financial reporting process and the audits of our financial statements. Our audit committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the independence of, our registered public accounting firm;

 

  overseeing the work of our registered public accounting firm, including through the receipt and consideration of reports from such firm;

 

  reviewing and discussing with management and the registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures;

 

  monitoring our internal control over financial reporting, disclosure controls and procedures and code of business conduct and ethics;

 

  overseeing our internal accounting function;

 

  discussing our risk management policies;

 

  establishing policies regarding hiring employees from our registered public accounting firm and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

55

 

  meeting independently with our internal accounting staff, registered public accounting firm and management;

 

  reviewing and approving or ratifying related party transactions; and

 

  preparing the audit committee reports required by SEC rules.

 

  Compensation Committee

 

The members of the compensation committee are Messrs. Cohen, Morris and Nader. Mr. Cohen is the Chair of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of the Compensation Committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of Nasdaq. Our compensation committee assists our board of directors in the discharge of its responsibilities relating to the compensation of our executive officers. Our compensation committee operates under a written charter that was adopted in 2018. A copy of the charter may be found on our website at www.lmpmotors.com and will be provided in print, free of charge, to any stockholder who requests a copy by submitting a written request to our Secretary at LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., 601 N. State Road 7, Plantation, Florida, 33317.

 

The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives with respect to Chief Executive Officer compensation;

 

  making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and our other executive officers;

 

  overseeing evaluations of our senior executives;

 

  reviewing and assessing the independence of compensation advisers;

 

  overseeing and administering our 2018 Plan; and

 

  reviewing and making recommendations to our board of directors with respect to director compensation.

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

 

The members of the nominating and corporate governance committee are Messrs. Cohen, Morris and Nader. Mr. Cohen is the Chair of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that each of the members of the nominating and corporate governance committee is “independent” within the meaning of the rules of Nasdaq. Our nominating and corporate governance committee operates under a written charter that was adopted in 2018. A copy of the charter may be found on our website at www.lmpmotors.com and will be provided in print, free of charge, to any stockholder who requests a copy by submitting a written request to our Secretary at LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., 601 N. State Road 7, Plantation, Florida, 33317.

 

The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:

 

  identifying individuals qualified to become board members;

 

  recommending to our board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to be appointed to each committee of our board of directors;

 

  reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to management succession planning;

 

  developing and recommending corporate governance principles to the board of directors; and

 

  overseeing periodic evaluations of board members.

 

56

 

 

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight

 

Our board of directors currently believes that our Company is best served by combining the roles of Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer. Our board of directors believes that as Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Tawfik is the director most familiar with our business and industry and most capable of effectively identifying strategic priorities and leading discussion and execution of strategy. Our independent directors bring experience, oversight and expertise from outside our Company, while our Chief Executive Officer brings company-specific experience and expertise. Our board of directors believes that the combined role of Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer is the best leadership structure for us at the current time as it promotes the efficient and effective development and execution of our strategy and facilitates information flow between management and our board of directors. The board of directors recognizes, however, that no single leadership model is right for all companies at all times. Our corporate governance guidelines provide that the board of directors should be free to choose a chairperson of the board of directors based upon the board’s view of what is in the best interest of our Company. Accordingly, the board of directors intends to periodically review its leadership structure.

 

The board of directors oversees our business and considers the risks associated with our business strategy and decisions. The board of directors currently implements its risk oversight function as a whole. Each of the board committees also provides risk oversight in respect to its areas of concentration and reports material risks to the board of directors for further consideration.

 

Lead Independent Director

 

Our independent directors have designated William Cohen as our lead independent director. The lead independent director coordinates the activities of our other independent directors. In addition to the duties of all members of the board of directors, the lead independent director has the following additional responsibilities and authority:

 

  presiding at meetings of the board of directors in the absence of, or upon the request of, the Chairman;

 

  scheduling, developing the agenda for, and presiding at executive sessions of the independent directors;

 

  advising the Chairman and/or the board of directors as to the decisions reached, if any, at each executive session;

 

  serving as the principal liaison between the independent directors and the Chairman/Chief Executive Officer;

 

  advising the Chairman as to the quality, quantity and timeliness of the information submitted by the Company’s management that is necessary or appropriate for the independent directors to effectively and responsibly perform their duties;

 

  assisting the board of directors and the nominating and corporate governance committee in better ensuring compliance with and implementation of our corporate governance guidelines; and

 

  recommending to the Chairman, at the direction of the independent directors, the retention of outside advisors and consultants who report directly to the board of directors on board-wide issues.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Upon the listing of our common stock on Nasdaq, we will post on our website a current copy of the code and all disclosures that are required by law or Nasdaq rules in regard to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the code.

 

Family Relationships

 

There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers. There are no family relationships between any director, executive officer or significant employee of the Company.

   

57

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned during 2018 and 2017 by our principal executive officer and our other most highly compensated executive officers, or the named executive officers, as of the end of the 2018 fiscal year.

 

Name and Principal Position   Year   Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($) (1)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)
    All Other Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 
                                         
Samer Tawfik, Chairman,   2018   $ 120,000     $          0     $          0     $          0     $          0     $ 120,000  
President and CEO   2017 (2)   $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0     $ 0  

  

  (1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the award computed in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions used in calculating the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards reported in this column are set forth in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
  (2) Mr. Tawfik did not receive compensation for his role as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of our company for fiscal year 2017.

 

Narrative Disclosures Regarding Compensation; Employment Agreements

 

Samer Tawfik Employment Agreement

 

On February 20, 2018, our wholly owned subsidiary, LMPMotors.com, LLC, and our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Samer Tawfik, entered into an employment agreement, or the Tawfik agreement, pursuant to which Mr. Tawfik shall serve as Chief Executive Officer of LMPMotors.com, LLC. Pursuant to the Tawfik agreement, his annual salary is equal to one hundred and twenty thousand dollars ($120,000).

 

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

 

We have reserved one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2018 Equity Incentive Plan, or the 2018 Plan. Participation in the 2018 Plan will continue until all of the benefits to which the participants are entitled have been paid in full.

 

Description of Awards under the 2018 Plan

 

Awards to Company Employees .  Under the 2018 Plan, the compensation committee, or the committee, which will administer the plan, may award to eligible employees incentive and nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units and performance shares.

 

Awards to Non-Employees .  The Committee may award to non-employees, including non-employee directors, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock and restricted stock units.

58

 

Stock Options

 

The Committee has discretion to award incentive stock options, or ISOs, which are intended to comply with Section 422 of the Code, or nonqualified stock options, or NQSOs, which are not intended to comply with Section 422 of the Code. The exercise price of an option may not be less than the fair market value of the underlying shares of common stock on the date of grant. The 2018 Plan defines “fair market value” as the closing sale price at which shares of our common stock have been sold regular way on the principal securities exchange on which the shares are traded.

 

Options granted to employees under the 2018 Plan will expire at such times as the Committee determines at the time of the grant; provided, however, that no option will be exercisable later than ten years after the date of grant. Each option award agreement will set forth the extent to which the participant will have the right to exercise the option following termination of the participant’s employment with the Company. The termination provisions, which will be determined within the discretion of the Committee, might not be uniform among all participants and might reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment. Notwithstanding the preceding sentences, unless the terms of the award agreement otherwise provide for a shorter exercise period, ISOs must be exercised within three (3) months after an employee’s termination of employment. However, if the termination is due to death or disability (as defined under Code Section 22(e)(3)), the ISOs must be exercised within one (1) year after an employee’s termination of employment. Subject to the specific terms of the 2018 Plan, the Committee will have discretion to set such additional limitations on such grants as it deems appropriate. The award agreement will reflect these limitations.

 

Upon the exercise of an option granted under the 2018 Plan, the option price is payable in full to the Company, either: (a) in cash or its equivalent, (b) if permitted in the award agreement, by tendering shares having a fair market value at the time of exercise equal to the total option price (provided that such shares have been held by the optionee for at least six months prior to their tender) or (c) by any combination of the foregoing methods of payment. The Committee may also allow options granted under the 2018 Plan to be exercised by a cashless exercise through a broker, as permitted under Federal Reserve Board Regulation T, or any other means the Committee determines to be consistent with the 2018 Plan’s purpose and applicable law, including by cashless exercise directly with the Company whereby the Company, following its receipt of the participant’s notice of exercise, would withhold the proper number of Company shares which would have a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the option exercise price.

 

Stock Appreciation Rights

 

The Committee may award SARs under the 2018 Plan upon such terms and conditions as it may establish. At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in shares of Company common stock of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. The Committee’s determination regarding the form of payment for the exercised SAR will be set forth in the award agreement. The Committee may award either (i) freestanding SARs, which are SARs granted as an independent instrument and are not granted in conjunction with any stock options, or (ii) SARs in tandem with stock options, or tandem SARs. A tandem SAR entitles the participant to exercise it as an option or as an SAR. The election of one type of exercise prevents it from being exercised as the other type. A tandem SAR may not be granted to a non-employee Director unless the related option is a NQSO. The exercise price of a freestanding SAR will equal the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant, whereas the exercise price of a tandem SAR issued in connection with a stock option will equal the option price of the related option.

 

The Committee will determine in its discretion the term of an SAR granted under the 2018 Plan. Each award agreement will set forth the extent to which the participant will have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the participant’s employment with the Company. The termination provisions will be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, need not be uniform among all participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment. The term of an SAR may not exceed ten years from the date of grant. Therefore, no SAR may be exercisable later than ten years after the date of award.

 

Except as otherwise limited by the 2018 Plan, freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them. The Committee will determine the number of shares of common stock covered by and the exercise period of the SAR. Upon exercise of a freestanding SAR, the participant will receive an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of exercise over the grant price, multiplied by the number of shares of stock exercised under the SAR.

59

 

In the case of a tandem SAR, the Committee may determine the exercise period of the SAR, except that the exercise period may not exceed that of the related option. The participant may exercise the tandem SAR when the option is exercisable and receive on exercise an amount equal to the excess of the fair market value of one share of common stock on the date of exercise over the option purchase price, multiplied by the number of shares of common stock covered by the surrendered option. Upon exercise of an SAR awarded in tandem with a stock option, the number of shares of our common stock for which the related option was exercisable will be reduced by the number of shares for which the SAR was exercised.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this 2018 Plan to the contrary, with respect to a tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO, (i) the tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO; (ii) the value of the payout with respect to the tandem SAR may be for no more than 100% of the difference between the option price of the underlying ISO and the fair market value of the shares of common stock subject to the underlying ISO at the time the tandem SAR is exercised; and (iii) the tandem SAR may be exercised only when the fair market value of the shares subject to the ISO exceeds the option price of the ISO.

 

Restricted Stock

 

The Committee may impose restrictions and conditions as to awards of shares of restricted stock as it deems advisable. As specified in the relevant award agreement, restrictions may include a requirement that participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each share of restricted stock, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals (Company-wide, divisional and/or individual), time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance goals and/or restrictions under applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

We may retain in our possession the certificates representing shares of restricted stock until the time when all conditions and/or restrictions applicable to those shares awarded under the 2018 Plan have been satisfied. Generally, shares of restricted stock covered by each restricted stock grant made under the 2018 Plan will become freely transferable by the participant following the last day of the applicable period of restriction. However, even after the satisfaction of the restrictions and conditions imposed by the 2018 Plan and the particular award agreement, shares owned by an affiliate of the Company will be subject to restrictions on transfer under the Securities Act.

 

Awards to Employees .  The Committee may choose to award shares of restricted stock under the 2018 Plan upon such terms and conditions as it may establish. The award agreement will specify the period(s) of restriction, the number of shares of restricted stock granted, the requirement that a participant pay a stipulated purchase price for each share, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance objectives, other restrictions governing the subject award and/or restrictions under applicable federal or state securities laws. Recipients may have the right to vote these shares from the date of grant, as determined by the Committee on the date of award. As determined by the Committee on the date of award, participants may receive dividends on their shares of restricted stock. Dividends accrued on restricted stock will be paid only if the restricted stock vests.

 

Each award agreement for restricted stock will specify the extent to which the participant will have the right, if any, to retain unvested restricted stock following termination of the participant’s employment with the Company. In its sole discretion, the Committee will make these determinations; these provisions need not be uniform among all awards of restricted stock issued under the 2018 Plan and may reflect distinctions based on reasons for termination of employment.

 

Awards to Non-Employee Directors .  Restricted stock awards to non-employee Directors will be subject to the restrictions for a period, which will commence upon the date when the restricted stock is awarded and will end on the earliest of the first to occur of the following:

 

  the retirement of the non-employee Director from the board of directors in compliance with the board’s retirement policy as then in effect;

 

  the termination of the non-employee Director’s service on the board of directors as a result of the non-employee Director’s not being nominated for reelection by the board of directors;

60

 

  the termination of the non-employee Director’s service on the board of directors because of the non-employee Director’s resignation or failure to stand for reelection with the consent of the board (which means approval by at least 80% of the Directors voting, with the affected non-employee Director abstaining);

 

  the termination of the non-employee Director’s service on the board of directors because the non-employee Director, although nominated for reelection by the board of directors, is not reelected by the stockholders;

 

  the termination of the non-employee Director’s service on the board of directors because of (i) the non-employee Director’s resignation at the request of the nominating and corporate governance of the board of directors, (ii) the non-employee Director’s removal by action of the stockholders or by the board of directors, or (iii) a change in control of the Company, as defined in the 2018 Plan;

 

  the termination of the non-employee Director’s service on the board of directors because of disability or death; or

 

  the vesting of the award in accordance with its terms.

 

As of the date specified by the Committee, each non-employee Director will be awarded that number of shares of restricted stock as determined by the board of directors, after consideration of the recommendations of the Committee. A non-employee Director who is first elected to the board of directors on a date subsequent to the date so specified will be awarded that number of shares of restricted stock as determined by the board of directors, after consideration of the recommendations of the Committee. The amount of the award for the upcoming 2018 Plan year will be disclosed in the Company’s proxy statement for the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders. The 2018 Plan provides that non-employee Directors receiving restricted stock may have, subject to the provisions of the 2018 Plan, all of the rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of restricted stock, including the right to vote the shares and receive cash dividends and other cash distributions thereon. If a non-employee Director ceases to be a member of the board of directors for any other reason, including removal or resignation for “Cause,” as defined in the 2018 Plan, the non-employee Director will forfeit to the Company all restricted stock awarded to him or her for which the restricted period has not ended.

 

 Restricted Stock Units

 

The Committee may award restricted stock units, or RSUs. Each RSU will have a value equal to the fair market value of a share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. In its discretion, the Committee may impose conditions and restrictions on RSUs, as specified in the RSU award agreement, including restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals and time-based restrictions on vesting. As determined by the Committee at the time of the award, settlement of vested RSUs may be made in the form of cash, shares of Company stock, or a combination of cash and Company stock. Settlement of vested RSUs will be in a lump sum as soon as practicable after the vesting date but in no event later than two and one-half (2½) months following the vesting date. The amount of the settlement will equal the fair market value of the RSUs on the vesting date. Each RSU will be credited with an amount equal to the dividends paid on a share of Company stock between the date of award and the date the RSU is paid to the participant, if at all. Dividend equivalents will vest, if at all, upon the same terms and conditions governing the vesting of the RSUs under the 2018 Plan. Payment of the dividend equivalent will be paid at the same time as payment of the RSU. The holders of RSUs will have no voting rights.

 

Each award agreement for RSUs will specify the extent to which the participant will have the right, if any, to retain unvested RSUs following termination of the participant’s employment with the Company or, in the case of a non-employee Director, service with the board of directors. In its sole discretion, the Committee will make these determinations; these provisions need not be uniform among all awards of RSUs issued under the 2018 Plan and may reflect distinctions based on reasons for termination of employment or, in the case of a non-employee Director, service with the board of directors.

61

 

Performance Units/Performance Shares

 

The Committee has the discretion to award performance units and performance shares under the 2018 Plan upon such terms and conditions as it may establish, as evidenced in the relevant award agreement. Performance units will have an initial value as determined by the Committee, whereas performance shares will have an initial value equal to one share of common stock on the date of award. At the time of the award of the performance units or shares, the Committee in its discretion will establish performance goals which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of performance units or shares that will be paid out to the participant. Under the terms of the 2018 Plan, after the applicable performance period has ended, the holder of performance units or shares will be entitled to receive payout on the number and value of performance units or shares earned by the participant over the performance period. The payout on the number and value of the performance units and performance shares will be a function of the extent to which corresponding performance goals are met.

 

Payment of performance shares and performance units will be made in a single lump sum following the close of the applicable performance period. Upon satisfaction of the specified performance goals, but in no event later than two and one-half (2½) months following the close of the performance period, the Committee in its discretion, may pay earned performance units and earned performance shares in cash, in shares of Company stock or in a combination of cash and stock, which will have an aggregate fair market value equal to the value of the earned performance share or performance unit at the close of the applicable performance period. Participants will not be entitled to dividend or voting rights with respect to any performance shares or performance units earned but not yet distributed to a participant. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee in the case of a separation of service during the performance period, the participant, or his or her estate, will not be entitled to receive any payout of the performance shares or performance units.

 

Adjustment and Amendments  

 

The 2018 Plan provides for appropriate adjustments in the number of shares of Company stock subject to awards and available for future awards in the event of changes in outstanding common stock by reason of a merger, stock split, stock dividend, or certain other events.

 

The 2018 Plan may be modified or amended by the board of directors at any time and for any purpose which the board deems appropriate. However, no such amendment may adversely affect any outstanding awards without the affected holder’s consent. No amendment may, without stockholder approval, (i) materially increase the benefits earned by participants under the 2018 Plan, (ii) materially increase the number of shares which may be issued under the 2018 Plan or (iii) materially modify the requirements for participation in the 2018 Plan.

 

Change in Control

 

In the event of a change in control, as defined in the 2018 Plan, generally all options and SARs granted under the 2018 Plan will vest and become immediately exercisable; and restriction periods and other restrictions imposed on restricted stock and RSUs will lapse.

 

Non-transferability

 

No award under the 2018 Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise transferred in any manner by a participant except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution; and any award will be exercisable during a participant’s lifetime only by the participant or by the participant’s guardian or legal representative. These limitations may be waived by the Committee, subject to restrictions imposed under the SEC’s short-swing trading rules and federal tax requirements relating to incentive stock options.

 

Duration of the 2018 Plan

 

The 2018 Plan will remain in effect until all shares subject to the 2018 Plan have been purchased or acquired under the terms of the 2018 Plan, and all performance periods for performance-based awards granted under the 2018 Plan have been completed. However, no award is permitted to be granted under the 2018 Plan on or after the day prior to the tenth anniversary of the date the board of directors approved the 2018 Plan. The board of directors, upon recommendation of the Committee, may at any time amend, suspend or terminate the 2018 Plan in whole or in part for any purpose the Committee deems appropriate, subject, however, to the limitations referenced in “Adjustment and Amendments” above.

62

 

 

 

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

 

2018 Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-end Table

 

The following table sets forth information regarding the outstanding equity awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of the end of our 2018 fiscal year:

 

    Option Awards         Stock Awards    
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
    Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#)
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Unearned
Options
    Option
Exercise
Price
    Option
Expiration
  Number of
Shares or
Units of
Stock That Have Not Vested
    Market
Value of
Shares or
Units of
Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Number
of
Unearned
Shares,
Units
or Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
    Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards:
Market
or Payout
Value of
Unearned
Shares,
Units or
Other
Rights
That
Have Not
Vested
   
Name   Exercisable     Unexercisable     (#)     ($)     Date   (#)     ($)     (#)     ($)    
                                                       
Samer Tawfik   N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A                                                  

 

We have not engaged in any option re-pricings or other modifications to any of our outstanding equity awards to our Named Executive Officers during fiscal year 2018.

 

Compensation of Directors

 

2018 Director Compensation Table

 

The following Director Compensation Table sets forth information concerning compensation for services rendered by our independent directors for fiscal year 2018.

 

Name   Fees Earned
or
Paid in Cash
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    Option
Awards
($) (1)
    All Other
Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 
William Cohen (2)   $ 20,000           $ 63,650     $          —     $ 83,650  
Tarang Gupta (3)     20,000             40,150             60,150  
Derek Goodman (4)     12,000             49,000             61,000  
Total:   $ 52,000           $ 152,800           $ 204,800  

 

(1) Represents the aggregate grant date fair value under FASB ASC Topic 718 of options to purchase shares of our common stock granted during 2018.

 

63

 

 

(2) Mr. Cohen was appointed to serve as a member of the Board in March 2018. As of December 31, 2018, Mr. Cohen held options to purchase up to 40,000 shares of our common stock.
   
(3) Mr. Gupta was appointed to serve as a member of the Board in March 2018. Mr. Gupta’s term expired on February 28, 2019 and he did not stand for reelection to the Board.  As of December 31, 2018, Mr. Gupta held options to purchase up to 25,000 shares of our common stock.  Such options were terminated upon the expiration of Mr. Gupta’s term on the Board.
   
(4) Mr. Goodman was appointed to serve as a member of the Board in June 2018.  Mr. Goodman resigned from the Board effective February 28, 2019.  As of December 31, 2018, Mr. Goodman held options to purchase up to 25,000 shares of our common stock.  Such options were terminated upon Mr. Goodman’s resignation from the Board.

 

Mr. Tawfik, who served as a director and as an executive officer of our company during our 2018 fiscal year, has not been included in the Director Compensation Table because he is a Named Executive Officer of our company, and all compensation paid to him during 2018 is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table above.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

 

In January 2018, the board of directors approved the 2018 Plan and our stockholders approved its adoption. Upon effectiveness of the 2018 Plan, no additional awards will be granted under our prior equity incentive plans. We have reserved one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000) shares of our common stock for issuance under the 2018 Plan. Participation in the 2018 Plan will continue until all of the benefits to which the participants are entitled have been paid in full.

  

As of June 10, 2019, we issued a total of 595,500 options to purchase shares of our common stock under the 2018 Plan, including 90,000 options to purchase shares of our common stock to our directors and officers. See “ Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management .”

 

Plan Category   Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights     Weighted-average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights(1)     Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights)  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders     595,000     $ 3.91       905,000  
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders                  
Total:     595,000     $ 3.91       905,000  

 

(1) Calculated as of March 31, 2019.

 

64

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

The following are summaries of certain provisions of our related party agreements and are qualified in their entirety by reference to all of the provisions of such agreements. Because these descriptions are only summaries of the applicable agreements, they do not necessarily contain all of the information that you may find useful. We therefore urge you to review the agreements in their entirety. To the extent required, copies of the agreements (or forms of the agreements) have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part, and are available electronically on the website of the SEC at www.sec.gov.

 

Reorganization

 

The Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware in December 2017. Samer Tawfik, our founder, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, contributed one hundred percent (100%) of the equity interests in each of LMP Motors.com, LLC and LMP Finance, LLC into the Company in December 2017, and in January 2018, 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC made the Company their sole member. As a result of the Reorganization, the Company now owns one hundred percent (100%) of the equity in each of these four entities. LMP Motors.com, LLC currently operates our automobile sales business. LMP Finance, LLC currently operates our rental and subscription business. 601 NSR, LLC and LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC were formed to enter into future potential strategic acquisitions, but are currently inactive. As a result of the reorganization, our founder, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Samer Tawfik received 15,750,000 shares of common stock and ST RXR received 5,250,000 shares of common stock.

 

Lease Agreement with ST RXR Investment, Inc.

 

On February 1, 2018, our wholly owned subsidiary, LMPMotors.com, LLC, entered into a lease agreement with ST RXR, or the ST RXR lease agreement, for our principal executive office located in Plantation, Florida. Pursuant to the ST RXR lease agreement, the term of the lease will run from March 1, 2018 to March 1, 2023, with an option to extend the lease for one additional five (5) year period, at a rental amount equal to $28,500 per month, subject to increase, as fully in the ST RXR lease agreement. Under the terms of the ST RXR lease agreement, the rental amount shall increase each year by an amount equal to three percent (3%) over the previous year on the 1 st day. Our Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, Samer Tawfik, owns all membership interests of, and is sole manager of ST RXR. We believe the terms of the ST RXR lease agreement are similar to lease terms the Company would have obtained in an arm’s-length transaction not involving Company related parties.

 

Line of Credit Agreement with ST RXR

 

In January 2018, we entered into the $1,500,000 revolving credit facility with ST RXR pursuant to the LOC agreement. Under the LOC agreement, the revolving credit facility shall mature on the earlier of written demand by the lender or May 21, 2020. Upon completion of this offering, the revolving credit facility may be repaid, in part or in full, with other credit facilities in the normal course of business or cash generated from our business.

 

Financing Activities

 

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we received cash of $1,091,500 from the issuance of notes payable to certain related parties. In addition, we received $3,637,255 from contributions of capital from Mr. Tawfik. The capital contributions made by Mr. Tawfik are not debt, and Mr. Tawfik did not receive any additional equity in connection with his contributions. Accordingly, we are not obligated to repay Mr. Tawfik the amounts contributed or any interest on his contribution.

   

Indications of Interest to Participate in this Offering

 

Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $1,000,000 of shares of common stock in this offering, at the offering price to the public and on the same terms and conditions as other investors. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriter could determine to sell or not sell shares to Mr. Tawfik, and Mr. Tawfik could determine to purchase or not purchase shares in this offering.

 

Related Party Transactions Policy

 

In connection with this offering, we will adopt a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related party transactions. Under the policy, the audit committee will be responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. The policy will apply to transactions, arrangements and relationships (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which the aggregate amount involved will, or may be expected to, exceed $120,000 with respect to any fiscal year, and where we (or one of our subsidiaries) are a participant and in which a related party has or will have a direct or indirect material interest. In the course of reviewing potential related party transactions, the audit committee will consider the nature of the related party’s interest in the transaction; the presence of standard prices, rates or charges or terms otherwise consistent with arms-length dealings with unrelated third parties; the materiality of the transaction to each party; the reasons for the Company entering into the transaction with the related party; the potential effect of the transaction on the status of a director as an independent, outside or disinterested director or committee member; and any other factors the audit committee may deem relevant. 

65

 

PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

 

 The following table sets forth the total number and percentage of our shares of common stock beneficially owned on June 6, 2019 by: (1) each holder of more than 5% of our common stock; (2) each director; (3) each Named Executive Officer; and (4) all executive officers and directors as a group. In addition, the following table assumes that the underwriter has not exercised the over-allotment option.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules and generally includes voting or investment power with respect to securities. For purposes of this table, a person or group of persons is deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of any shares of common stock that such person or any member of such group has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of June 6, 2019. For purposes of computing the percentage of outstanding shares of our common stock held by each person or group of persons named above, any shares that such person or persons has the right to acquire within sixty (60) days of June 6, 2019 are deemed to be outstanding for such person, but not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The inclusion herein of any shares listed as beneficially owned does not constitute an admission of beneficial ownership by any person.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each person listed is c/o LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. 601 N. State Road 7, Plantation FL, 33317 and each person set forth below has sole investment and dispositive power with respect to the shares listed.

 

Name of Beneficial Owners   Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Prior to This
Offering (1)
    Common Stock
Beneficially Owned After
This Offering
 
    Number     %     Number     %  
Directors and Executive Officers**:                        
Samer Tawfik(2)     21,000,000       85.69 %     2,500,000       34.33 %
William “Billy” Cohen(3)     150,150       *       150,150       *  
Elias Nader     0       *       0       *  
Robert “Bob” J. Morris, Jr.     0       *       0       *  
All directors and executive officers as a group (two individuals)     21,150,150       86.30 %     2,650,150       36.39 %

 

* Less than 1%

 

** The address of those listed is c/o LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., 601 N. State Road 7, Plantation FL, 33317.

 

(1) Based on 24,506,693 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of June 6, 2019.

  

(2) The number of shares beneficially owned by Mr. Tawfik includes: (i) 15,750,000 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the reorganization and (ii) 5,250,000 shares of common stock issued pursuant to the reorganization to ST RXR Investments, LLC, a company wholly owned and controlled by Mr. Tawfik, but does not include any shares that Mr. Tawfik may purchase in this offering pursuant to the indication of interest he has made because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriter could determine to not sell shares to Mr. Tawfik, and Mr. Tawfik could determine to not purchase shares in this offering.
   
(3) The number of shares beneficially owned by Mr. Cohen includes: (i) 150,150 shares of common stock purchased in a private placement offering, (ii) an option to acquire up to 25,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the 2018 Plan at $3.33 per share and (iii) an option to acquire up to 15,000 shares of common stock pursuant to the 2018 Plan at $4.75 per share.

 

Changes in Control

 

We are unaware of any contract or other arrangement the operation of which may, at a subsequent date, result in a change of control of our Company.

 

66

 

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

 

The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect upon the closing of this offering. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws, which are or will be included as exhibits to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law. Immediately following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share, and 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.00001 par value per share.

 

Common Stock

 

As of June 6, 2019, we had 24,506,693 shares of common stock outstanding held by 158 stockholders of record.

 

Immediately following the closing of this offering, and giving effect to the cancellation of 18,500,000 shares currently held by Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, we will have 7,281,694 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. In the event the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full, we will have 7,472,944 shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

 

Voting Rights

 

The holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held of record on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, and do not have cumulative voting rights. Accordingly, the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they so choose, other than any directors that holders of any preferred stock we may issue may be entitled to elect.

 

Dividends

 

Subject to limitations under Delaware law and preferences that may be applicable to any then outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared by our board of directors out of legally available funds.

 

Liquidation

 

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of or provision for all of our debts and other liabilities, subject to the prior rights of any preferred stock then outstanding.

 

Rights and Preferences

 

Holders of common stock have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking funds provisions applicable to the common stock.

 

Fully Paid and Non-assessable

 

All outstanding shares of common stock are, and the common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Securities Transfer Corporation upon consummation of this offering.

67

 

Preferred Stock

 

We have no shares of preferred stock outstanding.

   

Warrants

 

Upon the closing of this offering, there will be up to 63,750 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of the underwriter’s warrants.

 

Anti-Takeover Effects of Provisions of Our Certificate of Incorporation, Our Bylaws and Delaware Law

 

Upon the consummation of this offering, some provisions of Delaware law, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will contain provisions that could make the following transactions more difficult: an acquisition of us by means of a tender offer; an acquisition of us by means of a proxy contest or otherwise; or the removal of our incumbent officers and directors. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish or could deter transactions that stockholders may otherwise consider to be in their best interest or in our best interests, including transactions which provide for payment of a premium over the market price for our shares.

 

These provisions, summarized below, are intended to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors. We believe that the benefits of the increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging these proposals because negotiation of these proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

 

Classified Board

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors. Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, we expect that our board of directors will consist of four (4) members.

 

Undesignated Preferred Stock

 

The ability of our board of directors, without action by the stockholders, to issue up to 20,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences as designated by our board of directors could impede the success of any attempt to change control of us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring hostile takeovers or delaying changes in control or management of our Company.

 

Appointment and Removal of Directors

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide that the number of directors constituting our board of directors is set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions restricting the filling of vacancies will prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. In addition, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will provide that no member of our board of directors may be removed from office by our stockholders without cause and, in addition to any other vote required by law, upon the approval of not less than the majority of the total voting power of all of our outstanding voting stock then entitled to vote in the election of directors.

68

 

Advance Notice Procedures

 

Our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although our Bylaws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, our Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company.

   

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

 

We are subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits persons deemed to be “interested stockholders” from engaging in a “business combination” with a publicly held Delaware corporation for three years following the date these persons become interested stockholders unless the business combination is, or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder was, approved in a prescribed manner or another prescribed exception applies. Generally, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of a corporation’s voting stock. Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. The existence of this provision may have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions not approved in advance by the board of directors. A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a stockholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares. We have not opted out of these provisions. As a result, mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts of us may be discouraged or prevented.

 

Amendment of Charter and Bylaw Provisions

 

The amendment of our Bylaws requires approval by a stockholder vote by the holders of at least three-quarters of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock. In addition, upon at least a two-thirds vote, our directors are expressly authorized to amend our Bylaws. The amendment of our Certificate of Incorporation would require approval by a stockholder vote by the holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of the then outstanding voting stock to the extent such amendment is inconsistent with the purpose and intent of the provisions therein relating to the composition and election of the board of directors, amending our Bylaws, amending our Certificate of Incorporation, liability and indemnification of directors and stockholder actions.

 

Authorized but Unissued Shares

 

Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital and corporate acquisitions. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

 

The provisions of Delaware law, our Certificate of Incorporation and our Bylaws could have the effect of discouraging others from attempting hostile takeovers and, as a consequence, they may also inhibit temporary fluctuations in the market price of our common stock that often result from actual or rumored hostile takeover attempts. These provisions may also have the effect of preventing changes in the composition of our board of directors and management. It is possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to accomplish transactions that stockholders may otherwise deem to be in their best interests.

 

69

 

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before this offering, there has not been a public market for shares of our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of shares of our common stock, including shares issued upon the conversion of convertible notes, the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market after this offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Immediately following the closing of this offering, we will have 7,281,693 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. In the event the underwriter exercises the over-allotment option in full, we will have 7,472,943 shares of common stock issued and outstanding. The common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration or qualification under the Securities Act.

 

Previously issued shares of common stock that were not offered and sold in this offering, as well as shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants and subject to employee stock options, are or will be upon issuance, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if such public resale is registered under the Securities Act or if the resale qualifies for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, a person who has beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least twelve months, or at least six months in the event we have been a reporting company under the Exchange Act for at least ninety (90) days before the sale, would be entitled to sell such securities, provided that such person is not deemed to be an affiliate of ours at the time of sale or to have been an affiliate of ours at any time during the ninety (90) days preceding the sale. A person who is an affiliate of ours at such time would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of the following:

 

  1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding; or

 

  1% of the average weekly trading volume of our common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing by such person of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale;

 

provided that, in each case, we are subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days before the sale. Rule 144 trades must also comply with the manner of sale, notice and other provisions of Rule 144, to the extent applicable.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, Rule 701 allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our capital stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell those shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until ninety (90) days after the date of this prospectus before selling shares pursuant to Rule 701.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We and our officers, directors, and all or substantially all holders of our common stock, as of the effective date of the Registration Statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors in our recent private placements have agreed, or will agree, with the underwriter, subject to certain exceptions, that, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, we and they will not, directly or indirectly, during the period ending one hundred and eighty (180) days after the date of the final closing of this offering (See “ Underwriting— Lock-Up Agreements ”):

 

  offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant for the sale of, or otherwise dispose of or transfer any shares of the common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for the common stock, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by the undersigned or with respect to which the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of disposition; or

 

  enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, the economic consequence of ownership of the common stock, whether any such swap or transaction is to be settled by delivery of the common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise.

 

This agreement does not apply, in our case, to securities issued pursuant to existing employee benefit plans or securities issued upon exercise of options, and other exceptions.

 

70

 

 

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

 

The following is a summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock as of the date hereof. Except where noted, this summary deals only with common stock that is held as a capital asset by a non-U.S. holder (as defined below).

 

A “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock (other than an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, any of the following:

 

 

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

  a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.

 

This summary is based upon provisions of the Code, and regulations, rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxes and does not deal with foreign, state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, it does not represent a detailed description of the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a United States expatriate, foreign pension fund, “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company” or a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations that we describe in this summary.

 

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisors.

 

If you are considering the purchase of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other taxing jurisdiction.

 

Dividends

 

In the event that we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our stock) in respect of shares of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Any portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the adjusted tax basis of a non-U.S. holder’s common stock, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds a non-U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in shares of our common stock, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition of shares of our common stock (the tax treatment of which is discussed below under “ —Gain on Disposition of Common Stock ”).

 

71

 

Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business by the non-U.S. holder within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment) are not subject to the withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. Any such effectively connected dividends received by a foreign corporation may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

 

A non-U.S. holder who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as discussed below, for dividends will be required (a) to provide the applicable withholding agent with a properly executed U.S. Internal Revenue Service, or the IRS Form W-8BEN or Form W-8BEN-E (or other applicable form) certifying under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits or (b) if our common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries, to satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable U.S. Treasury regulations. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are pass-through entities rather than corporations or individuals.

 

A non-U.S. holder eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

Gain on Disposition of Common Stock

 

Subject to the discussion of backup withholding below, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of our common stock generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax unless:

 

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the non-U.S. holder);

 

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes and certain other conditions are met.

 

A non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above will be subject to tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a United States person as defined under the Code. In addition, if any non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point immediately above is a foreign corporation, the gain realized by such non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. An individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point immediately above will be subject to a 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) tax on the gain derived from the sale or other disposition, which gain may be offset by U.S. source capital losses even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States.

 

Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its United States real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

Federal Estate Tax

 

Common stock held by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

72

 

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

 

Distributions paid to a non-U.S. holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to such distributions generally will be reported to the IRS. Copies of the information returns reporting such distributions and any withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.

 

A non-U.S. holder will not be subject to backup withholding on dividends received if such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock made within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries, unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

 

Additional Withholding Requirements

 

Under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (such Sections commonly referred to as FATCA), a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax may apply to any dividends paid on our common stock to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) its compliance (or deemed compliance) with FATCA (which may alternatively be in the form of compliance with an intergovernmental agreement with the United States) in a manner which avoids withholding, or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” (as specifically defined in the Code) which does not provide sufficient documentation, typically on IRS Form W-8BEN-E, evidencing either (x) an exemption from FATCA or (y) adequate information regarding certain substantial United States beneficial owners of such entity (if any). If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “ —Dividends ,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding these requirements and whether they may be relevant to your ownership and disposition of our common stock.

73

 

UNDERWRITING

 

ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc., is underwriter of this offering. We have entered into an underwriting agreement dated                      , 2019 with the underwriter. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriter, and the underwriter has agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriter   Number of
Shares
 
ThinkEquity, a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.     1,275,0000  
Total     1,275,000  

 

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriter to pay for and accept delivery of the shares offered by us in this prospectus are subject to various representations and warranties and other customary conditions specified in the underwriting agreement, such as receipt by the underwriter of officers’ certificates and legal opinions.

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriter against specified liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, and to contribute to payments the underwriter may be required to make in respect thereof.

 

The underwriter is offering the shares of common stock subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by it, subject to approval of legal matters by its counsel and other conditions specified in the underwriting agreement.

 

We have granted the underwriter an over-allotment option. This option, which is exercisable for up to 45 days after the date of this prospectus, permits the underwriter s to purchase up to an aggregate of 191,250 additional shares of common stock (equal to 15% of the common stock sold in this offering) at the public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If the underwriter exercises this option in whole or in part, then the underwriter will be committed, subject to the conditions described in the underwriting agreement, to purchase the additional shares of common stock.

 

Samer Tawfik, our founder, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer, has indicated an interest in purchasing up to $1,000,000 of shares of common stock in this offering, at the offering price to the public and on the same terms and conditions as other investors. However, because indications of interest are not binding agreements or commitments to purchase, the underwriter could determine to sell or not sell shares to Mr. Tawfik, and Mr. Tawfik could determine to purchase or not purchase shares in this offering.

 

Discounts, Commissions and Reimbursement

 

The underwriter has advised us that the underwriter proposes to offer the shares of common stock to the public at the initial public offering price per share set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. The underwriter may offer shares to securities dealers at that price less a concession of not more than $               per share of which up to $              per share may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial offering to the public, the public offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriter.

 

The following table summarizes the underwriting discounts and commissions and proceeds, before expenses, to us assuming both no exercise and full exercise by the underwriter of its over-allotment option:

 

          Total  
    Per Share     Without
Option
    With Option  
Public offering price   $                  $                 $              
Underwriting discounts and commissions (7%)   $       $       $    
Proceeds, before expenses, to us   $       $       $    
Non-accountable expense allowance (1%) (1)   $       $       $    

 

 

(1) The non-accountable expense allowance of 1% is not payable with respect to shares sold upon exercise of the underwriter’s over-allotment option.

 

74

 

 

We have paid an expense deposit of $35,000 to (or on behalf of) the underwriter, which will be applied against the out-of-pocket accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the underwriter in connection with this offering, and will be reimbursed to us to the extent not incurred. We have also agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the underwriter equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds received in this offering.

 

In addition, we have also agreed to reimburse certain expenses of the underwriter relating to this offering as set forth in the underwriting agreement, including the fees and expenses of the underwriter’s legal counsel, not to exceed $110,000, and all filing fees and expenses associated with the review of this offering by FINRA.

 

We estimate the expenses of this offering payable by us, not including underwriting discounts, commissions and expense allowance, will be approximately $135,000.

 

Underwriter Warrants

 

Upon the closing of this offering, we have agreed to issue to the underwriter warrants, or the underwriter’s warrants, to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 5% of the total shares sold in the initial closing of this public offering. The underwriter’s warrants will be exercisable at a per share exercise price equal to 125% of the public offering price per share of common stock sold in this offering. The underwriter’s warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-½-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.

 

The underwriter’s warrants and the shares of common stock underlying the underwriter’s warrants have been deemed compensation by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The underwriter, or permitted assignees under such rule, may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the underwriter’s warrants or the securities underlying the underwriter’s warrants, nor will the underwriter engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the underwriter’s warrants or the underlying shares for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement. Additionally, the underwriter’s warrants may not be sold transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a 180-day period following the effective date of the registration statement except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in this offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The underwriter’s warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the underwriter’s warrants and the shares of common stock underlying such underwriter’s warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us.

 

Right of First Refusal

 

Until twelve (12) months from the closing of this offering, the underwriter shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal to act as sole investment banker, sole book-runner and/or sole placement agent, at the underwriter’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity offerings for the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company, including all equity linked financings, on terms customary to the underwriter. The underwriter shall have the sole right to determine whether or not any other broker-dealer shall have the right to participate in any such offering and the economic terms of any such participation. The underwriter will not have more than one opportunity to waive or terminate the right of first refusal in consideration of any payment or fee.

 

Discretionary Accounts

 

The underwriter does not intend to confirm sales of the securities offered hereby to any accounts over which they have discretionary authority.

 

75

 

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We, each of our directors, officers and our stockholders, have agreed for a period of (i) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of our directors and officers and (ii) 180 days after the date of this prospectus in the case of the Company, without the prior written consent of the underwriter, not to directly or indirectly:

 

issue (in the case of us), offer, pledge, assign, encumber, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, lend, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of capital stock of the Company or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of the Company; or

 

in the case of us, file or cause the filing of any registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to any shares of common stock or other capital stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock or other capital stock; or

 

complete any offering of debt securities of the Company, other than entering into a line of credit, term loan arrangement or other debt instrument with a traditional bank; or

 

enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Company’s securities, whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of shares of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise;

 

sell, agree to sell, offer or sell, solicit offers to purchase, grant any call option, warrant or other right to purchase, purchase any put option or other right to sell, pledge, borrow or otherwise dispose of Company’s securities

 

establish or increase any “put equivalent position” or liquidate or decrease any “call equivalent position” (in each case within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act) with respect to any Company security;

 

make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any Company security;

 

otherwise enter into any swap, derivative or other transaction or arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any economic consequence of ownership of a Company security, whether or not such transaction is to be settled by delivery of Company securities, other securities, cash or other consideration; or

 

publicly announce an intention to do any of the foregoing.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriter or selling group members. The underwriter may agree to allocate a number of securities to selling group members for sale to its online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriter and selling group members that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on these websites is not part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved or endorsed by us, and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Stabilization

 

In connection with this offering, the underwriter may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate-covering transactions, penalty bids and purchases to cover positions created by short sales.

 

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase shares so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum, and are engaged in for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the shares while this offering is in progress.

 

Over-allotment transactions involve sales by the underwriter of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriter is obligated to purchase. This creates a syndicate short position which may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of shares over-allotted by the underwriter is not greater than the number of shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of shares involved is greater than the number of shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriter may close out any short position by exercising its over-allotment option and/or purchasing shares in the open market.

 

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of shares to close out the short position, the underwriter will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared with the price at which it may purchase shares through exercise of the over-allotment option. If the underwriter sells more shares than could be covered by exercise of the over-allotment option and, therefore, has a naked short position, the position can be closed out only by buying shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriter is concerned that after pricing there could be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

76

 

Penalty bids permit the underwriter to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the shares originally sold by that syndicate member are purchased in stabilizing or syndicate covering transactions to cover syndicate short positions.

 

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our shares of common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our shares of common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock in the open market may be higher than it would otherwise be in the absence of these transactions. Neither we nor the underwriter make any representation or prediction as to the effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. These transactions may be effected in the over-the-counter market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

Other Relationships

 

The underwriter and their affiliates may in the future provide various investment banking, commercial banking and other financial services for us and our affiliates for which they may in the future receive customary fees.

 

Offer restrictions outside the United States

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriter that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

Australia

 

This prospectus is not a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act, has not been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act. Accordingly, (i) the offer of the securities under this prospectus is only made to persons to whom it is lawful to offer the securities without disclosure under Chapter 6D of the Australian Corporations Act under one or more exemptions set out in section 708 of the Australian Corporations Act, (ii) this prospectus is made available in Australia only to those persons as set forth in clause (i) above, and (iii) the offeree must be sent a notice stating in substance that by accepting this offer, the offeree represents that the offeree is such a person as set forth in clause (i) above, and, unless permitted under the Australian Corporations Act, agrees not to sell or offer for sale within Australia any of the securities sold to the offeree within 12 months after its transfer to the offeree under this prospectus.

 

China

 

The information in this document does not constitute a public offer of the securities, whether by way of sale or subscription, in the People’s Republic of China (excluding, for purposes of this paragraph, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region and Taiwan). The securities may not be offered or sold directly or indirectly in the PRC to legal or natural persons other than directly to “qualified domestic institutional investors.”

 

European Economic Area - Belgium, Germany, Luxembourg and Netherlands

 

The information in this document has been prepared on the basis that all offers of securities will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Directive 2003/71/EC (“Prospectus Directive”), as implemented in Member States of the European Economic Area (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from the requirement to produce a prospectus for offers of securities.

77

 

An offer to the public of securities has not been made, and may not be made, in a Relevant Member State except pursuant to one of the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive as implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

to legal entities that are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities;

 

to any legal entity that has two or more of (i) an average of at least 250 employees during its last fiscal year; (ii) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements) and (iii) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000 (as shown on its last annual unconsolidated or consolidated financial statements);

 

to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive) subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Company or any underwriter for any such offer; or

 

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

France

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offering of financial securities (offre au public de titres financiers) in France within the meaning of Article L.411-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code (Code monétaire et financier) and Articles 211-1 et seq. of the General Regulation of the French Autorité des marchés financiers (“AMF”). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the AMF for approval in France and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in France.

 

Such offers, sales and distributions have been and shall only be made in France to (i) qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-1 to D.411-3, D. 744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation and/or (ii) a restricted number of non-qualified investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs) acting for their own account, as defined in and in accordance with Articles L.411-2-II-2° and D.411-4, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Monetary and Financial Code and any implementing regulation.

 

Pursuant to Article 211-3 of the General Regulation of the AMF, investors in France are informed that the securities cannot be distributed (directly or indirectly) to the public by the investors otherwise than in accordance with Articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 to L.621-8-3 of the French Monetary and Financial Code.

 

Ireland

 

The information in this document does not constitute a prospectus under any Irish laws or regulations and this document has not been filed with or approved by any Irish regulatory authority as the information has not been prepared in the context of a public offering of securities in Ireland within the meaning of the Irish Prospectus (Directive 2003/71/EC) Regulations 2005 (the “Prospectus Regulations”). The securities have not been offered or sold, and will not be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly in Ireland by way of a public offering, except to (i) qualified investors as defined in Regulation 2(l) of the Prospectus Regulations and (ii) fewer than 100 natural or legal persons who are not qualified investors.

78

 

Israel

 

The securities offered by this prospectus have not been approved or disapproved by the Israeli Securities Authority (the ISA), or ISA, nor have such securities been registered for sale in Israel. The shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Israel, absent the publication of a prospectus. The ISA has not issued permits, approvals or licenses in connection with this offering or publishing the prospectus; nor has it authenticated the details included herein, confirmed their reliability or completeness, or rendered an opinion as to the quality of the securities being offered. Any resale in Israel, directly or indirectly, to the public of the securities offered by this prospectus is subject to restrictions on transferability and must be effected only in compliance with the Israeli securities laws and regulations.

 

Italy

 

The offering of the securities in the Republic of Italy has not been authorized by the Italian Securities and Exchange Commission (Commissione Nazionale per le Societ-$$-Aga e la Borsa, “CONSOB” pursuant to the Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no offering material relating to the securities may be distributed in Italy and such securities may not be offered or sold in Italy in a public offer within the meaning of Article 1.1(t) of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998 (“Decree No. 58”), other than:

 

to Italian qualified investors, as defined in Article 100 of Decree no.58 by reference to Article 34-ter of CONSOB Regulation no. 11971 of 14 May 1999 (“Regulation no. 1197l”) as amended (“Qualified Investors”); and

 

in other circumstances that are exempt from the rules on public offer pursuant to Article 100 of Decree No. 58 and Article 34-ter of Regulation No. 11971 as amended.

 

Any offer, sale or delivery of the securities or distribution of any offer document relating to the securities in Italy (excluding placements where a Qualified Investor solicits an offer from the issuer) under the paragraphs above must be:

 

made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993 (as amended), Decree No. 58, CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007 and any other applicable laws; and

 

in compliance with all relevant Italian securities, tax and exchange controls and any other applicable laws.

 

Any subsequent distribution of the securities in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and the Regulation No. 11971 as amended, unless an exception from those rules applies. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of such securities being declared null and void and in the liability of the entity transferring the securities for any damages suffered by the investors.

 

Japan

 

The securities have not been and will not be registered under Article 4, paragraph 1 of the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948), as amended (the “FIEL”) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements applicable to a private placement of securities to Qualified Institutional Investors (as defined in and in accordance with Article 2, paragraph 3 of the FIEL and the regulations promulgated thereunder). Accordingly, the securities may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan other than Qualified Institutional Investors. Any Qualified Institutional Investor who acquires securities may not resell them to any person in Japan that is not a Qualified Institutional Investor, and acquisition by any such person of securities is conditional upon the execution of an agreement to that effect.

 

Portugal

 

This document is not being distributed in the context of a public offer of financial securities (oferta pública de valores mobiliários) in Portugal, within the meaning of Article 109 of the Portuguese Securities Code (Código dos Valores Mobiliários). The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal. This document and any other offering material relating to the securities have not been, and will not be, submitted to the Portuguese Securities Market Commission (Comissăo do Mercado de Valores Mobiliários) for approval in Portugal and, accordingly, may not be distributed or caused to distributed, directly or indirectly, to the public in Portugal, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to qualify as a public offer under the Portuguese Securities Code. Such offers, sales and distributions of securities in Portugal are limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Portuguese Securities Code). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

79

 

Sweden

 

This document has not been, and will not be, registered with or approved by Finansinspektionen (the Swedish Financial Supervisory Authority). Accordingly, this document may not be made available, nor may the securities be offered for sale in Sweden, other than under circumstances that are deemed not to require a prospectus under the Swedish Financial Instruments Trading Act (1991:980) (Sw. lag (1991:980) om handel med finansiella instrument). Any offering of securities in Sweden is limited to persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Financial Instruments Trading Act). Only such investors may receive this document and they may not distribute it or the information contained in it to any other person.

 

Switzerland

 

The securities may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering material relating to the securities have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of securities will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority (FINMA).

 

This document is personal to the recipient only and not for general circulation in Switzerland.

 

United Arab Emirates

 

Neither this document nor the securities have been approved, disapproved or passed on in any way by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates, nor has the Company received authorization or licensing from the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates or any other governmental authority in the United Arab Emirates to market or sell the securities within the United Arab Emirates. This document does not constitute and may not be used for the purpose of an offer or invitation. No services relating to the securities, including the receipt of applications and/or the allotment or redemption of such shares, may be rendered within the United Arab Emirates by the Company.

 

No offer or invitation to subscribe for securities is valid or permitted in the Dubai International Financial Centre.

 

United Kingdom

 

Neither the information in this document nor any other document relating to the offer has been delivered for approval to the Financial Services Authority in the United Kingdom and no prospectus (within the meaning of section 85 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, as amended (“FSMA”)) has been published or is intended to be published in respect of the securities. This document is issued on a confidential basis to “qualified investors” (within the meaning of section 86(7) of FSMA) in the United Kingdom, and the securities may not be offered or sold in the United Kingdom by means of this document, any accompanying letter or any other document, except in circumstances which do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to section 86(1) FSMA. This document should not be distributed, published or reproduced, in whole or in part, nor may its contents be disclosed by recipients to any other person in the United Kingdom.

 

Any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) received in connection with the issue or sale of the securities has only been communicated or caused to be communicated and will only be communicated or caused to be communicated in the United Kingdom in circumstances in which section 21(1) of FSMA does not apply to the Company.

 

In the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed at, persons (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) (investment professionals) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotions) Order 2005 (“FPO”), (ii) who fall within the categories of persons referred to in Article 49(2)(a) to (d) (high net worth companies, unincorporated associations, etc.) of the FPO or (iii) to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated (together “relevant persons”). The investments to which this document relates are available only to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to purchase will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

80

 

Canada

 

The securities may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the securities must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws. Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor. Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (NI 33-105), the underwriter is not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed upon by Pryor Cashman LLP. McGuireWoods LLP, New York, New York, is acting as counsel to the underwriter.

 

EXPERTS

 

The financial statements of the Company appearing elsewhere in this prospectus have been included herein in reliance upon the report of Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C., an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C., as experts in accounting and auditing.

 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the common stock offered hereby, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our initial public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and other information statements about issuers, including us, that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov .

81

 

 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

  Page
   
Consolidated Financial Statements  
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 F-2
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three-Months Ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 F-3
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Three-Months Ended March 31, 2019 F-4
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Three-Months Ended March 31, 2019, and 2018 F-5
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm F-17
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2018 and 2017 F-18
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 F-19
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 F-20
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2018, and 2017 F-21
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-22

 

F- 1

 

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AT MARCH 31, 2019 (UNAUDITED) AND DECEMBER 31, 2018

 

   

March 31,

2019

    December 31,
2018
 
  (unaudited)        
             
ASSETS:            
   Cash   $ 472,199     $ 424,152  
   Accounts receivable     117,253       286,982  
   Automotive inventory, net     8,511,159       11,558,160  
   Other current assets     220,075       380,712  
Total current assets     9,320,686       12,650,006  
                 
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net     528,088       539,475  
Intangible assets     45,994       39,997  
Deferred offering costs     1,022,855       987,093  
Right-of-use asset     1,347,701       -  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 12,265,324     $ 14,216,571  
                 
LIABILITIES:                
   Accounts payable   $ 181,336     $ 934,409  
   Line of credit - related party     1,500,000       1,775,000  
   Convertible notes payable and accrued interest     816,816       1,184,707  
   Other current liabilities     427,901       568,358  
   Operating lease liability, current portion     320,956       -  
Total current liabilities     3,247,009       4,462,474  
                 
Operating lease liability, net of current portion     1,048,796       -  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES     4,295,805       4,462,474  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:                
Preferred Stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, nil shares issued and outstanding     -       -  
Common Stock, $0.00001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 24,560,294 and 24,645,294 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, respectively     246       246  
    Additional paid-in capital     16,344,141       16,306,737  
    Treasury stock     (403,750 )     -  
    Accumulated deficit     (7,971,118 )     (6,552,886 )
Total shareholders’ equity     7,969,519       9,754,097  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 12,265,324     $ 14,216,571  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 2

 

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2019 AND 2018 (UNAUDITED)

 

    2019     2018  
             
Revenues            
Vehicle sales   $ 4,472,892     $ 2,383,639  
Subscription fees     292,422       -  
Rental revenues     172,433       956  
Total revenues     4,937,747       2,384,595  
                 
Cost of revenues                
Vehicle sales     4,569,067       2,558,694  
Subscription and rental     479,506       -  
Total cost of revenues     5,048,573       2,558,694  
                 
Gross loss     (110,826 )     (174,099 )
                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses     1,041,728       427,669  
Share-based compensation     37,404       -  
Acquisition, consulting and legal expenses     183,155       151,430  
Fixed asset depreciation     23,089       8,373  
                 
Loss from operations     (1,396,202 )     (761,571 )
                 
Other expenses:                
    Interest     (4,409 )     (4,919 )
                 
Net loss   $ (1,400,611 )     (766,490 )
                 
Net loss per share attributable to stockholders, basic and diluted   $ (0.06 )   $ (0.03 )
                 
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted     24,592,516       22,206,729  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 3

 

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2019 AND 2018 (UNAUDITED)

 

    Common Shares Outstanding     Preferred
Stock
    Common
Stock
    Additional Paid-in Capital     Treasury Stock       Accumulated Deficit     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2017     21,000,000     $           -     $ 210     $ 2,594,590     $ -     $ (62,593 )   $ 2,532,207  
                                                         
Issuance of stock for cash     2,858,042       -       29       9,513,386       -       -       9,513,415  
                                                         
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       (766,490 )     (766,490 )
                                                         
Balance at March 31, 2018 (unaudited)     23,858,042     $ -     $ 239     $ 12,107,976     $ -     $ (829,083 )   $ 11,279,132  
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2018     24,645,294     $ -     $ 246     $ 16,306,737     $ -     $ (6,552,886 )   $ 9,754,097  
                                                         
Common stock repurchased     (85,000 )     -       -       -       (403,750 )     -       (403,750 )
                                                         
Share-based compensation     -       -       -       37,404       -       -       37,404  
                                                         
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       (1,400,611 )     (1,400,611 )
                                                         
Impact of adoption of ASU 2016-02 related to leases     -       -       -       -       -       (17,621 )     (17,621 )
                                                         
Balance at March 31, 2019 (unaudited)     24,560,294     $ -     $ 246     $ 16,344,141     $ (403,750 )   $ (7,971,118 )   $ 7,969,519  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 4

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2019 AND 2018 (UNAUDITED)

 

    2019     2018  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES            
Net loss   $ (1,400,611 )   $ (766,490 )
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     314,008       8,373  
Share-based compensation     37,404       -  
(Increase) Decrease in assets:                
Accounts receivable     169,729       (237,596 )
Automotive inventory, net     2,756,083       (6,209,235 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets     160,637       (270,341 )
Right-of-use asset     81,440       -  
(Decrease) Increase in liabilities:                
Accounts payable     (753,073 )     (319,301 )
Other current liabilities     (143,347 )     54,406  
Operating lease liability     (77,009 )     -  
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES     1,145,261       (7,740,184 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Purchases of property and equipment     (7,484 )     (49,491 )
Purchases to intangible assets     (10,219 )     (2,250 )
                 
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (17,703 )     (51,741 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Cash received from line of credit – related parties     250,000       -  
Principal reduction on line of credit – related parties     (525,000 )     -  
Principal advances of notes and advances payable – related parties     -       39,000  
Principal repayment of notes and advances payable – related parties     -       (1,130,500 )
Principal repayments on convertible notes payable     (365,000 )     -  
Repurchase of treasury stock     (403,750 )     -  
Net cash received from issuance of common stock     -       9,513,415  
Deferred stock offering costs     (35,761 )     (275,000 )
                 
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY FINANCING  ACTIVITIES     (1,079,511 )     8,146,915  
                 
NET INCREASE IN CASH     48,047       354,990  
                 
CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD     424,152       217,360  
                 
CASH, END OF PERIOD   $ 472,199     $ 572,350  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION                
                 
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 7,300     $ 4,845  
Noncash payment on note payable   $ -     $ 160,000  
Right-of-use asset obtained in exchange for operating lease liability   $ 1,697,027     $ -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 5

 

 

NOTES TO THE UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 - Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation

 

Business Activity

 

LMP Motors.com, LLC (“LMP Motors”) is engaged in the buying, selling and sales of subscriptions of vehicles in the automotive industry and operates in the state of Florida. LMP Motors is a limited liability company and was organized in the state of Delaware. The owner of LMP Motors is designated as a member and is not liable for the debts of LMP Motors.

 

601 NSR, LLC (“NSR”) was formed to enter into future potential strategic acquisitions and is currently inactive. NSR is a limited liability company and was organized in the state of Delaware. The owner of NSR is designated as a member and is not liable for the debts of NSR.

 

LMP Finance, LLC (“LMP Finance”) is engaged in the purchasing, subscribing and renting of vehicles. LMP Finance operates in the state of Florida. LMP Finance is a limited liability company and was organized in the state of Delaware. The owner of LMP Finance is designated as a member and is not liable for the debts of LMP Finance.

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC (“LMP Automotive”) was formed to acquire the assets from LMP Motors.com LLC and LMP Finance, LLC and other subsidiary companies. LMP Automotive operates in the state of Florida. LMP Automotive is a limited liability company and was organized in the state of Delaware. The owner of LMP Automotive is designated as a member and is not liable for the debts of LMP Automotive.

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. (“Automotive”) is a holding company incorporated in the state of Delaware on December 15, 2017. On December 15, 2017, the common ownership contributed 100% of its interest in LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive to Automotive.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

These condensed consolidated financial statements include the amounts of Automotive and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance, and LMP Automotive, collectively referred to as the “Company.” All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in the consolidation.

 

Prior to the transfer of interest of LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive to Automotive on December 15, 2017, LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive were affiliates under common control and as such have been recorded at carry over basis.  Equity of LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive in the amount of approximately $2.6 million, which was net of an accumulated deficit of approximately $1.4 million, was transferred to additional paid-in capital at the December 15, 2017 transaction date.  Accumulated deficit of the Company at December 31, 2018 represents only the sixteen (16) days of operations subsequent to its incorporation in 2017.  With respect to the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows, the Company was treated as the continuation of LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive and, accordingly, their financial position and results of operations have been presented on a combined basis with the historical financial statements of LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive for all periods prior to the transfer.

 

F- 6

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Liquidity

 

The Company has sustained net losses and an accumulated deficit of $7,971,118 to date. Its management plans to make strategic acquisitions of pre-owned and new automobile dealerships and car rental companies to expedite the Company’s growth and produce positive margins.  The Company also has raised capital during 2018 through private placement offerings of its common stock and convertible debt securities to help facilitate business growth and execute its management’s plans to become profitable through acquisitions.  Management plans to either continue obtaining funding through 2019 or until it has secured a capital market transaction. 

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited. These unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC. Certain information and note disclosures, which are included in annual financial statements, have been omitted pursuant to these rules and regulations. Management believes the disclosures made in these interim unaudited financial statements are adequate to make the information not misleading.

 

Although these interim financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 are unaudited, in the opinion of management, such statements include all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring entries) necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented. The results for the three months ended March 31, 2019 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2019 or for any future period. For more complete information, these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2018.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company carries its accounts receivable at cost. Accounts receivable are due upon receipt. Such estimates are based on management’s assessments of the creditworthiness of its customers, the aged basis of its receivables, as well as current economic conditions and historical information. Management has determined that no allowance for uncollectible accounts for accounts receivable is necessary at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

Inventory

 

The Company’s inventory consists of automobiles. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined by specific identification and with market defined as net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Inventories at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 are recorded based on perpetual inventory records.

 

F- 7

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Inventory (cont’d.)

 

The Company depreciates its fleet inventory monthly based on 1% of initial cost starting in 2018 when the subscriptions and rentals were launched. For the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, fleet vehicle depreciation approximated $291,000 and $0 and was recorded to Cost of revenues - subscription and rental.

 

Company management periodically reviews its inventories to determine whether any inventories have declined in value. The Company wrote down approximately $90,000 and $530,000 of inventory to its net realizable value for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and year ended December 31, 2018, respectively.

 

    March 31,
2019
    December 31,
2018
 
Automotive Inventory   $ 9,104,108     $ 12,270,478  
Inventory Impairment     (150,307 )     (529,983 )
Inventory Accumulated Depreciation     (517,010 )     (478,718 )
Inventory In-transit Deposits     74,368       296,383  
Total Automotive Inventory, net   $ 8,511,159     $ 11,558,160  

 

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost. The costs of additions and betterments are capitalized and expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed in the period incurred. When items property and equipment are sold or retired, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in sales.

 

Vehicles and equipment are depreciated utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

Vehicles     5 years  
Furniture and fixtures     10 years  
Equipment     7 years  

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement utilizing the straight-line method.

  

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets are stated at their historical cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives.

 

Long-lived Assets

 

The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles held and used for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In evaluating the fair value and future benefits of its intangible assets, management performs an analysis of the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flow of the individual assets over the remaining amortization period. The Company recognizes an impairment loss if the carrying value of the asset exceeds the expected future cash flows. There were no deemed impairments of long-lived assets at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

F- 8

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  To increase the comparability of fair value measurements, a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies, is as follows:

 

Level 1 - Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

 

Level 2 - Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3 - Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants.  These valuations require significant judgment.

 

At March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the fair value of these financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable, approximated book value due to the short maturity of these instruments. Notes payable – related parties and convertible notes payable with accrued interest estimate fair value due to market interest rates.

 

Convertible Notes

 

The Company records a discount to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts, if any, under these arrangements are amortized to noncash interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the term of the related debt to their date of maturity. Based on the terms of the embedded conversion rights, the Company has not recognized any discounts to date.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of stock options, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant over the requisite service period, which generally is the vesting period of the award. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock option awards.

 

In June 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718). This ASU was issued to simplify the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning much of the guidance on measurement and classification with the accounting for share-based payments to employees. The Company has elected early adoption of this ASU to conform the accounting for share-based compensation to employees and nonemployees.

 

Share-based compensation plans, related expenses, and assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are more fully described in Note 12.

 

F- 9

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Revenue Recognition

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU is the result of a joint project of the FASB and the IASB to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue and to develop a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS, and provides that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

 

The Company adopted FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606") on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. ASC 606 prescribes a five-step model that includes: (1) identify the contract; (2) identify the performance obligations; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the amount or timing of the revenue recognition, and the Company recognized no cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption.

 

Used Vehicle Sales Revenue

The Company’s business consists of retail and wholesale sales of used vehicles to customers. Sales are based on the network of physical showrooms and efficient online showrooms on the Company’s websites. The Company offers a home delivery service so that they deliver the car to the place agreed with the client. The Company also sells used vehicles in auctions.

 

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of a vehicle to a customer. The prices of the vehicles are stated in its contracts at stand-alone selling prices which are agreed upon with its customer prior to delivery. The Company satisfies its performance obligation for used vehicle sales upon delivery when the transfer of title, risks and rewards of ownership and control pass to the customer. The Company recognizes revenue at the agreed-upon price stated in the contract, including any delivery charges. In addition, any noncash consideration received from a customer (i.e., trade-in vehicles) are recognized at fair value. Customer payment has been received or third-party financing has been confirmed prior to vehicle transfer. The Company collects sales taxes and other taxes from customers on behalf of governmental authorities at the time of sale. These taxes are accounted for on a net basis and are not included in sales or cost of sales.

 

Subscription Revenue

The Company offers a vehicle subscription plan where a customer will pay a monthly fee in exchange for access to a car. The Company’s subscriptions include monthly swaps, scheduled maintenance and upkeep, and even insurance in some cases. Customers have the flexibility to up-or-downgrade a vehicle monthly with the vehicle payment adjusted accordingly. There is a $575 annual subscription activation fee and the monthly payments are dependent upon the vehicle selected by the customer.

 

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of a vehicle to a customer under a subscription contract. The prices of the vehicles are stated in its contracts at stand-alone subscription prices which are agreed upon with the customer prior to delivery. The Company satisfies its performance obligation for monthly subscription payments upon delivery to the customer and in each subsequent month the customer retains possession of the vehicle. The Company recognizes revenue at the agreed-upon price stated in the contract in the month earned.

 

The Company also receives an upfront customer payment as an annual membership fee to its vehicle subscription program. This fee is deferred and amortized to income monthly over the period of membership.

 

Customer payment has been received prior to initial vehicle transfer and on each monthly recurring anniversary date.

 

F- 10

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Revenue Recognition (cont’d.)

 

Rental Revenue

The Company recognizes vehicle rental income over the period the vehicle is rented. Performance obligations associated with vehicle rental transactions are satisfied over the rental period. Rental periods are short term in nature. Performance obligations associated with rental related activities, such as charges to the customer for the fueling of vehicles and value-added services such as loss damage waivers, navigation units, and other ancillary products, are also satisfied over the rental period.

 

Payments are due from customers at the time of reservation. Additional charges incurred by the customers are collected at the time of vehicle return. The Company collects sales taxes and other taxes from customers on behalf of governmental authorities at the time of sale. These taxes are accounted for on a net basis and are not included in sales or cost of sales.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense includes federal and state taxes currently payable and deferred taxes arising from temporary differences between income for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the difference is expected to reverse. The effect of a change in the tax rate on the deferred tax asset and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company establishes a valuation allowance when necessary to reduce its deferred tax assets to an amount that is expected to be realized.

  

LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance, LMP Automotive are a limited liability companies, which are treated as partnerships for income tax purposes. The income or loss and credits from limited liability companies are passed through to their members and reported on the members’ income tax returns. As such, there is no provision for income taxes. If applicable, the Company would recognize interest and penalties associated with tax matters as part of operating expenses and include accrued interest and penalties with the related tax liability in its condensed consolidated financial statements. There are no unrecognized tax benefits at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018.

 

Advertising

 

The Company expenses advertising costs in the period incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $65,900 and $30,200 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Leases

 

The Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (“Topic 842”) using the modified retrospective adoption method with an effective date of January 1, 2019. The condensed consolidated financial statements for 2019 are presented under the new standard, while the comparative periods presented are not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with the Company’s historical accounting policy and Topic 840. This standard requires all lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments.  

 

Under Topic 842, the Company applied a dual approach to all leases whereby the Company is a lessee and classifies leases as either finance or operating leases based on the principle of whether or not the lease is effectively a financed purchase by the Company. Lease classification is evaluated at the inception of the lease agreement. Regardless of classification, the Company records a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a term greater than 12 months. The lease for the premises occupied in Plantation, Florida, was classified as an operating lease as of March 31, 2019. Operating lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease.

 

F- 11

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Leases (cont’d.)

 

The adoption of the new lease standard had a significant impact on the Consolidated Balance Sheets resulting in the recognition of $1.4 million of right-of-use assets, $0.3 million of current lease liabilities, and $1.1 million of long-term lease liabilities. In addition, the Company recognized an approximately $17,000 cumulative effect adjustment to accumulated deficit on the Consolidated Balance Sheet related to the unamortized deferred lease costs incurred in prior periods which do not meet the definition of initial direct costs under Topic 842. The adoption of Topic 842 did not have a significant impact on the lease classification or a material impact on the Consolidated Statements of Operations and liquidity.

 

The components of the right-of-use asset and lease liabilities as of March 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

Operating lease right-of-use asset   $ 1,347,701  
Operating lease liability, current portion     320,956  
Operating lease liability, net of current portion   $ 1,048,796  

 

Operating Leases

During 2018, the Company entered into a lease with an entity related through common ownership for its facilities in Plantation, Florida. The five-year, triple-net lease provides for monthly payments of $28,500 plus CAM and sales taxes, with annual escalations of three-percent (3%). The Company has an option to extend the lease for an additional five-year term, with annual escalations of three-percent (3%). The option to extend the lease is not recognized in the right-of-use asset or operating lease liability.

 

Discount Rate

When available, the Company uses the rate implicit in the lease or a borrowing rate based on similar debt to discount lease payments to present value. However, the lease generally does not provide a readily determinable implicit rate, and the Company’s existing debt does not have similar terms. Therefore, the Company used the 5-year Treasury constant maturity at the lease commencement date to discount lease payments.

 

Lease Cost

Operating lease cost related to right-of-use assets for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 is $96,572 and $28,500, respectively. The weighted average remaining term on the lease is 3.92 years. The weighted average discount rate is 2.63%.

 

Note 3 - Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company maintains its cash balances in several financial institutions which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) for up to $250,000 per institution. From time to time, its balances may exceed these limits.

 

F- 12

 

 

Note 4 - Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net are summarized as follows:

 

    March 31,
2019
    December 31,
2018
 
Vehicles   $ 91,547     $ 91,547  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     282,588       273,024  
Leasehold improvements     240,981       238,287  
Signage     -       4,777  
      615,116       607,635  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (87,028 )     (68,160 )
    $ 528,088     $ 539,475  

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to vehicles, equipment, and leasehold improvements amounted to $18,868 and $8,373 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Note 5 - Related Party Transactions

 

The Company entered into debt agreements with a related party employee, with interest accruing at rate of 9.0% per annum. At December 31, 2017, $50,000 was outstanding, which was repaid on February 15, 2018.

 

The Company entered into debt agreements with a shareholder, with interest accruing at a rate of 2% interest per annum. At December 31, 2017, $1,019,000 was outstanding, which was repaid on February 15, 2018.

 

During 2018, the Company entered into a non-interest bearing revolving line of credit agreement with an entity related to the majority shareholder. Amounts drawn on the line of credit become due and payable on the earlier of written demand by the lender or May 21, 2020, as defined in the agreement. At March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018, the outstanding amount was $1,500,000 and $1,775,000, respectively.

 

Note 6 - Convertible Notes Payable

 

During the second and third quarters of 2018, the Company issued convertible promissory notes (“6-Month Notes”) in an aggregate principal amount of $1,448,965, pursuant to a private placement offering. The 6-Month Notes bear interest at 4% per annum and mature six (6) months from the date of issuance, at which time the principal and any accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable. Accrued interest at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 was $17,866 and $20,757, respectively. The holders of the 6-Month Notes may, at any time prior to the maturity date, convert the 6-Month Notes (and accrued interest) into shares of the Company’s Common Stock by dividing (a) the outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued interest under this Note on the date of conversion by (b) $4.75 (subject to adjustment as provided in the 6-Month Notes). Based on the terms of the conversion rights, the Company did not recognize a beneficial conversion discount.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company repaid one of the 6-Month Notes in the principal amount of approximately $285,015, leaving a balance of approximately $1,164,000, plus accrued interest, at December 31, 2018.

 

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company repaid two of the 6-Month Notes in the principal amount of $365,000, leaving a balance of $798,950, plus accrued interest, at March 31, 2019.

 

F- 13

 

 

Note 7 - Accounts Payable and Other Current Liabilities

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

Accounts Payable:

 

    March 31,
2019
    December 31,
2018
 
Accounts Payable   $ 127,302     $ 884,927  
Credit Card Payable     32,976       28,424  
Vehicle Payable     21,058       21,058  
Total Accounts Payable   $ 181,336     $ 934,409  

 

Other Current Liabilities:

 

    March 31,
2019
    December 31,
2018
 
Accrued Payroll   $ 126,440     $ 137,041  
Subscription Security Deposits     52,596       53,254  
Subscription Membership Fees on Hand     49,874       42,746  
Rental Deposits on Hand     21,458       30,930  
Vehicle Sales Deposits on Hand     1,000       6,000  
Property Tax Accrual     15,222       65,509  
Sales & Other Taxes Payable     31,550       27,284  
Other Accruals     129,761       205,594  
Total Other Current Liabilities   $ 427,901     $ 568,358  

 

Note 8 - Lease Commitments

 

The annual minimum lease payments, including fixed rate escalations, on the Company’s operating lease liability as of March 31, 2019 are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31:      
       
2019 (nine months)   $ 264,195  
2020     361,067  
2021     371,898  
2022     383,055  
2023     64,154  
Total minimum lease payments     1,444,369  
Less: amount representing interest     (74,617 )
Present value of future payments     1,369,752  
Less: current obligations     (320,956 )
Long-term obligations   $ 1,048,796  

 

Operating Leases

During 2018, the Company entered into a third-party lease for its Miami Beach, Florida operations. The 1-year lease provides for monthly payments of $3,800, with a renewal option for an additional 12-months at $4,000 monthly. The lease expired April 30, 2019 and was not renewed.

 

F- 14

 

 

Note 8 - Lease Commitments (cont’d.)

 

During 2018, the Company entered into an agreement for the licensed right to use 201 garage parking spaces in Miami Beach, Florida. The 27-month agreement provides for monthly payments of $140 per space ($28,140 per month total), with annual escalations of two-percent (2%). In April 2019, the Company terminated the license to use the parking spaces.

 

Rent expense charged to operations for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018 was $200,258 and $102,946, respectively.

 

Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company is subject to asserted claims and liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company maintains third-party insurance to mitigate potential losses from these actions. In the opinion of management, the amount of the ultimate liability with respect to those actions will not materially affect the Company's financial position of results of operations.

 

Note 10 - Equity

 

During February 2018, the Company commenced a private placement equity offering, pursuant to which it sold 2,858,030 shares of its Common Stock at a price of $3.33 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $9,517,200.

 

During the second and third quarters of 2018, the Company commenced a private placement equity offering, pursuant to which it sold 787,264 shares of its Common Stock through September 30, 2018 at a price of $4.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $3,739,500.

 

Note 11 - Treasury Stock

 

During the first quarter of 2019, the Company purchased an aggregate of 85,000 shares of its Common Stock from three (3) shareholders at an aggregate price of $4.75 per share, or $403,750. These shares are currently held in treasury.

 

Note 12 - Stock Options

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company granted stock options to purchase 598,500 shares of its Common Stock to various employees, vendors and independent contractors. These options vest over periods ranging from twenty-four (24) to thirty-six (36) months, are exercisable for a period of 5 years, and enable the holders to purchase shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.33 - $4.75. The per-share values of these options range from $1.37 to $1.96, based on Black-Scholes-Merton pricing models with the following assumptions: (i) Volatility of 43.25%, (ii) Term of 5 years, (iii) Risk free rate of 2.6% and (iv) Dividend rate of 0.0%.

 

During the three months ended March 31, 2019 no new stock options were granted.

 

At March 31, 2019, the Company had approximately $405,794 of unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options outstanding, which will be recognized through 2023. The Company will recognize forfeitures as they occur. Share-based compensation expense at March 31, 2019 and March 31, 2018 was approximately $37,400 and $0, respectively. The total amount recorded in “Additional paid-in capital” related to stock options as of March 31, 2019, was approximately $493,000. The weighted average remaining contractual term for the outstanding options at March 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 is 3.97 and 4.22 years, respectively.

 

F- 15

 

 

Note 12 - Stock Options (cont’d.)

 

Stock option activity for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and year ended December 31, 2018, are as follows:

 

    Number of Shares     Weighted Avg. Exercise Price  
Outstanding at December 31, 2017     -     $ -  
Options granted     598,500       3.91  
Options exercised     -       -  
Options forfeited     (87,500 )     -  
Options expired     -       -  
Outstanding at December 31, 2018     511,000     $ 3.82  
Options granted     -       -  
Options exercised     -       -  
Options forfeited     (2,250 )     -  
Options expired     (177,000 )     -  
Outstanding at March 31, 2019     331,750     $ 3.91  
Vested as of March 31, 2019     236,853     $ 3.84  
Expected to vest as of March 31, 2019     94,897     $ 4.10  

 

Note 13 - Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Shareholders

 

The basic and diluted net loss per common share was the same for each period presented as the Company’s potentially dilutive shares would be antidilutive.  The weighted average shares of Common Stock outstanding was 24,592,516 and 22,206,729 for the three months ended March 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

 

Note 14 - Subsequent Events

 

Subsequent to quarter-end, the Company purchased 53,600 shares of its common stock from one (1) shareholder at an aggregate price of $4.75 per share, or $254,600. These shares are currently held in treasury.

 

In April 2019, management decided to restructure its Miami Beach, FL operations and combined it with its Plantation, FL operations.

 

Subsequent to March 31, 2019, the Company extended certain of the 6-Month Notes that became due. Two of the 6-Month Notes in the amount of approximately $121,000 were extended to June 15, 2019, two of the 6-Month Notes in the amount of approximately $45,000 were extended to August 14, 2019, and another two in the amount of approximately $135,950 were extended to September 17, 2019.

 

In May 2019, the Company engaged two new board of directors for a combined annual compensation of $48,000 and granted options to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company’s common stock.

 

F- 16

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.

 

Opinion on the Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

/s/ Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C.  
   
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.
   
Jericho, New York
June 7, 2019
 

 

F- 17

 

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AT DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    2018     2017  
ASSETS:            
             
Cash   $ 424,152     $ 217,360  
Accounts receivable     286,982       85,851  
Automotive inventory     11,558,160       3,696,802  
Other current assets     380,712       71,000  
Total current assets     12,650,006       4,071,013  
                 
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net     539,475       185,659  
Intangible assets     39,997       0  
Deferred offering costs     987,093       0  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 14,216,571     $ 4,256,672  
                 
LIABILITIES:                
Accounts payable   $ 934,409     $ 599,914  
Line of credit - related party     1,775,000       0  
Notes and advances payable – related parties     0       1,091,500  
Convertible notes payable and accrued interest     1,184,707       0  
Other current liabilities     568,358       33,051  
Total current liabilities     4,462,474       1,724,465  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     4,462,474       1,724,465  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES                
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:                
Preferred stock, $0.00001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, nil shares issued and outstanding     0       0  
Common stock, $0.00001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 24,645,294 and 21,000,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively     246       210  
Additional paid-in capital     16,306,737       2,594,590  
Accumulated deficit     (6,552,886 )     (62,593 )
Total shareholders’ equity     9,754,097       2,532,207  
                 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 14,216,571     $ 4,256,672  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 18

 

  

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    2018     2017  
             
Revenues                
Vehicle sales   $ 15,714,511     $ 3,759,031  
Subscription fees     356,323       -  
Rental revenues     539,952       -  
Total revenues     16,610,786       3,759,031  
                 
Cost of revenues                
Vehicle sales     17,678,387       3,994,079  
Subscription and rental     889,388       -  
 Total cost of revenues     18,567,775       3,994,079  
                 
Gross loss     (1,956,989 )     (235,048 )
                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses     3,278,051       1,114,109  
Share-based compensation     455,649       -  
Acquisition, consulting and legal expenses     722,722       30,858  
Depreciation     45,505       29,291  
                 
Loss from operations     (6,458,916 )     (1,409,306 )
                 
Other expenses:                
Interest     31,377       14,356  
                 
Net Loss   $ (6,490,293 )   $ (1,423,662 )
                 
Net loss per share attributable to stockholders, basic and diluted   $ (0.27 )   $ (0.07 )
                 
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding, basic and diluted     23,764,021       21,000,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F- 19

 

   

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    Common Shares Outstanding     Preferred Stock    

Common

Stock

    Additional Paid-in Capital     Members’ Equity       Accumulated Deficit     Total  
Balance at December 31, 2016     -     $           -     $ -     $ -     $ 318,614     $ -     $ 318,614  
                                                         
Capital contributions     -       -       -       -       3,637,255       -       3,637,255  
                                                         
Contribution of member’s interest     21,000,000       -       210       2,594,590       (2,594,800 )     -       -  
                                                         
 Net loss     -       -       -       -       (1,361,069 )     (62,593 )     (1,423,662 )
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2017     21,000,000     $ -     $ 210     $ 2,594,590     $ -     $ (62,593 )   $ 2,532,207  
                                                         
Issuance of stock for cash     3,645,294       -       36       13,256,498       -       -       13,256,534  
                                                         
Share-based compensation     -       -       -       455,649       -       -       455,649  
                                                         
Net loss     -       -       -       -       -       (6,490,293 )     (6,490,293 )
                                                         
Balance at December 31, 2018     24,645,294     $ -     $ 246     $ 16,306,737     $ -     $ (6,552,886 )   $ 9,754,097  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

 

F- 20

 

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2018 AND 2017

 

    2018     2017  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
Net loss   $ (6,490,293 )   $ (1,423,662 )
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization     683,584       29,291  
Share-based compensation     455,649       -  
Increase in assets:                
Accounts receivable     (201,131 )     (85,851 )
Automotive inventory     (8,500,797 )     (3,680,552 )
Prepaid expenses and other assets     (309,712 )     (71,000 )
Increase in liabilities                
Accounts payable     334,495       581,376  
Other current liabilities     556,063       33,051  
                 
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES     (13,472,142 )     (4,617,347 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Purchases of property and equipment     (392,684 )     (214,950 )
Purchases of intangible assets     (45,273 )     -  
                 
NET CASH USED IN INVESTING  ACTIVITIES     (437,957 )     (214,950 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
                 
Cash received from line of credit – related party     1,775,000       -  
Cash received from notes and advances payable – related parties     -       1,091,500  
Principal repayment of notes and advances payable– related parties     (1,091,500 )     -  
Cash received from convertible notes payable     1,448,965       -  
Principal repayments on convertible notes payable     (285,015 )     -  
Capital contributed from shareholders     -       3,637,255  
Net cash received from issuance of common stock     13,256,534       -  
Deferred stock offering costs     (987,093 )     -  
                 
NET CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES     14,116,891       4,728,755  
                 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH     206,792       (103,542 )
                 
CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR     217,360       320,902  
                 
CASH, END OF YEAR   $ 424,152     $ 217,360  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION                
                 
Cash paid during the year for interest   $ 10,545     $ 4,166  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 21

 

 

NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Note 1 - Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation

 

Business Activity

 

LMP Motors.com, LLC (“LMP Motors”) is engaged in the buying and selling of vehicles in the automotive industry and operates in the state of Florida. LMP Motors is a limited liability company and was organized in the state of Delaware. The owner of LMP Motors is designated as a member and is not liable for the debts of LMP Motors.

 

601 NSR, LLC (“NSR”) was formed to enter into future potential strategic acquisitions and is currently inactive. NSR is a limited liability company and was organized in the state of Delaware. The owner of NSR is designated as a member and is not liable for the debts of NSR.

 

LMP Finance, LLC (“LMP Finance”) is engaged in the purchasing, subscribing and renting of vehicles. LMP Finance operates in the state of Florida. LMP Finance is a limited liability company and was organized in the state of Delaware. The owner of LMP Finance is designated as a member and is not liable for the debts of LMP Finance.

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC (“LMP Automotive”) was formed to acquire the assets from LMP Motors.com LLC and LMP Finance, LLC and other subsidiary companies. LMP Automotive operates in the state of Florida. LMP Automotive is a limited liability company and was organized in the state of Delaware. The owner of LMP Automotive is designated as a member and is not liable for the debts of LMP Automotive.

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. (“Automotive”) is a holding company incorporated in the state of Delaware on December 15, 2017. On December 15, 2017, the common ownership contributed 100% of its interest in LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive to Automotive.

 

Principles of Consolidation

 

These consolidated financial statements include the amounts of Automotive and its wholly-owned subsidiaries, LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance, and LMP Automotive, which are collectively referred to as the “Company.” All significant intercompany balances and transactions are eliminated in the consolidation.

 

Prior to the transfer of interest of LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive to Automotive on December 15, 2017, LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive were affiliates under common control and as such have been recorded at carry over basis.  Equity of LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive in the amount of approximately $2.6 million, which was net of an accumulated deficit of approximately $1.4 million, was transferred to additional paid-in capital at the December 15, 2017 transaction date.  Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) of the Company at December 31, 2017, represents only the sixteen (16) days of operations subsequent to its incorporation in 2017.  With respect to the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows, the Company was treated as the continuation of LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive and, accordingly, their financial position and results of operations have been presented on a combined basis with the historical financial statements of LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance and LMP Automotive for all periods prior to the transfer.

 

F- 22

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Liquidity

 

The Company has sustained net losses and negative operating cash flows to date. Its management plans to make strategic acquisitions of pre-owned and new automobile dealerships and car rental companies to expedite its growth and produce positive margins.  The Company also has raised capital during 2018 through private placement offerings of its common stock and convertible debt securities to help facilitate business growth and execute its management’s plans to become profitable through acquisitions.  

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared on the accrual basis of accounting in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Accounts Receivable

 

The Company carries its accounts receivable at cost. Accounts receivable are due upon receipt. Such estimates are based on management’s assessments of the creditworthiness of its customers, the aged basis of its receivables, as well as current economic conditions and historical information. Management has determined that no allowance for uncollectible accounts for accounts receivable is necessary at December 31, 2018 and December 31, 2017.

 

Inventory

 

Inventory consists of automobiles. Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market, with cost determined by specific identification and with market defined as net realizable value. Net realizable value is the estimated selling prices in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion, disposal, and transportation. Inventories at December 31, 2018 and 2017 are recorded based on perpetual inventory records.

 

The Company depreciates the fleet inventory monthly based on 1% of initial cost starting in 2018 when the subscriptions and rentals were launched. In 2018, fleet vehicle depreciation approximated $640,000 and was recorded to Cost of revenues - subscription and rental.

 

Company management periodically reviews to determine whether any inventories have declined in value. The Company wrote down approximately $530,000 of inventory to its net realizable value for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

 

   

December 31,

2018

   

December 31,

2017

 
Automotive Inventory   $ 12,270,478     $ 3,696,802  
Inventory Impairment     (529,983 )     -  
Inventory Accumulated Depreciation     (478,718 )     -  
Inventory In-transit Deposits     296,383       -  
Total Automotive Inventory, net   $ 11,558,160     $ 3,696,802  

 

F- 23

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost. The costs of additions and betterments are capitalized and expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed in the period incurred. When items property and equipment are sold or retired, the related costs and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is included in sales.

 

Vehicles and equipment are depreciated utilizing the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets as follows:

 

Vehicles   5 years
Furniture and fixtures   10 years
Equipment   5 years

 

Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the remaining term of the lease or the useful life of the improvement utilizing the straight-line method.

  

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets are stated at their historical cost and amortized on a straight-line basis over their expected useful lives.

 

Deferred Offering Costs

 

The Company capitalizes certain legal, professional accounting and other third-party fees that are directly associated with in-process equity financings as deferred offering costs until such financings are consummated. After consummation of the equity financing, these costs are recorded in the Statement of Shareholders’ Equity as a reduction to additional paid-in capital as a result of the offering.

 

Should a planned equity financing be abandoned, the deferred offering costs would be expensed immediately as a charge to operating expenses in the statement of operations. The Company recorded deferred offering costs of approximately $987,000 as of December 31, 2018.

 

Long-lived Assets

 

The Company reviews long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles held and used for possible impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. In evaluating the fair value and future benefits of its intangible assets, management performs an analysis of the anticipated undiscounted future net cash flow of the individual assets over the remaining amortization period. The Company recognizes an impairment loss if the carrying value of the asset exceeds the expected future cash flows. There were no deemed impairments of long-lived assets during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  To increase the comparability of fair value measurements, a three-tier fair value hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies, is as follows:

 

Level 1 - Valuations based on quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in active markets.

 

F- 24

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (cont’d.)

 

Level 2 - Valuations based on observable inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.

 

Level 3 - Valuations based on unobservable inputs reflecting the Company’s own assumptions, consistent with reasonably available assumptions made by other market participants.  These valuations require significant judgment.

 

At December 31, 2018 and 2017, the fair value of these financial instruments, including cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable, approximated book value due to the short maturity of these instruments. Notes payable – related parties and convertible notes payable with accrued interest estimate fair value due to market interest rates.

 

Convertible Notes

 

The Company records a discount to convertible notes for the intrinsic value of conversion options embedded in debt instruments based upon the differences between the fair value of the underlying common stock at the commitment date of the note transaction and the effective conversion price embedded in the note. Debt discounts, if any, under these arrangements are amortized to noncash interest expense using the effective interest rate method over the term of the related debt to their date of maturity. Based on the terms of the embedded conversion rights, the Company has not recognized any discounts to date.

 

Share-Based Compensation

 

The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of stock options, based on the fair value of those awards at the date of grant over the requisite service period, which generally is the vesting period of the award. The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock option awards.

 

In June 2018, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2018-07, Improvements to Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718). This ASU was issued to simplify the accounting for share-based payments to nonemployees by aligning much of the guidance on measurement and classification with the accounting for share-based payments to employees. The Company has elected early adoption of this ASU to conform the accounting for share-based compensation to employees and nonemployees.

 

Share-based compensation plans, related expenses, and assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option pricing model are more fully described in Note 12.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). This ASU is the result of a joint project of the FASB and the IASB to clarify the principles for recognizing revenue and to develop a common revenue standard for U.S. GAAP and IFRS, and provides that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services.

 

The Company adopted FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers ("ASC 606") on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective method. ASC 606 prescribes a five-step model that includes: (1) identify the contract; (2) identify the performance obligations; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and (5) recognize revenue when (or as) performance obligations are satisfied. The adoption of ASC 606 did not have a material impact on the amount or timing of the revenue recognition, and the Company recognized no cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption.

 

F- 25

 

  

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Revenue Recognition (cont’d.)

 

Used Vehicle Sales Revenue

The Company’s business consists of retail and wholesale sales of used vehicles to customers. Sales are based on the network of physical showrooms and efficient online showrooms on the Company’s websites. The Company offers a home delivery service so that they deliver the car to the place agreed with the client. The Company also sells used vehicles in auctions.

 

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of a vehicle to a customer. The prices of the vehicles are stated in its contracts at stand-alone selling prices which are agreed upon with its customer prior to delivery. The Company satisfies its performance obligation for used vehicle sales upon delivery when the transfer of title, risks and rewards of ownership and control pass to the customer. The Company recognizes revenue at the agreed-upon price stated in the contract, including any delivery charges. In addition, any noncash consideration received from a customer (i.e., trade-in vehicles) are recognized at fair value. Customer payment has been received or third-party financing has been confirmed prior to vehicle transfer. The Company collects sales taxes and other taxes from customers on behalf of governmental authorities at the time of sale. These taxes are accounted for on a net basis and are not included in sales or cost of sales.

 

Subscription Revenue

The Company offers a vehicle subscription plan where a customer will pay a monthly fee in exchange for access to a car. The Company’s subscriptions include monthly swaps, scheduled maintenance and upkeep, and even insurance in some cases. Customers have the flexibility to up-or-downgrade a vehicle monthly with the vehicle payment adjusted accordingly. There is $575 annual subscription activation fee and the monthly payments are dependent upon the vehicle selected by the customer.

 

The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance obligation by transferring control of a vehicle to a customer under a subscription contract. The prices of the vehicles are stated in its contracts at stand-alone subscription prices which are agreed upon with the customer prior to delivery. The Company satisfies its performance obligation for monthly subscription payments upon delivery to the customer and in each subsequent month the customer retains possession of the vehicle. The Company recognizes revenue at the agreed-upon price stated in the contract in the month earned.

 

The Company also receives an upfront customer payment as an annual membership fee to its vehicle subscription program. This fee is deferred and amortized to income monthly over the period of membership.

 

Customer payment has been received prior to initial vehicle transfer and on each monthly recurring anniversary date.

 

Rental Revenue

The Company recognizes vehicle rental income over the period the vehicle is rented. Performance obligations associated with vehicle rental transactions are satisfied over the rental period. Rental periods are short term in nature. Performance obligations associated with rental related activities, such as charges to the customer for the fueling of vehicles and value-added services such as loss damage waivers, navigation units, and other ancillary products, are also satisfied over the rental period.

 

Payments are due from customers at the time of reservation. Additional charges incurred by the customers are collected at the time of vehicle return. The Company collects sales taxes and other taxes from customers on behalf of governmental authorities at the time of sale. These taxes are accounted for on a net basis and are not included in sales or cost of sales.

  

F- 26

 

 

Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont’d.)

 

Income Taxes

 

Income tax expense includes federal and state taxes currently payable and deferred taxes arising from temporary differences between income for financial reporting and income tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the difference is expected to reverse. The effect of a change in the tax rate on the deferred tax asset and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company establishes a valuation allowance when necessary to reduce its deferred tax assets to amounts that are expected to be realized.

 

LMP Motors, NSR, LMP Finance, and LMP Automotive are limited liability companies, which are treated as partnerships for income tax purposes. The income or loss and credits from limited liability companies are passed through to their members and reported on the members’ income tax returns. As such, there is no provision for income taxes. If applicable, the Company would recognize interest and penalties associated with tax matters as part of operating expenses and include accrued interest and penalties with the related tax liability in its consolidated financial statements.

 

Advertising

 

The Company expenses advertising costs in the period incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $266,200 and $107,200 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Leases

 

The Company is party to various lease agreements for real estate. For each lease agreement, the Company determines the lease term as the non-cancellable period of the lease and includes options to extend or terminate the lease when it is reasonably certain that it will exercise that option. The Company also assesses whether each lease is an operating or finance lease at the lease commencement date. Rent expense of operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and includes scheduled rent increases as well as amortization of tenant improvement allowances.  Refer to Note 9 for Lease Commitments.

 

Effective January 1, 2019, the Company adopted ASU No. 2016-02, Leases, which requires lessees to recognize leases as liabilities on the balance sheet, with corresponding right-of-use assets.  Refer to “New Accounting Pronouncement Not Yet Adopted” for further changes related to the adoption of this guidance.

 

New Accounting Pronouncements not yet Adopted   

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842).  The standard requires lessees to recognize a right-of-use asset and a lease liability, initially measured at the present value of the lease payments for all leases with a term greater than 12 months, including leases existing prior to the effective date of this ASU. It also calls for enhanced leasing arrangement disclosures.  The Company has adopted this standard as of January 1, 2019.  This guidance will have a material impact on its consolidated balance sheet due to the recognition of a lease liability and right-of-use asset for its Plantation, Florida lease of approximately $1.4 million. Adoption of this guidance will not have a significant impact on its lease classification, a material impact on the consolidated statement of operations, or a notable impact on its liquidity.

 

In July 2018, the FASB issued additional guidance on the accounting for leases. The guidance provides companies with another transition method that allows entities to recognize a cumulative-effect adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the date of adoption. Under this method, previously presented years’ financial positions and results are not adjusted. The Company adopted this alternative transition method.

 

F- 27

 

 

Note 3 - Concentration of Credit Risk

 

The Company maintains its cash balances in several financial institutions which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) for up to $250,000 per institution. From time to time, cash balances may exceed these limits.

 

Note 4 - Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

 

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net are summarized as follows:

 

    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
Vehicles   $ 91,547     $ 61,518  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment     273,024       83,800  
Leasehold Improvements     238,287       69,632  
Signage     4,777       -  
      607,635       214,950  
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (68,160 )     (29,291 )
    $ 539,475     $ 185,659  

 

Depreciation and amortization expense related to vehicles, equipment and leasehold improvements amounted to $44,145 and $29,291 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively.

 

Note 5 - Related Party Transactions

 

The Company entered into debt agreements with a related party employee, with interest accruing at rate of 9.0% per annum. At December 31, 2017, $50,000 was outstanding, which was repaid on February 15, 2018.

 

The Company entered into debt agreements with a shareholder, with interest accruing at a rate of 2% per annum. At December 31, 2017, $1,019,000 was outstanding, which was repaid on February 15, 2018.

 

During 2018, the Company entered into a non-interest bearing revolving line of credit with an entity related to the majority shareholder. Amounts drawn on the line of credit become due and payable on the earlier of written demand by the lender or May 21, 2020. At December 31, 2018, the outstanding amount was approximately $1,775,000.

 

Note 6 - Convertible Notes Payable

 

During the second and third quarters of 2018, the Company issued convertible promissory notes (“6-Month Notes”) in aggregate principal amount of $1,448,965, pursuant to a private placement offering. The 6-Month Notes bear interest at 4% per annum and mature six (6) months from the date of issuance, at which time the principal and any accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable. Accrued interest at December 31, 2018 was $20,757. The holders of the 6-Month Notes may, at any time prior to the maturity date, convert the 6-Month Notes (and accrued interest) into shares of its Common Stock by dividing (a) the outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued interest under this Note on the date of conversion by (b) $4.75 (subject to adjustment as provided in the 6-Month Notes). Based on the terms of the conversion rights, the Company did not recognize a beneficial conversion discount.

 

During the fourth quarter of 2018, the Company repaid one of the 6-Month Notes in the principal amount of approximately $285,015, leaving a balance of approximately $1,164,000 at December 31, 2018.

 

F- 28

 

 

Note 7 - Accounts Payable and Other Current Liabilities

 

Accounts payable and other current liabilities are summarized as follows:

 

Accounts Payable:

 

   

December 31,

2018

   

December 31,

2017

 
Accounts Payable   $ 884,927     $ 589,810  
Credit Card Payable     28,424       10,104  
Vehicle Payable     21,058       -  
Total Accounts Payable   $ 934,409     $ 599,914  

 

Other Current Liabilities:

 

    December 31,
2018
    December 31,
2017
 
Accrued Payroll   $ 137,041     $ -  
Subscription Security Deposits     53,254       -  
Subscription Membership Fees on Hand     42,746       -  
Rental Deposits on Hand     30,930       -  
Vehicle Sales Deposits on Hand     6,000       -  
Property Tax Accrual     65,509       -  
Sales & Other Taxes Payable     27,284       33,051  
Other Accruals     205,594       -  
Total Other Current Liabilities   $ 568,358     $ 33,051  

 

Note 8 - Income Tax

 

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis and operating loss and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

 

Deferred tax assets are required to be reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent that, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

 

Deferred Taxes

 

In November 2015, the FASB issued ASU 2015-17, Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes, which requires that deferred tax assets and liabilities be classified as noncurrent in a classified balance sheet.

 

F- 29

 

  

Note 8 - Income Tax (cont’d.)

 

Deferred Taxes (cont’d.)

 

Components of income tax benefit for the year ended December 31, 2018 and 2017 are as follows:

 

    December 31,  
    2018     2017  
             
Current tax expense (benefit)   $   -     $    -  
    $ -     $ -  
                 
Deferred tax expense (benefit)   $ -     $ -  
    $ -     $ -  
                 
Total Provision for Income Taxes   $ -     $ -  

 

Temporary differences between financial statement carrying amount and tax basis of assets and liabilities that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2018 are as follows:

 

    December 31,  
    2018     2017  
             
Deferred tax assets:            
Net operating loss   $ 1,944,504     $ 13,000  
Intangible assets     16,176       -  
Other     134,324       -  
Total deferred income tax assets     2,095,004       13,000  
                 
Deferred income tax liabilities:                
Depreciation     (78,621 )     -  
Total deferred income tax liabilities     (78,621 )     -  
                 
Valuation allowance     (2,016,383 )     (13,000 )
                 
Net deferred income tax asset   $ -     $ -  

 

The Company had a net operating loss carryforward of approximately $7,672,000 as of December 31, 2018. Net deferred tax assets are mainly comprised of temporary differences between financial statement carrying amount and tax basis of assets and liabilities.

 

F- 30

 

  

Note 8 - Income Tax (cont’d.)

 

Deferred Taxes (cont’d.)

 

FASB ASC 740 requires a valuation allowance to reduce the deferred tax assets reported if, based on the weight of the evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. At December 31, 2018 and 2017, a valuation allowance of approximately $2,000,000 and $13,000, respectively, was recorded.

 

In addition, the Company performed a comprehensive review of its uncertain tax positions and determined that no adjustments were necessary relating to unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018. The Company's federal and state income tax returns are subject to examination by taxing authorities for three years after the returns are filed, and the Company's federal and state income tax returns for 2018 remain open to examination.

 

Note 9 - Lease Commitments

 

During 2018, the Company entered into a lease with an entity related through common ownership for its facilities in Plantation, Florida. The five-year, triple-net lease provides for monthly payments of $28,500 plus CAM, with annual escalations of three-percent (3%). The Company has an option to extend the lease for an additional five-year term, with annual escalations of three-percent (3%).

 

During 2018, the Company entered into a third-party lease for its Miami Beach, Florida operations. The 1-year lease provides for monthly payments of approximately $3,800, with a renewal option for an additional 12-months at $4,000 monthly. The lease expired April 30, 2019, and was not renewed.

 

During 2018, the Company entered into an agreement for the licensed right to use 201 garage parking spaces in Miami Beach, Florida. The 27-month agreement provides for monthly payments of $140 per space ($28,140 per month total), with annual escalations of two-percent (2%). In April 2019, the Company terminated the license to use the parking spaces.

 

Future minimum payments are as follows:

 

Years Ending December 31:      
2019   $ 450,970  
2020     361,067  
2021     371,898  
2022     383,055  
2023     64,154  
    $ 1,631,144  

 

Rent expense charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, inclusive of CAM and taxes, was approximately $732,500 and $282,100 respectively.

 

Note 10 - Commitments and Contingencies

 

The Company is subject to asserted claims and liabilities that arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company maintains third-party insurance to mitigate potential losses from these actions. In the opinion of management, the amount of the ultimate liability with respect to those actions will not materially affect the Company's financial position of results of operations.

 

F- 31

 

 

Note 11 - Equity

 

During February 2018, the Company commenced a private placement equity offering, pursuant to which it sold 2,858,030 shares of its Common stock at a price of $3.33 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $9,517,200.

 

During the second and third quarters of 2018, the Company commenced a private placement equity offering, pursuant to which it sold 787,264 shares of its Common Stock through September 30, 2018 at a price of $4.75 per share, for aggregate consideration of approximately $3,739,500.

 

Note 12 - Stock Options

 

During the year ended December 31, 2018, the Company granted stock options to purchase 598,500 shares of its Common Stock to various employees, vendors and independent contractors, of which 87,500 were forfeited during the year. These options vest over periods ranging from twenty-four (24) to thirty-six (36) months, are exercisable for a period of 5 years, and enable the holders to purchase shares of its common stock at exercise prices ranging from $3.33 - $4.75. The per-share values of these options range from $1.37 to $1.96, based on Black-Scholes-Merton pricing models with the following assumptions: (i) Volatility of 43.25%, (ii) Term of 5 years, (iii) Risk free rate of 2.6% and (iv) Dividend rate of 0.0%. The weighted average remaining contractual term for the outstanding options at December 31, 2018 is 4.21 years.

 

Stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2018, is as follows:

 

    Number of Shares     Weighted Avg. Exercise Price  
Outstanding at December 31, 2017     -     $ -  
Options granted     598,500       3.91  
Options exercised     -       -  
Options forfeited     (87,500 )     -  
Options expired     -       -  
Outstanding at December 31, 2018     511,000     $ 3.82  
                 
Vested as of December 31, 2018     272,043     $ 3.92  
Expected to vest as of December 31, 2018     238,957     $ 3.71  

 

At December 31, 2018, approximately $443,200 of unrecognized compensation costs related to stock options outstanding will be recognized through 2023. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur. Share-based compensation expense for the year ended December 31, 2018 was approximately $455,600.

 

Note 13 - Net Loss per Share Attributable to Common Shareholders

 

The basic and diluted net loss per common share was the same for each period presented as the Company’s potentially dilutive shares would be antidilutive.  The weighted average shares of Common Stock outstanding were 23,764,021 and 21,000,000 for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017, respectively. 

 

F- 32

 

  

Note 14 - Subsequent Events

 

Subsequent to year end, the Company purchased an aggregate of 138,000 shares of its Common Stock from four (4) shareholders at an aggregate price of $4.75 per share, or $658,350. These shares are currently held in treasury.

 

Subsequent to year end, the Company extended certain of the 6-Month Notes that became due. Two of the 6-Month Notes in the amount of approximately $121,000 were extended to June 15, 2019, two of the 6-Month Notes in the amount of approximately $45,000 were extended to August 14, 2019, and another two in the amount of approximately $135,950 were extended to September 17, 2019.

 

In April 2019, management decided to restructure its Miami Beach, FL operations and combined it with its Plantation, FL operations.

 

In May 2019, the Company engaged two new board of directors for combined annual compensation of $48,000 and granted options to purchase 40,000 shares of the Company’s Common Stock.

 

F- 33

 

 

 

1,275,000 Shares of Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 
PROSPECTUS
 

 

 

 

 

 

ThinkEquity

a division of Fordham Financial Management, Inc.

  

 

 

                         , 2019

 

 

 

Through and including             , 2019 (the 25 th day after the date of this offering), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with our initial public offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee:

 

SEC registration fee   $ 1,124.21  
Nasdaq listing fee                 *
FINRA filing fee       *
Printing expenses     *
Legal fees and expenses     *
Accounting fees and expenses     *
Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)     *
Transfer agent and registrar fees     *
Miscellaneous     *
Total   $             *

 

* To be completed by amendment

 

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with any threatened, pending or completed actions, suits or proceedings in which such person is made a party by reason of such person being or having been a director, officer, employee or agent to the registrant. The Delaware General Corporation Law provides that Section 145 is not exclusive of other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise. The registrant’s bylaws provide for indemnification by the registrant of its directors, officers and employees to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Section 102(b)(7) of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. The registrant’s certificate of incorporation provides for such limitation of liability.

 

The registrant maintains standard policies of insurance under which coverage is provided (a) to its directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act, and (b) to the registrant with respect to payments which may be made by the registrant to such officers and directors pursuant to the above indemnification provision or otherwise as a matter of law.

 

The proposed form of Underwriting Agreement, to be filed by amendment as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, will provide for indemnification of directors and officers of the registrant by the underwriter against certain liabilities.

 

The registrant expects to enter into customary indemnification agreements with its executive officers and directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to the registrant or on the registrant’s behalf.

 

II- 1

 

  

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

In February 2018, we completed a private placement offering, pursuant to which we sold 2,858,030 shares of our common stock to certain individual and institutional investors, at a purchase price of $3.33 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $9,517,239.

 

From June 2018 through October 2018, we sold an aggregate of 787,264 shares of our common stock to certain individual investors, in a private placement offering, at a purchase price of $4.75 per share, for an aggregate purchase price of $3,739,505.

 

During the second and third quarters of 2018, we issued the 6-month notes to certain individual investors in an aggregate principal amount of $1,448,965, pursuant to a private placement offering. The 6-month notes bear interest at 4% per annum and mature six (6) months from the date of issuance, at which time the principal and any accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable. The holders of the 6-month notes may, at any time prior to the maturity date, convert the 6-month notes (and accrued interest) into shares of our common stock by dividing (a) the outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued interest under the applicable 6-month note on the date of conversion by (b) $4.75 (subject to adjustment as provided in the 6-month notes). Based on the terms of the conversion rights, we did not recognize a beneficial conversion discount. 

 

The proceeds from the sale of the above mentioned securities were used for working capital and general corporate purposes. No underwriters were used in the offering and sale of the above mentioned securities. The above mentioned securities were issued in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

 

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

  (a) Exhibits. The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

Exhibit No.   Exhibit Description
1.1   Form of Underwriting Agreement**
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation*
3.2   Bylaws*
4.1   Form of Underwriter’s Warrant**
4.2   Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement*
4.3   Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement*
5.1   Opinion of Pryor Cashman LLP**
10.1   Employment Agreement, dated February 20, 2018 by and between LMPMotors.com, LLC and Samer Tawfik*
10.2   2018 Equity Incentive Plan*
10.3   Lease Agreement, dated January 1, 2018, by and between LMPMotors.com, LLC and ST RXR Investments, LLC*
10.4   Revolving Line of Credit Agreement, dated July 25, 2018, by and between LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. and ST RXR Investments, LLC (as amended on May 21, 2019)*
10.5   Form of Common Stock Purchase Agreement for the offering of Common Stock at $3.33 per share*
10.6   Form of Common Stock Purchase Agreement, for the offering of Common Stock at $4.75 per share*
10.7   Lease Agreement, dated as of April 12, 2018, by and between 615 5 th Street, Corp. and LMP Finance LLC d/b/a LMP Rentals Delaware Corporation*
10.8   Engagement Letter, dated as of April 25, 2018, by and between LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. and Dazkal Bolton LLP*
10.9   Mercedes-Benz Financial Services Financial Commitment, dated as of April 25, 2019*
10.10   Form of Convertible Promissory Note*
21.1   List of Subsidiaries of the Registrant*
23.1   Consent of Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C.*
23.2   Consent of Pryor Cashman LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)**
24.1   Powers of Attorney (incorporated by reference to the signature page hereto).*

   

* Filed herewith.

** To be filed by amendment.

 

  (b) Financial Statement Schedules. All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or related notes.

  

II- 2

 

 

Item 17. Undertakings

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

 

(1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(2) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II- 3

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of Plantation, State of Florida, on June 17, 2019.

 

  LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Samer Tawfik   
    Name: Samer Tawfik
    Title:   Chairman, President and
                Chief Executive Officer

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Each person whose signature appears below authorizes Samer Tawfik as his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, to execute in his or her name and on his or her behalf, in any and all capacities, the registrant’s registration statement on Form S-1 and any amendments thereto (and any additional registration statement related thereto permitted by Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933 (and all further amendments, including post-effective amendments thereto)), necessary or advisable to enable the registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in respect thereof, in connection with the registration of the securities which are the subject of such registration statement, which amendments may make such changes in such registration statement as such attorney may deem appropriate, and with full power and authority to perform and do any and all acts and things whatsoever which any such attorney or substitute may deem necessary or advisable to be performed or done in connection with any or all of the above-described matters, as fully as each of the undersigned could do if personally present and acting, hereby ratifying and approving all acts of any such attorney or substitute.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

/s/ Samer Tawfik   Dated: June 17, 2019

Name: Samer Tawfik

Title: Chairman, President and

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

   
     
/s/ William “Billy” Cohen   Dated: June 17, 2019

Name: William “Billy” Cohen

Title: Director

   
     
/s/ Robert “Bob” J. Morris, Jr.   Dated: June 17, 2019

Name: Robert “Bob” J. Morris, Jr.

Title: Director

   
     
/s/ Elias Nader   Dated: June 17, 2019

Name: Elias Nader

Title: Director

   

 

 

II-4

 

 

Exhibit 3.1

 

  Delaware Page 1
  The First State  

 

I, JEFFREY W. BULLOCK, SECRETARY OF STATE OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, DO HEREBY CERTIFY THE ATTACHED IS A TRUE AND CORRECT COPY OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF “LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.”, FILED IN THIS OFFICE ON THE FIFTEENTH DAY OF DECEMBER, A.D. 2017, AT 4:47 O’CLOCK P.M.

 

A FILED COPY OF THIS CERTIFICATE HAS BEEN FORWARDED TO THE KENT COUNTY RECORDER OF DEEDS.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  /s/ Jeffrey W. Bullock
  Jeffrey W. Bullock, Secretary of State
   
   
   
6667080 8100  
SR# 20177609036 Authentication: 203776220
You may verify this certificate online at corp.delaware.gov/authver.shtml Date: 12-18-17

 

 

 

 

State of Delaware
Secretary of State
Division of Corporations
Delivered 04:47 PM 12/151017
FILED 04:47 PM 12/15/2017
SR 20177609036 - File Number 6667080
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
 

 

ARTICLE I
NAME

 

The name of the corporation (hereinafter, the “Corporation”) is LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

ARTICLE II
ADDRESS AND REGISTERED AGENT

 

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 8 The Green, in the City of Dover. County of Kent. The name of its registered agent at such address is A Registered Agent.

 

ARTICLE III
PURPOSE 

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).

 

ARTICLE IV
CAPITAL STOCK .

 

Section 1. Authorized Shares. The aggregate number of shares which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 120,000,000; 20,000,000 shares of the par value of $0.00001 shall be designated Preferred Stock and 100,000,000 shares of the par value of $0.00001 shall be designated Common Stock.

 

Section 2. Preferred Stock Designation. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors” ) is hereby expressly authorized, by resolution or resolutions, to provide, out of the unissued shares of Preferred Stock, for series of Preferred Stock and, with respect to each such series, to fix the number of shares constituting such series and the designation of such series, the voting powers (if any) of the shares of such series, and the preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, to the full extent now or hereafter permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware and the DGCL. The powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional and other special rights of each series of Preferred Stock, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, if any, may differ from those of any and all other series at any time outstanding.

 

Section 3 . Assessment of Stock. The capital stock of the Corporation, after the amount of the subscription price has been fully paid in, shall not be assessable for any purpose, and no stock issued as fully paid shall ever be assessable or assessed. No stockholder of the Corporation is individually liable for the debts or liabilities of the Corporation.

 

2

 

 

Section 4. Increase or Decrease in Authorized Capital Stock. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL (or any successor provision thereto), voting together as a single class, without a separate vote of the holders of the class or classes the number of authorized shares of which are being increased or decreased, unless a vote by any holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock is required by the express wails of any series of Preferred Stock as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Section 2 of this Article IV.

 

Section 5. Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the incorporator is as follows: Joseph A. Ruta, 211 East 43 rd Street, 24 th FL, New York, NY 10017.

 

ARTICLE V
DIRECTORS

 

Section 1 . Number of Directors. The members of the governing board of the Corporation are styled as directors. The Board of Directors shall be elected in such manner as shall be provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. The number of directors shall be not less than one (1) nor more than seven (7). The number of directors may be changed from time to time within this range in such manner as shall be provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Section 2. Ballot and Nominees. Nominations by stockholders of persons for election to the Board of Directors shall be made only in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot except and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Section 3. Removal and Filling of Newly Created Directorships. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office with or without cause, at any time, only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of voting stock then outstanding. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall be filled by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, or by the stockholders holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 /3%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock that are present or represented at a special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, voting together as a single class.

 

3

 

 

Section 4. Election and Vacancies. Directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders, and each director elected shall hold office until such director’s successor has been elected and qualified, subject, however, to earlier death, resignation or removal from office. Except as otherwise provided for or fixed by or pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate of Incorporation relating to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, removal or other cause shall be filled by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, or by a sole remaining director, or by the stockholders holding at sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 /3%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock that are present or represented at a special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose, voting together as a single class. A person so elected by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy or newly created directorship shall hold office until the next election of the class for which such director shall have been assigned by the Board of Directors and until his or her successor shall be duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 5. Advance Notice of Nominations. Subject to Article IX of this Certificate of Incorporation, advance notice of nominations for the election of directors shall be given in the manner and to the extent provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

Section 6. Classification of Directors. Upon resolution duly adopted by the Board of Directors at any time from and after the filing of this Certificate of Incorporation, and subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, the Board of Directors shall be divided into three (3) classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, hereby designated Class I, Class II and Class III. The initial assignment of members of the Board of Directors to each such class shall be made by the Board of Directors. The term of office of the initial Class I directors shall expire at the first annual meeting of the stockholders following the effective date of the Board resolution approving the classification of the Board (the “Effective Date”), the term of office of the initial Class 11 directors shall expire at the second annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date and the term of office of the initial Class III directors shall expire at the third annual meeting of the stockholders following the Effective Date. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first regularly-scheduled annual meeting of stockholders following the Effective Date, each of the successors elected to replace the directors of a Class whose term shall have expired at such annual meeting shall be elected to hold office until the third annual meeting next succeeding his or her election and until his or her respective successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. Subject to the rights of holders of any series of Preferred Stock with respect to the election of directors, if the number of directors that constitutes the Board of Directors is changed, any newly created directorships or decrease in directorships shall be so apportioned by the Board of Directors among the classes as to make all classes as nearly equal in number as is practicable, provided that no decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

ARTICLE VI
BYLAWS

 

The Board of Directors is authorized to adopt, amend or repeal any and all provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by a vote of at least two-thirds (⅔) of all directors who constitute the Board of Directors, except as and to the extent provided in the Bylaws. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws of this Corporation (and notwithstanding that some lesser percentage may be specified by law), no provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation shall be amended, modified or repealed by the stockholders of the Corporation, nor shall any provision of the Bylaws of the Corporation inconsistent with any such provision be adopted by the stockholders of the Corporation, unless approved by the affirmative vote of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock. Any purported amendment to the Bylaws which would add thereto a matter not expressly covered in the Bylaws prior to such purported amendment shall be deemed to constitute the adoption of a Bylaw provision and not an amendment to the Bylaws.

 

4

 

 

ARTICLE VII
MODIFICATION, AMENDMENT OR REPEAL OF DESIGNATED PROVISIONS

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws of the Corporation or any provision of law which might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any affirmative vote of the holders of any particular class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law, the affirmative vote (or consent under Article IX, if such consent is then permitted) of at sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2 /3%) of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend, alter or repeal, or adopt any provision as part of this Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with the purpose and intent of, all or any portion of Articles V, VI, this Article VII, VIII or IX of this Certificate of Incorporation (including, without limitation, any such Article as renumbered as a result of any amendment, alteration, change, repeal or adoption of any other Article).

 

ARTICLE VIII
LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a director of the Corporation shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. The Corporation shall indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. The Corporation may indemnify, in the manner and to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, any person (or the estate of any person) who is or was a party to, or is threatened to be made a party to, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether or not by or in the right of the Corporation, and whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person is or was an employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Expenses incurred by any such director, officer, employee or agent in defending any such action, suit or proceeding may be advanced by the Corporation prior to the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that he or she is not entitled to be indemnified as authorized by the DGCL and this Article VIII. The Corporation may, to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any such director, officer, employee or agent against any liability which may be asserted against such person. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, the indemnification provided herein shall include expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement and, in the manner provided by the DGCL, any such expenses may be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding. The indemnification provided herein shall not be deemed to limit the right of the Corporation to indemnify any other person for any such expenses to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, nor shall it be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which any person seeking indemnification from the Corporation may be entitled under any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office. No repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph shall adversely affect any right or protection of a director of the Corporation existing by virtue of the foregoing paragraph at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

5

 

 

ARTICLE IX
STOCKHOLDER ACTION

 

Section 1. Action by Consent. Any election of directors or other action by the stockholders of the Corporation that can be effected at an annual or special meeting of stockholders can be effected by written consent without a meeting so long as such written consent is signed by the holders of at least the number of shares required to approve such action at a duly held annual or special stockholders meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

Section 2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise expressly provided by the terms of any series of Preferred Stock permitting the holders of such series of Preferred Stock to call a special meeting of the holders of such series, special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors, the chairperson of the Board of Directors, the chief executive officer or the president (in the absence of a chief executive officer), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting of stockholders is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have made, signed, and sealed this Certificate of Incorporation this 15th day of December, 2017.

 

  By: /s/ Joseph A. Ruta
    Joseph A. Ruta
    Sole Incorporator

 

 

6

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BY-LAWS

 

of

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

As adopted as of December 23, 2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BYLAWS

OF

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

(A DELAWARE CORPORATION)

 

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

 

Section 1. Registered Office. The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

 

Section 2. Other Offices. The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

 

Section 3. Corporate Seal. The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

 

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

 

Section 4. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”). In the absence of any such designation or determination, stockholders’ meetings shall be held at the Company’s principal executive office.

 

Section 5. Annual Meeting.

 

(a)  The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 5.

 

2

 

 

(b)  At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

 

(c)  Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

 

(d)  Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

 

(e)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

 

(f)  For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones Newswires, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

 

3

 

 

Section 6. Special Meetings.

 

(a)  Notwithstanding anything provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) a resolution adopted by the majority of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chairman of Board of Directors, (iii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iv) the President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer), and the ability of the stockholders to call a special meeting is hereby specifically denied. The Board of Directors may cancel, postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting at any time, before or after the notice for such meeting has been sent to the stockholders.

 

(b)  If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, or by telegraphic or other facsimile transmission to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

 

Section 7. Notice of Meetings. Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

 

Section 8. Quorum. At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to the vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

 

4

 

 

Section 9. Adjournment and Notice of Adjourned Meetings. Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

Section 10. Voting Rights. For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote or execute consents shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

 

Section 11. Joint Owners of Stock. If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even split in interest.

 

Section 12. List of Stockholders. The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

 

Section 13. Action Without Meeting.

 

(a)  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any action required by statute to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, or any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent in writing, or by electronic transmission setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

 

(b)  Every written consent or electronic transmission shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent or electronic transmission shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty (60) days of the earliest dated consent delivered to the corporation in the manner herein required, written consents or electronic transmissions signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action are delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.

 

5

 

 

(c)  Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing or by electronic transmission and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of stockholders to take action were delivered to the corporation as provided in Section 228(c) of the DGCL. If the action which is consented to is such as would have required the filing of a certificate under any section of the DGCL if such action had been voted on by stockholders at a meeting thereof, then the certificate filed under such section shall state, in lieu of any statement required by such section concerning any vote of stockholders, that written consent has been given in accordance with Section 228 of the DGCL.

 

(d)  Any electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this section, provided that any such electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the corporation can determine (i) that the electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder or proxyholder or by a person or persons authorized to act for the stockholder and (ii) the date on which such stockholder or proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such electronic transmission. The date on which such electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and until such paper form shall be delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the state of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to a corporation’s registered office shall be made by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the corporation or to an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the board of directors of the corporation. Any copy, facsimile or other reliable reproduction of a consent in writing may be substituted or used in lieu of the original writing for any and all purposes for which the original writing could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing.

 

Section 14. Organization.

 

(a)  At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

(b)  The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

 

6

 

 

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

 

Section 15. N umber and Term of Office. The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors from time to time. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient. The initial number of directors shall be one (1).

 

Section 16. Powers. The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Section 17. Term of Directors.

 

(a)  Unless otherwise set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation, directors shall be elected at each annual meeting of stockholders for a term of one year. Each director shall serve until his or her successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(b)  No person entitled to vote at an election for directors may cumulate votes to which such person is entitled to vote.

 

Section 18. Vacancies. Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Bylaw in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director or upon creation of a new directorship resulting from an increase in the number of directors.

 

Section 19. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

 

Section 20. Removal. Subject to any limitations imposed by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors or any director may be removed from office at any time (i) with cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (66.66%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally at an election of directors or (ii) without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than two thirds (66.66%) of the voting power of all then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the corporation, entitled to vote generally at an election of directors.

 

Section 21. Meetings

 

(a) Regular Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, including a voice-messaging system or other system designated to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for a regular meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

7

 

 

(b) Special Meetings. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director.

 

(c) Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment. Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

(d) Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by U.S. mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, postage prepaid at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing or by electronic transmission at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

(e) Waiver of Notice. The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

 

Section 22. Quorum and Voting.

 

(a)  Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however, at any meeting, whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

 

(b)  At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

 

Section 23. Action Without Meeting. Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

Section 24. Fees and Compensation. Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

 

8

 

 

Section 25. Committees.

 

(a) Executive Committee. The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors, shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

 

(b) Other Committees. The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

 

(c) Term. The Board of Directors, subject to the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

 

(d) Meetings. Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

 

Section 26. Organization. At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President, (if a director) or, in the absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

 

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

 

Section 27. Officers Designated. The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, and the Treasurer, all of whom shall be appointed at the annual organizational meeting of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

 

9

 

 

Section 28. Tenure and Duties of Officers.

 

(a) General. All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

 

(b) Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

 

(c) Duties of President. The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

 

(d) Duties of Vice Presidents. The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(e) Duties of Secretary. The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

(f) Duties of Chief Financial Officer. The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to his office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and the Treasurer and any Assistant Treasurer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

 

Section 29. Delegation of Authority. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

Section 30. Resignations. Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission notice to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

 

10

 

 

Section 31. Removal. Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time. The Chief Executive Officer or any committee or superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors may remove any officer other than the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

 

Section 32. Execution of Corporate Instruments. The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation. All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do. Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

 

Section 33. Voting of Securities Owned by the Corporation. All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

 

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

 

Section 34. Form and Execution of Certificates. Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of the shares authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section or otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

 

11

 

 

Section 35. Lost Certificates. A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

 

Section 36. Transfers.

 

(a)  Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

 

(b)  The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

 

Section 37. Fixing Record Dates.

 

(a)  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten (10) days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. Any stockholder of record seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall, by written notice to the Secretary, request the Board of Directors to fix a record date. The Board of Directors shall promptly, but in all events within ten (10) days after the date on which such a request is received, adopt a resolution fixing the record date. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors within ten (10) days of the date on which such a request is received, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by applicable law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business or an officer or agent of the corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

(c)  In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

12

 

 

Section 38. Registered Stockholders. The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

 

Section 39. Execution of Other Securities. All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however, that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

 

Section 40. Declaration of Dividends. Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

 

Section 41. Dividend Reserve. Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

 

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

 

Section 42. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors. Until changed by the Board of Directors the fiscal year of the corporation shall end on December 31.

 

13

 

 

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Section 43. Indemnification of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents.

 

(a) Directors and Executive Officers . The corporation shall indemnify its directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “executive officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however, that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further, that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d). In addition, the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (i) for which payment has actually been made to or on behalf of such person under any statute, insurance policy, indemnity provision, vote or otherwise, except with respect to any excess beyond the amount paid; (ii) for an accounting or disgorgement of profits pursuant to Section 16(b) of the 1934 Act, or similar provisions of federal, state or local statutory law or common law, if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements); (iii) for any reimbursement of the corporation by such person of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by such person from the sale of securities of the corporation, as required in each case under the 1934 Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the corporation pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the corporation of profits arising from the purchase and sale by such person of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), if such person is held liable therefor (including pursuant to any settlement arrangements); and (iv) initiated by such person, including any proceeding (or any part of any proceeding) initiated by such person against the corporation or its directors, officers, employees, agents or other indemnitees, unless (a) the Board authorized the proceeding (or the relevant part of the proceeding) prior to its initiation, (b) the corporation provides the indemnification, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under applicable law, (c) the indemnification is otherwise required to be made under applicable law.

 

(b)   Other Officers, Employees and Other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

 

(c) Expenses . The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding, provided, however, that, if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or officer in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Bylaw, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation, in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

 

14

 

 

(d)   Enforcement . Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Bylaw to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article XI or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

 

(e)   Non Exclusivity of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law.

 

(f)   Survival of Rights. The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or other agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

 

(g)   Insurance. To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Bylaw.

 

(h)   Amendments. Any repeal or modification of this Bylaw shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

 

(i) Saving Clause. If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Bylaw that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent under applicable law.

 

15

 

 

(j) Certain Definitions. For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

 

(1)  The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

 

(2)  The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

 

(3)  The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Bylaw with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(4)  References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

 

(5)  References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Bylaw.

 

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

 

Section 44. Notices.

 

(a) Notice to Stockholders. Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by United States mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

 

(b) Notice to Directors. Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), or as provided for in Section 21 of these Bylaws. If such notice is not delivered personally, it shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

 

(c) Affidavit of Mailing. An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

 

16

 

 

(d) Methods of Notice. It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

 

(e) Notice to Person with Whom Communication Is Unlawful. Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

 

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

 

Section 45. Amendments. The Board of Directors is authorized to adopt, amend or repeal any and all provisions of these Bylaws by a vote of at least two-thirds of all directors who constitute the Board of Directors, except as and to the extent provided in the Bylaws. Any purported amendment to the Bylaws which would add thereto a matter not expressly covered in the Bylaws prior to such purported amendment shall be deemed to constitute the adoption of a Bylaw provision and not an amendment to the Bylaws.

 

 

17

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.
2018 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

 

Dear XXXX,

 

On XXXX, 2018, the Committee approved a grant of an Incentive Stock Option (the “Option”) to you to purchase Common Stock of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Option shall constitute and be treated at all times by you and the Company as an “incentive stock option,” as defined under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

You are granted an Option to purchase X,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company at the price of $4.75 per share.

 

Vesting . This Option may be exercised only to the extent it is vested. Subject to you remaining in the employ of the Company on the applicable vesting dates below, this Option shall vest as follows:

 

X000 shares of your Option will vest on the day you are employed by the Company for three months. Thereafter, the remainder of your options will vest pro rata on an annual basis over a two year (2) period as long as you are employed with the Company during that time period. If you are terminated or resign from your employment with the Company for any reason, all unvested options are immediately terminated.

 

1.  Duration of Vested Options . Except as otherwise provided herein, vested options may be exercised as follows:

 

a. If the Company is a public company then at any time up to three (3) month(s) after termination of employment with the Company, provided, however in the event your termination of employment is due to your death or disability, the vested options may be exercised for one (1) year following such event. In no case, however, may the vested options be exercised after 5 years from date of grant.

 

b. If the Company is a private company then at any time up to three (3) month(s) after termination of employment with the Company, provided, however in the event your termination of employment is due to your death or disability, the vested options may be exercised for one (1) year following such event. In no case, however, may the vested options be exercised after five (5) years from date of grant.

 

c. If the Company has a Change in Control event which is defined as “The acquisition (whether directly or indirectly) by any person of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities or interests of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors,” then within three (3) months after a Change in Control.

 

 

 

 

2.  Exercise of Option .

 

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in Section 1.

 

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be completed by you and delivered to the Corporate Secretary. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate exercise price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate exercise price.

 

No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to you on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

 

3.  Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at your election:

 

(a) Wire as follows:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017

 

ABA # - 021000021

 

Account Number - 758060615

 

For Account of - LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS INC.

 

The SWIFT code for incoming USD is CHASUS33

 

(b) check;

 

(c) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(d) surrender of other shares of Common Stock which (i) in the case of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by you for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, AND (ii) have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

 

4.  Non-Assignability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during your lifetime only by you except in the case of your disability, this Option may be exercised by your representative. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon your executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns.

 

2

 

 

The Plan is incorporated herein by reference and attached as Exhibit B. The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and you with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to your interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and you. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. You have reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understand all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. You further agree to notify the Company upon any change in your residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT   LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
     
     
Signature   By
     
     
     
Print Name   Title
     
     
     
Residence Address    
     
     

 

3

 

 

Exhibit A

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.

601 N. State Rd. 7

Plantation, FL 33317

Email: info@lmpmotors.com

 

 

 

(date)

 

Re: Incentive Stock Option

 

Notice is hereby given pursuant to Section 3 of my Agreement that I elect to purchase the number of shares set forth below at the exercise price set forth in my Agreement:

 

Stock Option dated:    
     
Number of shares being purchased:    
     
Option Exercise Price Per Share    
     
Aggregate Option Exercise Price    

 

A check in the amount of the aggregate price of the shares being purchased is attached [or specify other method of payment ] .

 

I understand that the shares of Common Stock that I receive upon exercise of my Option may not be freely tradable.

 

Further, I understand that, as a result of this exercise of rights, I will recognize income in an amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock exceeds the exercise price. I agree to report such income in accordance with then applicable law and to cooperate with the Company in establishing the withholding and corresponding deduction to the Company for its income tax purposes.

 

I agree to provide to the Company such additional documents or information as may be required pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Name of Optionee)

 

4

 

 

Exhibit B

 

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

5

 

Exhibit 4.3

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.
2018 Equity Incentive Plan

 

Incentive Stock Option Agreement

 

Dear XXXX,

 

On XXXX, 2018, the Committee approved a grant of an Incentive Stock Option (the “Option”) to you to purchase Common Stock of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) pursuant to the LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. 2018 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). The Option shall constitute and be treated at all times by you and the Company as an “incentive stock option,” as defined under Section 422(b) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

You are granted an Option to purchase X,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company at the price of $4.75 per share.

 

Vesting . This Option may be exercised only to the extent it is vested. Subject to you remaining in the employ of the Company on the applicable vesting dates below, this Option shall vest as follows:

 

X000 shares of your Option will vest on the day you are employed by the Company for three months. Thereafter, the remainder of your options will vest pro rata on an annual basis over a two year (2) period as long as you are employed with the Company during that time period. If you are terminated or resign from your employment with the Company for any reason, all unvested options are immediately terminated.

 

1. Duration of Vested Options . Except as otherwise provided herein, vested options may be exercised as follows:

 

a. If the Company is a public company then at any time up to three (3) month(s) after termination of employment with the Company, provided, however in the event your termination of employment is due to your death or disability, the vested options may be exercised for one (1) year following such event. In no case, however, may the vested options be exercised after 5 years from date of grant.

 

b. If the Company is a private company then at any time up to three (3) month(s) after termination of employment with the Company, provided, however in the event your termination of employment is due to your death or disability, the vested options may be exercised for one (1) year following such event. In no case, however, may the vested options be exercised after five (5) years from date of grant.

 

c. If the Company has a Change in Control event which is defined as “The acquisition (whether directly or indirectly) by any person of fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities or interests of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors,” then within three (3) months after a Change in Control.

 

 

 

 

2. Exercise of Option .

 

(a) Right to Exercise. This Option is exercisable during its term in accordance with the Vesting Schedule set out in Section 1.

 

(b) Method of Exercise. This Option is exercisable by delivery of an exercise notice, in the form attached as Exhibit A (the “Exercise Notice”), which shall state the election to exercise the Option, the number of shares of Common Stock in respect of which the Option is being exercised (the “Exercised Shares”), and such other representations and agreements as may be required by the Company pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. The Exercise Notice shall be completed by you and delivered to the Corporate Secretary. The Exercise Notice shall be accompanied by payment of the aggregate exercise price as to all Exercised Shares. This Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such fully executed Exercise Notice accompanied by such aggregate exercise price.

 

No shares of Common Stock shall be issued pursuant to the exercise of this Option unless such issuance and exercise comply with applicable laws. Assuming such compliance, for income tax purposes the exercised Shares shall be considered transferred to you on the date the Option is exercised with respect to such Exercised Shares.

 

3. Method of Payment . Payment of the aggregate Exercise Price shall be by any of the following, or a combination thereof, at your election:

 

(a) Wire as follows:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 270 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10017

 

ABA # - 021000021

 

Account Number - 758060615

 

For Account of - LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS INC.

 

The SWIFT code for incoming USD is CHASUS33

 

(b) check;

 

(c) consideration received by the Company under a cashless exercise program implemented by the Company in connection with the Plan; or

 

(d) surrender of other shares of Common Stock which (i) in the case of shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of an option, have been owned by you for more than six (6) months on the date of surrender, AND (ii) have a fair market value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Exercised Shares.

 

4. Non-Assignability of Option . This Option may not be transferred in any manner otherwise than by will or by the laws of descent or distribution and may be exercised during your lifetime only by you except in the case of your disability, this Option may be exercised by your representative. The terms of the Plan and this Agreement shall be binding upon your executors, administrators, heirs, successors and assigns.

 

2

 

 

The Plan is incorporated herein by reference and attached as Exhibit B. The Plan and this Agreement constitute the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede in their entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and you with respect to the subject matter hereof, and may not be modified adversely to your interest except by means of a writing signed by the Company and you. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

By your signature and the signature of the Company’s representative below, you and the Company agree that the Option is granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. You have reviewed the Plan and this Agreement in their entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing this Agreement and fully understand all provisions of the Plan and this Agreement. You hereby agree to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee upon any questions relating to the Plan and Agreement. You further agree to notify the Company upon any change in your residence address indicated below.

 

PARTICIPANT   LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
 
Signature   By
     
 
Print Name   Title
     
   
Residence Address    
     
   

 

3

 

 

Exhibit A

EXERCISE NOTICE

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.

601 N. State Rd. 7

Plantation, FL 33317

Email: info@lmpmotors.com

 

 

(date)

 

Re: Incentive Stock Option

 

Notice is hereby given pursuant to Section 3 of my Agreement that I elect to purchase the number of shares set forth below at the exercise price set forth in my Agreement:

 

  Stock Option dated:  
       
  Number of shares being purchased:  
       
  Option Exercise Price Per Share  
       
  Aggregate Option Exercise Price  

 

A check in the amount of the aggregate price of the shares being purchased is attached [or specify other method of payment ] .

 

I understand that the shares of Common Stock that I receive upon exercise of my Option may not be freely tradable.

 

Further, I understand that, as a result of this exercise of rights, I will recognize income in an amount equal to the amount by which the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock exceeds the exercise price. I agree to report such income in accordance with then applicable law and to cooperate with the Company in establishing the withholding and corresponding deduction to the Company for its income tax purposes.

 

I agree to provide to the Company such additional documents or information as may be required pursuant to the Company’s 2018 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

 
  (Signature)
   
 
  (Name of Optionee)

 

4

 

  

Exhibit B

 

EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

Exhibit 10.1

 

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

This EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”) is effective as of February 20, 2018, and made and entered into by and between LMP Motors.com, LLC, with principal offices at 601 North State Rd. 7 Plantation, 33317 at the State of Florida (“Employer” or “Company”) and Samer Tawfik, who has a residence at 300 South Pointe Dr., apt 4003, Miami Beach, FL 33139 (“Employee”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS the Company is considered to be a Development Stage Enterprise and, along with current and future subsidiaries and affiliates, plans to provide a best in class eCommerce solution for pre-owned automobile sales, purchasing, financing, leasing, and other transactions (the “Business”); and

 

WHEREAS the Employee possesses extensive experience in Business the Company intends to engage in; and

 

WHEREAS the Company desires to retain the Employee as Chief Executive Officer, to promote the interests of and perform services for the Company on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, and the Employee desires to be retained on such terms and subject to such conditions;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and mutual promises, covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby are acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Employment and Exclusive Devotion of Business Time to Employment.

 

Subject to and pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, effective February 20 th , 2018 (the “Effective Date”), the Company shall employ the Employee in the capacity of Chief Executive Officer reporting directly to the Company’s Board of Directors. Employee agrees to devote all of his/her business time, effort, skills, loyalty and attention to the Business of the Company, and will not, during the term of this Agreement, participate in any other commercial activity which may be comparable to the commercial activity engaged in by the Company, without the prior written consent of the Company.

 

2. Duties of Employee.

 

The duties of the Employee shall include the performance of all duties typical of and commensurate with that of Chief Executive Officer. The duties of the Employee may be changed, appended, limited or expanded at the sole discretion of either the CEO or the Company’s Board of Directors. The Employee will use his reasonable best efforts to perform such duties and responsibilities in a professional, efficient and businesslike manner.

 

 

 

 

Employee agrees to be so employed by the Company and agrees to devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill and efforts to perform services for the Company and to faithfully and diligently discharge and fulfill his duties hereunder to the best of his abilities.

 

(a) Compliance with Company Policies and Procedures . Employee shall, in the performance of his duties, carry out the Company’s policies, procedures, rules, regulations, memoranda and directives as may be established from time to time, including, but not limited to those set forth regarding sexual harassment, use of the internet and equal employment opportunity and must sign and comply with the Company’s employee handbook.

 

(b) Primary Office Location. The Company’s principal office shall be located at 601 North State Rd. 7 Plantation Florida, or at such other location as may be determined by the Company from time to time. If such other location requires the Employee to relocate in order to allow him/her to satisfactorily perform his/her duties, the Company shall give the Employee a reasonable relocation allowance. Employee shall be available for travel from time to time as is reasonably necessary in performance of the Company’s Business. Employee shall not be reimbursed for commutation to and from the Company’s primary business location. Employee shall travel to such other places at such times as the needs of the Company may from time-to-time dictate or may be desirable.

 

3. Term.

 

The term (“Term”) of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall continue until terminated pursuant to paragraph 6 below.

 

4. Compensation.

 

For services rendered by the Employee pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall pay or award compensation to the Employee as follows:

 

(a) Base Salary. Effective with the Employee’s first day of employment, the Company shall pay to the Employee a base annual salary of $120,000, payable bi-weekly in accordance with the policies, payroll practices and procedures of the Company, as in effect from time to time, including but- not limited to withholding of applicable taxes, FICA and similar items.

 

5. Benefits. Vacation and Reimbursements for Reasonable Expenses.

 

In addition to the Base Salary in connection with the Employee’s employment by the Company, the Employee shall be eligible to receive such vacation time and benefits as per the Company’s employee handbook. Fringe benefits will be offered to the Company’s senior Employee officers, if and when such benefits, plans, or other perquisites are approved by the Board.

 

6. Termination.

 

Employment with Company is for no specific period of time and shall be considered at-will, meaning that either party is free to terminate the employment relationship without cause upon oral or written notice. Although Employee’s job duties, title, compensation and benefits, as well as the Company’s personnel policies and procedures, may change from time to time, the “at will” nature of employment may only be changed in an express written agreement signed by Employee and a duly authorized officer of the Company.

 

7. Injunctive Relief.

 

Employee acknowledges that Employee’s breach of the covenants contained in Exhibit A and/or the applicable agreements incorporated therein by reference (collectively “Covenants”) could cause irreparable injury to the Company and agrees that in the event of any such breach or threatened breach, the Company and/or its successors and assigns shall be entitled to seek temporary or preliminary injunctive relief without the necessity of posting any bond or other security, in addition to any other rights or remedies the Company and/or its successors and assigns may have for damages.

 

2

 

 

8. Final Agreement.

 

This Agreement terminates and supersedes all prior understandings or agreements on the subject matter hereof and constitutes the entire agreement between the parties on such subject matter. This Agreement may be modified only by a further writing that is duly executed by both parties.

 

9. Governing Law, Non-Binding Mediation; Binding Arbitration.

 

This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida without reference to its choice of law rules.

 

Except for claims for injunctive relief involving a breach or threatened breach by Employee of any of the provisions of the Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A, the Company and Employee hereby mutually agree that any disputes between them related to or arising out of this Agreement, including but not limited to disputes regarding Employee’s employment with the Company or the termination of Employee’s employment with the Company must be submitted for resolution by binding arbitration in accordance with the most current Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”), including the Optional Appellate Arbitration Rules (“Appellate Rules”). A court of competent jurisdiction shall have the authority to enter a judgment upon the award made pursuant to the arbitration.

 

Prior to filing any demand for arbitration, the Company and/or Employee must first submit the applicable dispute to non-binding mediation conducted in Miami-Dade County, under the rules of the AAA. If mediation fails to resolve the applicable dispute, the Company and/or Employee may then file a demand for arbitration. The Parties shall bear equally all administrative costs incurred in connection with any such mediation, including the mediator’s fee.

 

Except as it otherwise provides, this arbitration provision requires all such disputes be resolved only by an arbitrator through arbitration, and not by a trial in court with a judge or jury. Employee and the Company are voluntarily and knowingly waiving their right to trial by jury. The arbitration will become final and binding upon exhaustion or expiration of the parties’ right to appeal under the Appellate Rules.

 

Disputes subject to this arbitration provision include, without limitation, disputes arising out of or relating to interpretation or application of the Agreement. This arbitration provision also applies, without limitation, and to the maximum extent permitted by law, to disputes regarding the employment relationship, trade secrets, unfair competition, compensation, breaks and rest periods, termination, or harassment and claims arising under statutes such as the Uniform Trade Secrets Act, Civil Rights Act of 1964, Americans With Disabilities Act, Age Discrimination in Employment Act, Family and Medical Leave Act, Fair Labor Standards Act, Employee Retirement Income Security Act, and state statutes and local ordinances, if any, addressing the same or similar subject matters, and all other state statutory and common law claims. Further, this arbitration provision applies to claims arising out of the employment relationship alleged against co-workers, supervisors, officers, affiliates, subsidiaries and related companies, and persons or entities acting, or implicitly or explicitly alleged to be acting, as the employer jointly or in concert with the Company. Such persons and entities are intended beneficiaries to this arbitration provision with the same right to compel arbitration to the same extent as the Company. Finally, this arbitration provision is intended to cover any dispute now in existence (including all claims or potential claims having accrued to date), as well as any disputes arising in the future, related to Employees’ employment.

 

3

 

 

Disputes which are not subject to arbitration under this arbitration provision are: (a) disputes concerning the enforceability of this arbitration provision, which must be decided by a court; (b) claims for workers’ compensation benefits; (c) claims for government disability benefits; and (d) claims for unemployment insurance. Further, nothing in this arbitration provision shall preclude Employee from filing complaints or charges with any governmental agency, including without limitation charges filed with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission and any similar state or local “EEO” agency, the United States Department of Labor, and the Securities and Exchange Commission. Nothing in this arbitration provision shall excuse Employee from bringing an administrative claim before any governmental agency in order to fulfill Employee’s obligation to exhaust administrative remedies before making a claim in arbitration. In addition, nothing in this arbitration provision shall prevent either the Company or Employee from applying to courts where necessary to obtain emergency or temporary injunctive relief in order to prevent irreparable harm pending arbitration of the dispute between the Parties.

 

Binding arbitration under this arbitration provision shall be conducted in Miami-Dade County, Florida, unless the parties mutually agree to another location. The arbitration shall be conducted before a neutral arbitrator selected by both parties from the AAA’s Employment Dispute Resolution Roster. Costs of the arbitration will be governed by the AAA’s Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures. The Federal Rules of Civil Procedure and any comparable state rules shall not apply to the binding arbitration; however, the parties will be permitted to conduct discovery in accordance with the Federal Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator shall issue a written opinion setting forth the factual and legal findings and conclusions on which his or her decision is based.

 

The arbitrator shall be authorized to award whatever remedies are allowed by law, but such remedies shall be limited to those that would be available to a party in a court of law for the claims presented to, and decided by, the arbitrator. Except as may be permitted or required by law, neither a party nor an arbitrator may disclose the existence, content, or results of any arbitration hereunder without the prior written consent of all Parties.

 

A demand for arbitration must be submitted within the appropriate statute of limitations period under governing law. The arbitrator shall resolve all disputes regarding the timeliness or propriety of the demand for arbitration.

 

In the event any portion of this arbitration provision is deemed invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of this arbitration provision will be valid and enforceable. In the event that any portion of the Appellate Rules are deemed invalid, void or unenforceable, the right of either party to appeal from an arbitration award shall be abolished and the arbitration award shall be final and binding.

 

A copy of the current versions of AAA’s Employment Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures and the Appellate Rules are available online at https://www.adr.or g /Rules By initialing here, Employee acknowledges [he/she] has read this Section 9 in its entirety and understands and agrees with the arbitration provision herein and has received the Company employee handbook.

4

 

 

10. Headings.

 

Headings used in this Agreement are provided for convenience only and shall not be used to construe meaning or intent.

 

11. Non-Solicitation of Employees.

 

Employee agrees to read sign and abide by the Company’s Non-Solicitation, Confidentiality and Inventions Assignment Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

12. General Provisions.

 

(a) Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

(b) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement is intended to bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Employee, the Company and their respective heirs, successors and assigns. The Company may assign this Agreement to any person or entity, including, but not limited to, any successor, parent, subsidiary or affiliated entity of the Company. The Company also may assign this Agreement in connection with any sale or merger (whether a sale or merger of stock or assets or otherwise) of the Company or the business of the Company. Employee expressly consents to the assignment of the commitments, restrictions and undertakings set forth in Sections 11 above of this Agreement to any new owner of the Company’s business or purchaser of the Company. Employee may not assign, pledge, or encumber his interest in this Agreement, or any part thereof, without the written consent of the Company.

 

(c) Amendment and Waiver . The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the prior written consent of the Company and Employee, which consent explicitly states the intent of both parties hereto to supplement the terms herein, and no course of conduct or failure or delay in enforcing the provisions of this Agreement shall affect the validity, binding effect or enforceability of this Agreement. Either party’s failure to enforce any provision of this Agreement shall not in any way be construed as a waiver of any such provision, or prevent that party thereafter from enforcing each and every other provision of this Agreement.

 

(d) Attorneys’ Fees . Each side will bear its own attorneys’ fees in any dispute unless a statutory section at issue, if any, authorizes the award of attorneys’ fees to the prevailing party.

 

(e) Severability . In the event any provision of this Agreement is found to be unenforceable by an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction, such provision shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary to allow enforceability of the provision as so limited, it being intended that the parties shall receive the benefit contemplated herein to the fullest extent permitted by law. If a deemed modification is not satisfactory in the judgment of such arbitrator or court, the unenforceable provision shall be deemed deleted, and the validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not be affected thereby.

 

5

 

 

(f) Interpretation; Construction . The headings set forth in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be used in interpreting this Agreement. This Agreement has been drafted by legal counsel representing the Company, but Employee has participated in the negotiation of its terms. Furthermore, Employee acknowledges that he has had an opportunity to review and revise the Agreement and have it reviewed by legal counsel, if desired, and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Company:   Employee:
     
LMP Motors.com, LLC    
    /s/ Samer Tawfik
/s/ Samer Tawfik   Sam Tawfik (Mar 9, 2018)

Samer Tawfik President, CEO and

Chairman of the Board of Directors

  Samer Tawfik

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

CONFIDENTIALITY and NON-SOLICITATION,

 

This Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Agreement (hereinafter referred to as “Agreement”) is entered into by and between LMP Motors.com, Inc. (hereinafter referred to as “EMPLOYER”) and Employee (hereinafter referred to as “EMPLOYEE”). All references to EMPLOYER herein expressly include all affiliates of EMPLOYER, and such affiliates are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement.

 

WHEREAS, EMPLOYEE, in the course of performing services for EMPLOYER as its Director of Acquisitions, Due Diligence and Integrations has or will receive, or will be exposed or have access to, certain trade secrets, confidential and proprietary information, extraordinary or specialized training, customer lists, and customers and employees of EMPLOYER; and

 

WHEREAS, EMPLOYEE acknowledges that EMPLOYER has a legitimate business interest in preventing disclosure of its trade secrets, confidential and proprietary information, customer lists, and training materials and techniques, and in and fostering and preserving its customer relationships and customer and employee goodwill;

 

THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and covenants contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Covenant Not to Disclose Trade Secrets. During EMPLOYEE’s service for EMPLOYER and for ten (10) years thereafter, EMPLOYEE promises and agrees not to disclose or utilize any trade secrets acquired during the course of EMPLOYEE’s service with EMPLOYER to any person or corporation without the express written permission of EMPLOYER. As used herein, “trade secrets” is to be given the same definition as specified in Florida’s Uniform Trade Secrets Act, § 688.002(4), Florida Statutes, and shall include, but not be limited to, business plans; forecasts and strategies; pricing schedules and methodologies; marketing and sales techniques and programs; customer or client lists; lists of manufacturers, distributors, suppliers, or other sources or resources for obtaining products sold by EMPLOYER to its customers or clients; catalog information; sales or promotional programs; personnel records; administration/accounting records; computer systems or computer programs; compensation or benefit information for employees or others; information about income, debts, or other financial matters; and purchasing programs or vendor information. EMPLOYEE is also hereby cautioned that improper disclosure of trade secrets is a felony under Florida law. EMPLOYEE promises and agrees that if he/she has any question as to whether certain information constitutes a trade secret, he/she shall request clarification from EMPLOYER, in writing, regardless of whether EMPLOYEE is performing services for EMPLOYER at the time that such question arises. In addition, EMPLOYEE promises and agrees that if he/she becomes aware of any unauthorized disclosure of EMPLOYER’s trade secrets, he/she shall immediately notify EMPLOYER of such disclosure, regardless of whether EMPLOYEE is performing services EMPLOYER at the time he/she becomes aware of such disclosure.

 

Page 1 of 6

 

 

Exhibit A

 

Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit EMPLOYEE from disclosing trade secrets and confidential or proprietary information to the limited extent permitted by and in accordance with the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016 (“DTSA”). The DTSA provides that: “An individual shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under a Federal or State trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that:

 

a. is made – (i) in confidence to a Federal, State or local government official, either directly or indirectly, or to an attorney; and (ii) solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law; or

 

b. is made in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if the filing is made under seal.”

 

The DTSA further provides that: “an individual who files a lawsuit for retaliation by an employer for reporting a suspected violation of law may disclose the trade secret to the attorney of the individual and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if the individual (A) files any document containing the trade secret under seal; and (B) does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order.”

 

In addition, nothing in this Agreement is intended to or shall be interpreted to restrict or otherwise interfere with EMPLOYEE’s: (a) obligation to testify truthfully in any forum; (b) right and/or obligation to contact, cooperate with, provide information to – or testify or otherwise participate in any action, investigation or proceeding of – any government agency or entity (including, but not limited, to the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Department of Justice, the Department of Labor, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, or the National Labor Relations Board); provided, however, that EMPLOYEE shall seek from the government agency or entity as much confidentiality protection as available under applicable law for trade secrets and confidential or proprietary information as described above; or (c) EMPLOYEE’s right and/or obligation to disclose any information or produce any documents as is required by law or legal process, without prior authorization from or subsequent notification to EMPLOYER.

 

Further, and to be more specific, nothing in this Agreement is intended to prohibit EMPLOYEE from reporting possible violations of federal, state or local law, ordinance or regulation to any governmental agency or entity, including, but not limited to, the Department of Justice, the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, the Congress and any agency Inspector General, or otherwise taking action or making disclosures that are protected under the whistleblower provisions of any federal, state or local law, ordinance or regulation, including, but not limited to, Rule 21F-17 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. EMPLOYEE is entitled to make reports and disclosures or otherwise take action under this provision without the prior authorization from or subsequent notification to EMPLOYER and may do so with the express understanding that EMPLOYER shall not engage in or tolerate retaliation of any kind. EMPLOYEE is entitled to make reports and disclosures or otherwise take action under this Section without fear of retaliation of any kind.

 

 

Page 2 of 6

 

 

Exhibit A

 

2. Covenant Not to Use Other Confidential or Proprietary Information. During EMPLOYEE’s service for EMPLOYER and for ten (10) years thereafter, EMPLOYEE promises and agrees not to disclose or utilize any confidential or proprietary information acquired during the course of EMPLOYEE’s service with EMPLOYER to any person or corporation without the express written permission of EMPLOYER. As used herein, confidential or proprietary information shall include any confidential or proprietary information of EMPLOYER that does not otherwise qualify as a trade secret, including without limitation any extraordinary or specialized training that EMPLOYEE has received during his/her service for EMPLOYER. EMPLOYEE promises and agrees that if he/she has any question as whether certain information constitutes confidential or proprietary information, he/she shall request clarification from EMPLOYER, in writing, regardless of whether EMPLOYEE is employed by EMPLOYER at the time that such question arises. In addition, EMPLOYEE promises and agrees that if he/she becomes aware of any unauthorized disclosure of EMPLOYER’s confidential or proprietary information, he/she shall immediately notify EMPLOYER of such disclosure, regardless of whether EMPLOYER employs EMPLOYEE at the time he/she becomes aware of such disclosure. EMPLOYEE further promises and agrees that all records, files, plans, documents, policies and procedures, and the like relating to the business of EMPLOYER that EMPLOYEE prepares, uses, or comes into contact with, shall be and shall remain the sole property of EMPLOYER, shall not be copied without written permission, and shall be returned to EMPLOYER at any time at EMPLOYER’s request. As used herein, the terms “records, files, plans, documents, policies and procedures” include data stored on a computer or any other electronic medium.

 

3. Covenant Not to Solicit Prospective or Existing Customers or Clients. During Employee’s service for EMPLOYER and for two (2) years thereafter, EMPLOYEE shall not, directly or indirectly, solicit, divert, entice, induce, take-away, or attempt to take away any of EMPLOYER’s prospective or existing customers or clients for any business that is competitive to the business of EMPLOYER or its affiliates, including without limitation any business engaged in the sale, leasing, and/or financing of used cars, anywhere in North America.

 

4. Covenant Not to Hire Company Employees. During EMPLOYEE’s service for EMPLOYER, and for two (2) years thereafter, EMPLOYEE will not, anywhere in the United States, directly or indirectly, employ, attempt to employ, solicit, entice, or induce, any other employee of EMPLOYER as a consultant, employee, agent, sales representative, or contractor, or any person who was an EMPLOYER employee during the six (6) months preceding EMPLOYEE’s departure.

 

5. Reasonableness of Covenants. In view of the nature of the business in which EMPLOYER is engaged, and in recognition of EMPLOYER’s position with EMPLOYER and the unique services to be performed by EMPLOYEE, EMPLOYEE acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions contained in Sections 1 through 4 above are reasonable and necessary to protect the legitimate interests of EMPLOYER for which monetary damages would not provide an adequate remedy, and that any violation thereof would result in irreparable injuries to EMPLOYER. EMPLOYEE therefore acknowledges and agrees that, in the event of his violation of any of these restrictions, EMPLOYER shall be entitled to injunctive and/or other equitable relief as set forth in Section 6 below. EMPLOYEE also acknowledges and agrees that the restrictions in Sections 1 through 4 above will not preclude EMPLOYEE from earning a living.

 

Page 3 of 6

 

 

Exhibit A

 

EMPLOYEE represents and warrants that the knowledge, skill and abilities he possesses at the time of his execution of this Agreement are sufficient to permit him to earn a living during the two (2) year period following the termination of his employment while honoring his commitments set forth in Sections 1 through 4 above.

 

6. Injunctive Relief. Employee agrees that it would be impossible or inadequate to measure and calculate the Company’s damages from any breach of the covenants set forth in Sections 1 through 4 of this Agreement. Accordingly, EMPLOYEE expressly stipulates and agrees that if EMPLOYEE breaches or threatens to breach any of such covenants, EMPLOYER will have available, in addition to any other right or remedy available, the right to obtain injunctive and equitable relief of any type from a court of competent jurisdiction, including but not limited to restraining such breach or threatened breach and to specific performance of any such provision of this Agreement. EMPLOYEE irrevocably agrees and consents to jurisdiction and venue for such action, at the aggrieved EMPLOYER’s option, in a court of competent jurisdiction sitting in Miami-Dade County, Florida.

 

7. Periods of Prohibition. In the event EMPLOYEE violates or breaches any provision of this Agreement, EMPLOYEE recognizes, understands and agrees that the time during which EMPLOYEE was in violation of the Agreement will not count toward the periods of prohibition contained herein. Thus, the periods of prohibition shall run for the entire period from the date that EMPLOYEE ceases, either voluntarily or by court order, to engage in or do those acts constituting a violation or breach of this Agreement.

 

8. Consideration for Agreement. EMPLOYEE agrees that gainful employment, or continued gainful employment, with EMPLOYER constitutes valid and binding consideration for this Agreement.

 

9. Enforcement by Company’s Successors and Assignees. At EMPLOYER’s sole option, the EMPLOYER’s rights and obligations under this Agreement will transfer to and be binding upon the EMPLOYER’s successors and assignees. EMPLOYEE may not assign EMPLOYEE’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

 

10. Judicial Modification of Agreement. EMPLOYER and EMPLOYEE specifically agree that a court of competent jurisdiction may modify or amend this Agreement if necessary to conform with relevant law(s) or binding judicial decisions in effect at the time EMPLOYER seeks to enforce any or all of said provisions.

 

11. Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held invalid for any reason, the other provisions of this Agreement will remain in effect, insofar as is consistent with law. If a covenant is held to be unenforceable because of the area covered, the duration thereof and/or the scope thereof, EMPLOYEE agrees that the court making such determination shall have the power to reduce the area and/or the duration and/or scope thereof, and the covenant shall then be enforceable in its reduced form.

 

Page 4 of 6

 

 

Exhibit A

 

12. Independence of Covenants . The covenants set forth herein shall be construed as agreements independent of any other provision in any other agreement by, between, among, or affecting EMPLOYER and EMPLOYEE, and the existence of any claim or cause of action of EMPLOYEE against EMPLOYER, whether predicated on this agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement of this Agreement.

 

13. Waiver of Breach . The waiver by any party of any breach of any covenant or condition of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of such covenant or condition or of the breach of any other covenant or condition contained in this Agreement.

 

14. Governing Law and Interpretation . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida. Its language shall be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not strictly for or against either party, no matter who may have drafted the language in question.

 

15. Choice of Forum and Jury Waiver . In the event of a dispute as to the interpretation, application or violation of this Agreement, it is understood and agreed that such dispute shall be resolved before a court of competent jurisdiction in Miami-Dade County, Florida. The parties agree that any such dispute shall be resolved by a judge, not by a jury.

 

16. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding between EMPLOYER and EMPLOYEE with respect to the matters set forth herein.

 

17. Oral Modifications Not Binding. This Agreement contains the complete understanding of the parties and any changes must be in writing and signed by the parties. EMPLOYEE hereby certifies that he/she has received a copy of this Agreement for review and study, has read the Agreement carefully, and agrees to abide by all of its provisions.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties have executed this Agreement on this 20 th day of February, 2018, in Miami-Dade County, Florida.

 

  LMP Motors.com, LLC
     
  By: /s/ Sam Tawfik
    Sam Tawfik, General Partner
   
  Date: 03-26-18
     
  EMPLOYEE
     
 

Signature:

/s/ Sam Tawfik
    Sam Tawfik (March 9, 2018)

 

Page 5 of 6

 

 

Exhibit A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Print Name: Samer Tawfik
     
  Date: 02/20/2018

 

 

Page 6 of 6

 

Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

    Page
     
I. ESTABLISHMENT, OBJECTIVES AND DURATION 1
     
II. DEFINITIONS 1
     
III. ADMINISTRATION 6
     
IV. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN AND MAXIMUM AWARDS 6
     
V. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION 7
     
VI. STOCK OPTIONS 8
     
VII. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS 10
     
VIII. RESTRICTED STOCK 11
     
IX. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS 14
     
X. PERFORMANCE UNITS AND PERFORMANCE SHARES 15
     
XI. PERFORMANCE MEASURES 16
     
XII. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION 17
     
XIII. DEFERRALS 17
     
XIV. RIGHTS OF PARTICIPANTS 17
     
XV. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, TERMINATION AND ADJUSTMENTS 18
     
XVI. PAYMENT OF PLAN AWARDS AND CONDITIONS THEREON 18
     
XVII. CHANGE IN CONTROL 19
     
XVIII.  TAX PROVISIONS 19
     
XIX. INDEMNIFICATION 20
     
XX. SUCCESSORS 20
     
XXI. LEGAL CONSTRUCTION 21

 

i

 

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

2018 Equity Incentive Plan

 

I. ESTABLISHMENT, OBJECTIVES AND DURATION

 

A. ESTABLISHMENT OF THE PLAN. LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), hereby adopts an incentive compensation plan designated as the “LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS. INC. 2018 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”), as set forth in this document. The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares and Performance Units.

 

Subject to approval by the Company’s stockholders, the Plan shall become effective as of January 31, 2018 (the “Effective Date”). The Plan shall remain in effect as provided in Section I.C hereof.

 

B. OBJECTIVES OF THE PLAN. The objectives of the Plan are to optimize the profitability and growth of the Company through incentives which are consistent with the Company’s goals and which link the personal interests of Participants to those of the Company’s stockholders; to provide Participants with an incentive for excellence in individual performance; and to promote teamwork among Participants.

 

It is also intended with respect to the Non-Employee Directors of the Company that the Committee be able to choose from among Awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and RSUs which will (a) permit Non-Employee Directors to increase their ownership and proprietary interest in the Company and enhance their identification with the interests of the Company’s stockholders, (b) provide a means of compensating Non-Employee Directors that will help attract qualified candidates to serve as Non-Employee Directors, and (c) induce incumbent Non-Employee Directors to continue to serve if the Board desires that they remain on the Board.

 

C. DURATION OF THE PLAN. The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article XV hereof, until all Shares subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Plan’s provisions. However, in no event may an Award be granted under the Plan on or after January 30, 2028.

 

II. DEFINITIONS

 

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below, and when the meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word shall be capitalized:

 

A. “AFFILIATE” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations of the Exchange Act.

 

1

 

 

B. “AWARD” means, individually or collectively, a grant under this Plan of Nonqualified Stock Options, Incentive Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Shares or Performance Units.

 

C. “AWARD AGREEMENT” means an agreement entered into by the Company and each Participant setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to Awards granted under this Plan.

 

D. “BENEFICIAL OWNER” or “BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act.

 

E. “BOARD” or “BOARD OF DIRECTORS” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

F. “CHANGE IN CONTROL” shall be deemed to have occurred as of the first day that any one or more of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

 

1. the “Beneficial Ownership” of securities as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company is acquired by any “person” as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act (other than the Company, any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, or any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company); or

 

2. the consummation of a definitive agreement to merge or consolidate the Company with or into another corporation or to sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets, or adopt a plan of liquidation other than for the sole purpose of changing the company’s domicile or a recapitalization or reorganization and that results in more than 50% change in stock ownership.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Award subject to Code Section 409A, a “Change in Control” of the Company is deemed to have occurred as of the first day that any one or more of the following conditions shall have been satisfied:

 

3. Change in Ownership : A change in ownership of the Company occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires ownership of stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company, excluding the acquisition of additional stock by a person or more than one person acting as a group who is considered to own more than fifty percent (50%) of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company.

 

2

 

 

4. Change in Effective Control : A change in effective control of the Company occurs only on either of the following dates:

 

a. The date any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending in the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 50% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; or

 

b. The date a majority of the members of the Board is replaced during any (12) month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the board of directors before the date of the appointment or election; provided that this paragraph (b) shall apply only to the company for which no other corporation is a majority shareholder.

 

5. Change in Ownership of Substantial Assets : A change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the Company’s assets occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, acquires (or has acquired during the twelve (12) month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such person or persons) assets from the Company that have a total gross fair market value equal to or more than forty percent (40%) of the total gross fair market value of the assets of the Company, or the value of the assets being disposed of, determined without regard to any liabilities associated with such assets.

 

It is the intent that this definition be construed to satisfy the definition of “Change of Control” as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the applicable Treasury Regulations, as amended from time to time.

 

G. “CODE” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

H. “COMPANY” means LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation, including any and all Subsidiaries, and any successor thereto as provided in Article XX herein.

 

I. “DIRECTOR” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any Subsidiary; provided, however, that any Director who is employed by the Company shall be considered an Employee under the Plan.

 

J. “DISABILITY” with respect to any Award, a Participant shall be considered Disabled if the Participant is considered “disabled” under the Company’s long-term disability plan then in effect, or if none, then if the Participant qualifies to receive disability payments under the federal Social Security Act.

 

K. “EFFECTIVE DATE” shall mean January 31, 2018.

 

3

 

 

L. “EMPLOYEE” means any full-time, active employee of the Company or its Subsidiaries. Directors who are not employed by the Company shall not be considered Employees under this Plan.

 

M. “EXCHANGE ACT” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

 

N. “FAIR MARKET VALUE” means, as of any date, the value of a Share determined as follows:

 

1. if such Shares then publicly traded on a national securities exchange, its closing price on the date of determination on the principal national securities exchange on which the Shares are listed or admitted to trading as reported in The Wall Street Journal ;

 

2. if such Shares are publicly traded but is not listed or admitted to trading on a national securities exchange, the average of the closing bid and asked prices on the date of determination as reported by The Wall Street Journal  (or, if not so reported, as otherwise reported by any newspaper or other source as the Committee may determine); or

 

3. if none of the foregoing is applicable to the valuation in question, by the Committee in good faith.

 

O. “FREESTANDING SAR” means an SAR that is granted independently of any Options, as described in Article VII herein.

 

P. “INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION” or “ISO” means an option to purchase Shares granted under Article VI herein and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and which is intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

Q. “INSIDER” shall mean an individual who is, on the relevant date, an officer, director or more than ten percent (10%) Beneficial Owner of any class of the Company’s equity securities that is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, all as defined under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

R. “NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR” shall mean a Director who is not also an Employee.

 

S. “NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION” or “NQSO” means an option to purchase Shares granted under Article VI herein and which is not intended to meet the requirements of Code Section 422.

 

T. “OPTION” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option, as described in Article VI herein.

 

U. “OPTION PRICE” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option.

 

4

 

 

V. “PARTICIPANT” means: (1) an Employee or consultant who has been selected to receive an Award or who has an outstanding Award granted under the Plan; or (2) a Non-Employee Director who has been selected to receive an Award other than an Incentive Stock Option, Performance Share or Performance Unit or who has an outstanding Award other than an Incentive Stock Option, Performance Share or Performance Unit granted under the Plan.

 

W. “PERFORMANCE SHARE” means an Award granted to a Participant (other than a Non-Employee Director), as described in Article X herein, that shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

X. “PERFORMANCE UNIT” means an Award granted to a Participant (other than a Non-Employee Director), as described in Article X herein, that shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee on the date of grant.

 

Y. “PERIOD OF RESTRICTION” means the period during which the transfer of Shares of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units is limited in some way (based on the passage of time, the achievement of performance goals or upon the occurrence of other events as determined by the Committee, at its discretion, as specified in the Award Agreement), and the Shares are subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture, as provided in Article VIII and Article IX herein.

 

Z. “PERSON” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

 

AA. “RESTRICTED STOCK” means an Award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article VIII herein.

 

BB. “RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT” or “RSU” means an award granted to a Participant pursuant to Article IX herein.

 

CC. “SEPARATION FROM SERVICE” means a termination of employment or other separation from service as described in Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

 

DD. “SHARES” means the shares of common stock of the Company.

 

EE. “STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT” or “SAR” means an Award, granted alone or, in connection with a related Option, designated as an SAR, pursuant to the terms of Article VII herein.

 

FF. “SUBSIDIARY” means any corporation, partnership, joint venture or other entity in which the Company has a majority voting interest (including all divisions, affiliates and related entities).

 

GG. “TANDEM SAR” means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option pursuant to Article VII herein, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a Share under the related Option (and when a Share is purchased under the Option, the Tandem SAR shall similarly be canceled).

 

5

 

 

III. ADMINISTRATION

 

A. THE COMMITTEE. Prior to the date, if any, upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee or, in the absence thereof, the Board. On or after the date upon which the Company becomes subject to the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered by the Committee. The Committee shall be composed solely of, and not fewer than two Directors who meet the “Non-Employee Director” requirements of Rule 16b-3 promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Exchange Act and who are independent as defined by the rules of any national securities exchange or the Nasdaq National Markets, as the case may be, on which any securities of the Company are listed for trading.

 

B. AUTHORITY OF THE COMMITTEE. Except as limited by law or by the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Company, and subject to the provisions herein, the Committee shall have full power to select Employees and Non-Employee Directors who shall participate in the Plan; determine the sizes and types of Awards; determine the terms and conditions of Awards in a manner consistent with the Plan; construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan; establish or amend rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; and (subject to the provisions of Article XV herein) amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award to the extent such terms and conditions are within the discretion of the Committee as provided in the Plan. Further, the Committee is empowered hereby to make all other determinations which may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authority as identified herein.

 

C. DECISIONS BINDING. All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders and resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Directors, Employees, Participants and their estates and beneficiaries.

 

IV. SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN AND MAXIMUM AWARDS

 

A. NUMBER OF SHARES AVAILABLE FOR GRANTS. Subject to Sections IV.B and IV.C herein, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which Awards may be granted to Participants under the Plan, together with the granting of ISOs under the Plan shall not exceed one million five hundred thousand (1,500,000). Shares issued under the Plan may be either authorized but unissued Shares, treasury Shares or any combination thereof.

 

B. ADJUSTMENTS FOR AWARDS AND PAYOUTS. Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, the following Awards and payouts will reduce, on a one-for-one basis, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan:

 

1. An Award of an Option;

 

2. An Award of a SAR;

 

3. An Award of Restricted Stock;

 

6

 

 

4. A payout of a Performance Share Award in Shares; and

 

5. A payout of a Performance Units Award in Shares.

 

Unless determined otherwise by the Committee, unless a Participant has received a benefit of ownership such as dividend or voting rights with respect to the Award, the following transactions will restore, on a one-for-one basis, the number of Shares available for issuance under the Plan:

 

1. A payout of a SAR or a Tandem SAR in cash;

 

2. A cancellation, termination, expiration, forfeiture or lapse for any reason (with the exception of the termination of a Tandem SAR upon exercise of the related Options, or the termination of a related Option upon exercise of the corresponding Tandem SAR) of any Award payable in Shares;

 

3. Shares tendered in payment of the exercise price of an Option;

 

4. Shares withheld for payment of federal, state or local taxes;

 

5. Shares repurchased by the Company with proceeds collected in connection with the exercise of outstanding Options; and

 

6. The net Shares issued in connection with the exercise of SARs (as opposed to the full number of Shares underlying the exercised portion of the SAR).

 

C. ADJUSTMENTS IN AUTHORIZED SHARES. In the event of any change in corporate capitalization such as a stock split or stock dividend, or a corporate transaction such as any merger, consolidation, separation, including a spin-off, or other distribution of stock or property of the Company, any reorganization (whether or not such reorganization comes within the definition of such term in Code Section 368) or any partial or complete liquidation of the Company, such adjustment shall be made in the number and class of Shares which are reserved and may be delivered under Section IV.A, in the number and class of and/or price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards granted under the Plan, and in the Award limits set forth in subsections IV.A.1 through IV.A.6, inclusive as may be determined to be appropriate and equitable by the Committee, in its sole discretion, to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights; provided, however, that the number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be a whole number.

 

V. ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

A. ELIGIBILITY. Persons eligible to participate in this Plan include officers and certain key salaried Employees of the Company with potential to contribute to the success of the Company or its Subsidiaries, including Employees who are members of the Board. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Non-Employee Directors of the Company or consultants shall be eligible to participate in the Plan with respect to Awards of Non-Qualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Stock and RSUs, as specified in Article VI, Article VII, Article VIII and Article IX. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Plan, the Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of any such Awards to Non-Employee Directors, including the terms and conditions which shall apply upon a termination of the Non-Employee Director’s service as a member of the Board, and shall have full power and authority in its discretion to administer such Awards, subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law.

 

7

 

 

B. ACTUAL PARTICIPATION. Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select in its sole and broad discretion, upon or without the recommendation of officers of the Company, from all eligible Employees those to whom Awards shall be granted, and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.

 

VI. STOCK OPTIONS

 

A. GRANT OF OPTIONS. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Participants in such number, and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. For purposes of this Article VI, with respect to NQSOs only, the term “Participant” shall include Non-Employee Directors and consultants of the Company.

 

B. AWARD AGREEMENT. Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the duration of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine. The Award Agreement also shall specify whether the Option is intended to be an ISO within the meaning of Code Section 422, or an NQSO, whose grant is intended not to fall under the provisions of Code Section 422.

 

C. OPTION PRICE. The Option Price for each grant of an Option under this Plan shall be at least equal to one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no ISO shall be granted to any person who, immediately prior to the grant, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company, unless the Option Price is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the Option.

 

D. DURATION OF OPTIONS. Each Option granted to a Participant shall expire at such time as the Committee shall determine at the time of grant; provided, however, that no Option shall be exercisable later than the tenth (10 th ) anniversary following the date of its grant and provided further that no Option that is an ISO shall be exercisable later than the fifth (5 th ) anniversary following the date of its grant to a Participant, who at the time of such grant owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company.

 

E. EXERCISE OF OPTIONS. Options granted under this Article VI shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve, which need not be the same for each grant or for each Participant.

 

8

 

 

F. PAYMENT. Options granted under this Article VI shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by full payment for the Shares.

 

The Option Price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable to the Company in full either: (a) in cash or its equivalent; or (b) by tendering previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price (provided that the Shares which are tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least six months prior to their tender to satisfy the Option Price); or (c) by a combination of (a) and (b).

 

The Committee, in its discretion, may also (a) allow cashless exercise as permitted under Federal Reserve Board’s Regulation T, subject to applicable securities law restrictions, (b) cashless exercise by the Participant by the Company’s withholding of Shares issuable upon exercise of an Option, or (c) by any other means which the Committee determines to be consistent with the Plan’s purpose and applicable law.

 

Subject to any governing rules or regulations, as soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise and full payment, the Company shall deliver to the Participant, in the Participant’s name, Share certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option(s).

 

G. RESTRICTIONS ON SHARE TRANSFERABILITY. The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option granted under this Article VI as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under applicable federal securities laws, under the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded, and under any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

 

H. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY A PARTICIPANT WHO IS AN EMPLOYEE. With respect to a Participant who is an Employee, each Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company, with the exception of a termination of employment after a Change in Control, which is controlled by Article XVII. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee but shall conform to the limitations established in Section VI.D, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Options issued pursuant to this Article VI, and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment.

 

I. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF OPTIONS.

 

1. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS. No ISO granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, all ISOs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s legal representative (to the extent permitted under Code Section 422).

 

9

 

 

2. NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTIONS. No NQSO granted under this Article VI may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, all NQSOs granted to a Participant under this Article VI shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s legal representative.

 

VII. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

A. GRANT OF SARS. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, SARs may be granted to Participants at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs or any combination of these forms of SAR. For purposes of this Article VII, the term “Participant” shall include Non-Employee Directors of the Company and consultants; provided, however, that a Tandem SAR may not be granted to a Non-Employee Director or consultant unless the related Option is a NQSO.

 

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant (subject to Article IV herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.

 

The grant price of a Freestanding SAR shall equal the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the SAR. The grant price of Tandem SARs shall equal the Option Price of the related Option.

 

B. EXERCISE OF TANDEM SARS. Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option. A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted to an Employee in connection with an ISO: (i) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO; (ii) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR may be for no more than one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the Option Price of the underlying ISO and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the underlying ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised; and (iii) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Option Price of the ISO.

 

C. EXERCISE OF FREESTANDING SARS. Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them.

 

D. SAR AGREEMENT. Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement that shall specify the grant price, the term of the SAR, and such other provisions as the Committee may determine.

 

10

 

 

E. TERM OF SARS. The term of an SAR granted under the Plan shall be determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that such term shall not exceed ten (10) years.

 

F. PAYMENT OF SAR AMOUNT. Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying:

 

1. the difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the grant price; by

 

2. the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

 

At the discretion of the Committee, the payment upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof. The Committee’s determination regarding the form of SAR payout shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the SAR.

 

G. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY A PARTICIPANT WHO IS AN EMPLOYEE. With respect to a Participant who is an Employee, each SAR Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company and/or its Subsidiaries, with the exception of a termination of employment that occurs after a Change in Control, which is controlled by Article XVII. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all SARs issued pursuant to the Plan and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment.

 

H. NON-TRANSFERABILITY OF SARS. No SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, all SARs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or the Participant’s legal representative.

 

VIII. RESTRICTED STOCK

 

A. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK. Subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Shares of Restricted Stock to Participants in such amounts as the Committee shall determine. For purposes of this Article VIII, the term “Participant” shall include Non-Employee Directors of the Company and consultants.

 

B. RESTRICTED STOCK AGREEMENT. Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction, the number of Shares of Restricted Stock granted and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

 

11

 

 

C. NON-TRANSFERABILITY. Except as provided in this Article VIII and subject to federal securities laws, the Shares of Restricted Stock granted under the Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, or upon earlier satisfaction of any other conditions, as specified by the Committee in its sole discretion and as set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be available during his or her lifetime only to such Participant or the Participant’s legal representative for the Period of Restriction.

 

D. OTHER RESTRICTIONS. Subject to Article XI herein, the Committee may impose such other conditions and/or restrictions on any Shares of Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan as it may deem advisable including, without limitation, a requirement that Participants pay a stipulated purchase price for each Share of Restricted Stock, restrictions based upon the achievement of specific performance goals (Company-wide, divisional and/or individual), time-based restrictions on vesting following the attainment of the performance goals and/or restrictions under applicable federal or state securities laws.

 

The Company may retain the certificates representing Shares of Restricted Stock in the Company’s possession until such time as all conditions and/or restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Article VIII and subject to Federal securities laws, Shares of Restricted Stock covered by each Restricted Stock grant made under the Plan shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the last day of the applicable Period of Restriction.

 

E. VOTING RIGHTS. Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder may be granted the right to exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares during the Period of Restriction.

 

F. DIVIDENDS AND OTHER DISTRIBUTIONS. During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Shares of Restricted Stock granted hereunder shall be credited with regular cash dividends paid with respect to the underlying Shares while they are so held. The Committee may apply any restrictions to the dividends that the Committee deems appropriate. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) dividends accrued on Restricted Stock will only be paid if the Restricted Stock vests; and (ii) for any Award that is governed by Code Section 409A regarding non-qualified deferred compensation, the Committee shall establish the schedule of any payments of dividends in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A or any guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

G. TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT BY A PARTICIPANT WHO IS AN EMPLOYEE. With respect to a Participant who is an Employee, each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive non-vested Restricted Shares following termination of the Participant’s employment with the Company. Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with each Participant, need not be uniform among all Shares of Restricted Stock issued pursuant to the Plan and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment.

 

12

 

 

H. ADDITIONAL PROVISIONS RELATED TO RESTRICTED STOCK AWARDS TO NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS.

 

1. AWARD DATES. Effective as of the date specified by the Committee in its sole discretion, each Non-Employee Director will be awarded such number of Shares of Restricted Stock as determined by the Board, after consideration of the recommendation of the Committee. Non-Employee Directors may, but need not, be awarded the same number of Shares of Restricted Stock. A Non-Employee Director who is first elected to the Board on a date subsequent to the date specified by the Committee in its sole discretion will be awarded such number of Shares of Restricted Stock as of such date of election as determined by the Board, after consideration of the recommendation of the Committee.

 

2. DIVIDEND RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF RESTRICTED STOCK. Notwithstanding Section VIII.F., upon issuance of a Restricted Stock Agreement, the Non-Employee Director in whose name the Restricted Stock Agreement is registered will, subject to the provisions of the Plan have the right to receive cash dividends and other cash distributions thereon.

 

3. PERIOD OF RESTRICTION. Restricted Stock will be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section VIII.H.4. and the other provisions of the Plan during the Period of Restriction commencing on the date as of which the Restricted Stock is awarded (the “Award Date”) and ending on the earliest of the first to occur of the following:

 

a. the retirement of the Non-Employee Director from the Board in compliance with the Board’s retirement policy as then in effect;

 

b. the termination of the Non-Employee Director’s service on the Board as a result of the Non-Employee Director’s not being nominated for reelection by the Board;

 

c. the termination of the Non-Employee Director’s service on the Board because of the Non-Employee Director’s resignation or failure to stand for reelection with the consent of the Company’s Board (which means approval by at least 80% of the Directors voting, with the affected Non-Employee Director abstaining);

 

d. the termination of the Non-Employee Director’s service on the Board because the Non-Employee Director, although nominated for reelection by the Board, is not reelected by the stockholders;

 

e. the termination of the Non-Employee Director’s service on the Board because of (i) the Non-Employee’s Director’s resignation at the request of the Board or the Nominating and Governance Committee of the Board (or successor committee), (ii) the Non-Employee Director’s removal by action of the stockholders or by the Board, or (iii) a Change in Control of the Company;

 

13

 

 

f. the termination of the Non-Employee Director’s service on the Board because of Disability or death; or

 

g. the vesting of the Restricted Stock.

 

Section VIII.H.3.a. through g. above are subject to the further restrictions that a removal or resignation for “Cause” will be deemed to not constitute completion of the Period of Restriction and will result in a forfeiture of Restricted Stock not previously vested under Section VIII.H.4. For purposes of this Plan, “Cause” will be a good faith determination by the Board that the Non-Employee Director (i) failed to substantially perform his or her duties (other than a failure resulting from his or her incapacity due to physical or mental illness) after a written demand for substantial performance has been delivered to him or her by the Board, which demand specifically identifies the manner in which the Board believes such Non-Employee Director has not substantially performed his or her duties; (ii) has engaged in conduct the consequences of which are materially adverse to the Company, monetarily or otherwise; or (iii) has pleaded guilty or nolo contendere to or been convicted of a felony. The Non-Employee Director will not be deemed to have been terminated for Cause unless there will have been delivered to the Non-Employee Director a letter from the Board setting forth the reasons for the Company’s termination of the Non-Employee Director for Cause and, with respect to (i) or (ii), stating that the Non-Employee Director has failed to cure such reason for termination within thirty (30) days after the Non-Employee Director’s receipt of such notice.

 

4. FORFEITURE OF RESTRICTED STOCK. As of the date (“Termination Date”) a Non-Employee Director ceases to be a member of the Board for any reason, including but not limited to removal or resignation for Cause, the Non-Employee Director shall forfeit to the Company all Restricted Stock awarded to the Non-Employee Director for which the Period of Restriction has not ended pursuant to Section VIII.H.3. as of or prior to the Termination Date.

 

IX. RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

A. GRANT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS. Subject to the terms of the Plan, RSUs may be granted to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee. For purposes of this Article IX, the term “Participant” shall include Non-Employee Directors of the Company and consultants.

 

B. RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT. Each RSU grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement that shall specify the Period(s) of Restriction, the number of RSUs granted, and such other provisions as the Committee may determine.

 

14

 

 

C. VALUE OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT. Each RSU shall have a value that is equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant.

 

D. FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT OF RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS. Settlement of vested RSUs may be made in the form of (i) cash, (ii) Shares or (iii) any combination of both, as determined by the Committee at the time of the grant of the RSUs, in its sole discretion. Vested RSUs shall be settled in a lump sum as soon as administratively practicable after the vesting date, but in no event later than two and one-half (2 ½) months following the vesting date. The amount of such settlement shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of the RSUs on the vesting date.

 

E. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENTS. Each RSU shall be credited with an amount equal to the dividends paid on a Share between the date of grant and the date such RSU is paid to the Participant (if at all). Dividend equivalents shall vest, if at all, upon the same terms and conditions governing the vesting of RSUs under the Plan. Payment of the dividend equivalent shall be made at the same time as payment of the RSU and shall be made without interest or other adjustment. If the RSU is forfeited, the Participant shall have no right to dividend equivalents.

 

F. VOTING RIGHTS. The holders of RSUs shall have no voting rights.

 

G. NON-TRANSFERABILITY. RSUs may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by laws of descent and distribution.

 

X. PERFORMANCE UNITS AND PERFORMANCE SHARES

 

A. GRANT OF PERFORMANCE UNITS/SHARES. Subject to the terms of the Plan, Performance Units and/or Performance Shares may be granted to Participants in such amounts and upon such terms, and at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

 

B. PERFORMANCE UNIT/SHARE AGREEMENT. Each Performance Unit or Performance Share grant shall be evidenced by a Performance Unit or Performance Share Award Agreement, as the case may be, that shall specify the number of Performance Units or Performance Shares granted and such other provisions as the Committee may determine.

 

C. VALUE OF PERFORMANCE UNITS/SHARES. Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee at the time of grant. Each Performance Share shall have an initial value equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Units/Shares that will be paid out to the Participant. For purposes of this Article X, the time period during which the performance goals must be met shall be called a “Performance Period.”

 

15

 

 

D. EARNING OF PERFORMANCE UNITS/SHARES. Subject to the terms of this Plan, after the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Shares shall be entitled to receive payout on the number and value of Performance Units/Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved.

 

E. FORM AND TIMING OF PAYMENT OF PERFORMANCE UNITS/SHARES. Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares shall be made in a single lump sum following the close of the applicable Performance Period. Subject to the terms of this Plan, the Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Shares in the form of cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof) which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period. Such Shares may be granted subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee. The determination of the Committee with respect to the form of payout of such Awards shall be set forth in the Award Agreement pertaining to the grant of the Award. Payment shall be made no later than two and one-half (2 ½) months following the close of the Performance Period.

 

F. SEPARATION FROM SERVICE. In the event the Participant incurs a Separation From Service during a Performance Period, the Participant shall not receive a payout of the Performance Units/Shares, unless determined otherwise by the Committee or set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement.

 

Payment of earned Performance Units/Shares shall be made at a time specified by the Committee in its sole discretion and set forth in the Participant’s Award Agreement.

 

G. NON-TRANSFERABILITY. Except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, Performance Units/Shares may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Further, except as otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, a Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by the Participant or the Participant’s legal representative.

 

H. NO DIVIDEND AND VOTING RIGHTS. Participants will not be entitled to receive any dividends declared with respect to Shares which have been earned in connection with grants of Performance Units and/or Performance Shares, but not yet distributed to Participants nor shall Participants have voting rights with respect to such Shares.

 

XI. PERFORMANCE MEASURES

 

Unless and until the Committee proposes for stockholder vote and the Company’s stockholders approve a change in the general performance measures set forth in this Article XI, the performance measure(s) to be used for purposes of such grants may be measured at the Company level, at a Subsidiary or Affiliate level, or at an operating unit level and shall be chosen from among the following: net income either before or after taxes (including adjusted net income), share price, earnings per share (basic or diluted), total stockholder return, return on assets, return on equity, operating income, return on capital or investment, cash flow or adjusted cash flow from operations, economic value added or adjusted cash flow per Share (net income plus or minus change in operating assets and liabilities), debt level, cost reduction targets, and equity ratios.

 

16

 

 

The Committee shall have the discretion to adjust the determinations of the degree of attainment of the pre-established performance goals.

 

In the event that applicable tax and/or securities laws or exchange listing standards change to permit Committee discretion to alter the governing performance measures without obtaining stockholder approval of such changes, the Committee shall have sole discretion to make such changes without obtaining stockholder approval.

 

XII. BENEFICIARY DESIGNATION

 

Each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit. Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant’s lifetime. In the absence of any such designated beneficiary, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant’s death shall be paid to the Participant’s estate.

 

XIII. DEFERRALS

 

The Committee may permit or require a Participant to defer such Participant’s receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant by virtue of the exercise of an Option or SAR, the lapse or waiver of restrictions with respect to Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units, or the satisfaction of any requirements or goals with respect to Performance Units/Shares. If any such deferral election is required or permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals, provided, however, all deferrals shall be made in accordance with all applicable requirements of Code Section 409A or any guidance promulgated thereunder.

 

XIV. RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES

 

A. EMPLOYMENT. Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company.

 

B. PARTICIPATION. No Employee shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under this Plan or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

 

17

 

 

XV. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, TERMINATION AND ADJUSTMENTS

 

A. AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION, AND TERMINATION. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Board, upon recommendation of the Committee, may at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part for any purpose which the Committee deems appropriate and that is otherwise consistent with Code Section 409A; provided, however, no amendment shall, without shareholder approval, (i) materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan; (ii) materially increase the number of securities which may be issued under the Plan; or (iii) materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan.

 

Except in connection with a corporate transaction involving the Company (including, without limitation, any stock dividend, stock split, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, or exchange of shares), the terms of outstanding Awards may not be amended to reduce the exercise price of outstanding Options or SARs or cancel outstanding Options or SARs in exchange for cash, other awards or Options or SARs with an exercise price that is less than the exercise price of the original Options or SARs without shareholder approval.

 

B. ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS UPON THE OCCURRENCE OF CERTAIN UNUSUAL OR NONRECURRING EVENTS. The Committee may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of, and the criteria included in, Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including, without limitation, the events described in Section IV.C. hereof) affecting the Company or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations or accounting principles, whenever the Committee determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan; provided that unless the Committee determines otherwise, no such adjustment shall be authorized to the extent that such authority would be inconsistent with the Plan or Awards meeting the requirements of Code Section 409A, as from time to time amended.

 

C. AWARDS PREVIOUSLY GRANTED. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary (but subject to Section XV.B. hereof), no termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award.

 

D. COMPLIANCE WITH CODE SECTION 162(m). At all times when Code Section 162(m) is applicable, all Awards granted under this Plan shall comply with the requirements of Code Section 162(m); provided, however, that in the event the Committee determines that such compliance is not desired with respect to any Award or Awards available for grant under the Plan, then compliance with Code Section 162(m) will not be required. In addition, in the event that changes are made to Code Section 162(m) to permit greater flexibility with respect to any Award or Awards available under the Plan, the Committee may, subject to this Article XV, make any adjustments it deems appropriate consistent with the changes made to Code Section 162(m).

 

XVI. PAYMENT OF PLAN AWARDS AND CONDITIONS THEREON

 

A. EFFECT OF COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY. Anything contained in the Plan to the contrary notwithstanding, unless otherwise covered in an employment agreement by and between the Company and the Participant, with respect to any Participant who is an Employee, if the employment of any Participant shall terminate, for any reason other than death, while any Award to such Participant is outstanding hereunder, and such Participant has not yet received the Shares covered by such Award or otherwise received the full benefit of such Award, such Participant, if otherwise entitled thereto, shall receive such Shares or benefit only if, during the entire period from the date of such Participant’s termination to the date of such receipt, such Participant shall have earned such Award by making himself or herself available, upon request, at reasonable times and upon a reasonable basis, to consult with, supply information to, and otherwise cooperate with the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof with respect to any matter that shall have been handled by him or her or under his or her supervision while he or she was in the employ of the Company or of any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof.

 

18

 

 

B. NONFULFILLMENT OF COMPETITIVE ACTIVITY CONDITIONS; WAIVERS UNDER THE PLAN. In the event of a Participant’s nonfulfillment of any condition set forth in Section XVI.A. hereof, such Participant’s rights under any Award shall be forfeited and canceled forthwith; provided, however, that the nonfulfillment of such condition may at any time (whether before, at the time of, or subsequent to termination of employment) be waived by the Committee upon its determination that in its sole judgment there shall not have been and will not be any substantial adverse effect upon the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof by reason of the nonfulfillment of such condition.

 

XVII. CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

A. TREATMENT OF OUTSTANDING AWARDS. Notwithstanding any provisions in the Participant’s Employment Agreement to the contrary, but subject to Section XVII.B. herein or the Plan governing the particular Award, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control:

 

1. any and all Options and SARs granted hereunder shall become fully-vested and immediately exercisable; and

 

2. any Periods of Restriction and restrictions imposed on Restricted Stock or RSUs shall lapse.

 

B. TERMINATION, AMENDMENT AND MODIFICATIONS OF CHANGE-IN-CONTROL PROVISIONS. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement provision, the provisions of this Article XVII may not be terminated, amended or modified on or after the date of an event, commencing upon material discussions by the Board respecting a possible transaction that would result in a Change in Control, which is likely to give rise to a Change in Control to affect adversely any Award theretofore granted under the Plan without the prior written consent of the Participant with respect to said Participant’s outstanding Awards.

 

XVIII. TAX PROVISIONS

 

A. TAX WITHHOLDING. The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant who is an Employee to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local taxes, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to any taxable event arising as a result of this Plan.

 

19

 

 

B. SHARE WITHHOLDING. With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Options or SARs, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock or Restricted RSUs, upon achievement of the performance goals on Performance Shares or Performance Units or upon any other taxable event arising as a result of Awards granted hereunder, Participants who are Employees may elect, subject to the approval of the Committee, to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined at least equal to the minimum, but not more than the maximum, statutory tax which could be imposed on the transaction. All such elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing, and signed by the Participant, and shall be subject to any restrictions or limitations that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

C. REQUIREMENT OF NOTIFICATION OF CODE SECTION 83(b) ELECTION. If any Participants shall make an election under Code Section 83(b) (to include in gross income in the year of transfer the amounts specified in Code Section 83(b)) or under a similar provisions of the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, such Participant shall notify the Company of such election within ten (10) days after filing notice of the election with the Internal Revenue Service or other government authority, in addition to any filing and notification required pursuant to regulations issued under Code Section 83(b) or other applicable provision.

 

D. REQUIREMENT OF NOTIFICATION UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION UNDER CODE SECTION 421(b). If any Participant shall make any disposition of shares of stock delivered pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option under the circumstances described in Code Section 421(b) (relating to certain disqualifying dispositions), such Participant shall notify the Company of such disposition within ten (10) days thereof.

 

XIX. INDEMNIFICATION

 

Each person who is or shall have been a member of the Committee, or of the Board, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including without limitation reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses) that may be imposed upon or reasonably incurred by him or her in connection with or resulting from any claim, action, suit or proceeding to which he or she may be a party or in which he or she may be involved by reason of any action taken or failure to act under the Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by him or her in settlement thereof, with the Company’s approval, or paid by him or her in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against him or her, provided he or she shall give the Company an opportunity, at its own expense, to handle and defend the same before he or she undertakes to handle and defend it on his or her own behalf. The foregoing right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which such persons may be entitled under the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law or otherwise, or any power that the Company may have to indemnify them or hold them harmless.

 

XX. SUCCESSORS

 

All obligations of the Company under the Plan with respect to Awards granted hereunder shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company.

 

20

 

 

XXI. LEGAL CONSTRUCTION

 

A. GENDER AND NUMBER. Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular, and the singular shall include the plural.

 

B. SEVERABILITY. In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

 

C. REQUIREMENTS OF LAW. The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

D. SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE. With respect to Insiders, transactions under this Plan are intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act. To the extent any provision of the Plan or action by the Committee fails to so comply, it shall be deemed null and void, to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

 

E. CODE SECTION 409A COMPLIANCE. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, all Awards under this Plan that are subject to Code Section 409A shall be designed and administered in a manner that does not result in the imposition of tax or penalties under Code Section 409A. Accordingly, Awards under this Plan that are subject to Code Section 409A shall comply with the following requirements, as applicable.

 

1. Distribution to Specified Employees Upon Separation from Service . To the extent that payment under an Award which is subject to Code Section 409A is due to a “specified employee” (as defined under Code Section 409A) on account of the specified employee’s Separation from Service from the Company or its Affiliate or Subsidiary, such payment shall be delayed until the first day of the seventh (7 th ) month following such Separation from Service (or as soon as practicable thereafter). The Committee, in its discretion, may provide in the Award document for the payment of interest at a rate set by the Committee for such six-month period. In the event that a payment under an Award is exempt from Code Section 409A, payment shall be made to a specified employee without any such six-month delay.

 

2. No Acceleration of Payment . To the extent that an Award is subject to Code Section 409A, payment under such Award shall not be accelerated from the date(s) specified in the Award documents as of the date of grant.

 

3. Subsequent Delay in Payment . To the extent that an Award is subject to Code Section 409A, payment under such Award shall not be deferred beyond the dates specified in the Award document as of the date of grant, unless the Committee or Participant, as the case may be, makes the decision to delay payment at least one year prior to the scheduled payment date, and payment is delayed at least five (5) years.

 

F. GOVERNING LAW. To the extent not preempted by federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

 

21

 

Exhibit 10.3  

 

LEASE SUMMARY SHEET

 

LANDLORD :

 

Name:   ST RXR Investments, LLC
Notice Address:    
     
     
     
Telephone:    
Telecopy:      
     
TENANT:   LMP MOTORS.COM, LLC
Name(s):   601 N STATE RD 7
Notice Address:   PLANTATION, FL 33317
     
Telephone:    
Telecopy:    
     
With a copy to:   Runyan Law Firm, PA
    c/o Tom Runyan, Esq.
Notice Address:   707 NE 3 rd Avenue, Suite 300
    Fort Lauredale, FL 33304
    tom@runyanlawfirm.com
    T: 954-561-9466

 

PREMISES : The Premises are known as 601 N STATE RD 7 PLANTATION FL 33317 Florida and the “Parcel of Land” with Parcel ID 5041 01 34 0010 located in Broward County, Florida is also known as the Premises.

 

TERM : A Five (5) year Lease commencing March 1, 2018. Provided that Tenant is not in Default of this Lease within 120 days of expiration of the First Term, Tenant shall have one (5) year option to renew, as further described within the Lease. Rent shall increase each year on the 1 st day of March by THREE PERCENT (3%) over the previous year for the Term and the Option Term hereunder.

 

FIXED MINIMUM RENT : Rent shall be $28,500.00. This is a Triple NET (NET NET NET) Lease. The Fixed Minimum Rent shall increase on March 1 st of each year by 3% over the previous year during the Term and/or Option Term.

 

OTHER SUMS PAYABLE . This is a Triple NET lease, which includes, but is not limited to all Utilities, Property Taxes, Insurances, Maintenance and Upkeep for the Premises.

 

PERMITTED USE : An automotive sales store including auto and truck trades. or any other use permitted by law .

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 1

 

 

TRIPLE NET LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE is made this 1st day of January 1, 2018 by and between ST RXR Investments, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), and LMP Motors.com, LLC a Delaware limited liability corporation (“Tenant”).

 

ARTICLE I - PREMISES

 

Section 1.1 PREMISES . The “Premises,” as used herein, shall mean the Premises described on the Lease Summary Sheet. Landlord, for and in consideration of the rents, covenants, agreements, and conditions hereinafter set forth, reserved and contained to be paid, kept, observed and performed by Tenant, does hereby demise and lease the Premises unto Tenant, and Tenant hereby takes and rents the Premises from Landlord upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.

 

ARTICLE II - TERM

     

Section 2.1 TERM . Tenant shall have and hold the Premises for a period of five years, commencing AS STATED ON THE LEASE SUMMARY SHEET (“Commencement Date”), and expiring at the end of five (5) years or upon the extension of the Option as further described below in Section 2.3, unless sooner terminated by the Landlord or Tenant with 30 days’ notice or unless sooner terminated under the conditions of this Lease Agreement (“Lease Term”). The lease is a triple net (NET NET NET) lease.

 

Section 2.2 HOLDING OVER . If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the term hereof, without the execution of a new lease, Tenant shall be a tenant at will, and Landlord shall have no obligation to notify Tenant of any termination of Tenant’s possession. Commencing on the date following the date of such expiration or termination, the Fixed Minimum Rent shall, for each month or fraction thereof that Tenant so remains in possession, be twice the Fixed Minimum Rent in effect at the expiration or termination of this Lease, subject to all the other terms and provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from all loss or liability, including any claim made by any successor tenant founded upon Tenant’s failure to surrender the Premises on a timely basis.

 

Section 2.3 OPTION . Provided that Tenant is not in Default within 120 days of the expiration of the First Term hereunder, then Tenant may give notice to Landlord in writing no less than 90 days prior to the end of the First Term that it intends to exercise the Option for a second Five (5) year term “Option Term”. Should Landlord determine that Tenant is in Default under the First Term, then Landlord shall within 10 business days of receipt of written notice from Tenant of its intent to exercise the Option, shall send to Tenant a written denial of the Option Term. Once the Option Term commences, the Rent shall increase each year by 3% over the previous year’s rent.

 

ARTICLE III - RENT

 

Section 3.1 RENT . “Rent” shall include Fixed Minimum Rent and Additional Rent as set forth and defined in this Lease Agreement and is to be paid without demand to Landlord at the following address 300 South Pointe Dr, Apt 4003, Miami Beach, FL 33139, or at such other place and/or person as Landlord may designate in writing.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 2

 

 

Section 3.2 FIXED MINIMUM RENT . Tenant shall pay to Landlord, without deduction, setoff or demand, as “Fixed Minimum Rent” for the Premises, as set forth in the Lease Summary Sheet, plus applicable Florida state sales tax, excise and/or use tax, due and payable on or before the first day of the calendar month, during the Term of the Lease AS STATED ON THE LEASE SUMMARY SHEET. Tenant shall have a ten (10) day grace period with regard to the payment of rent and any Additional Rent pursuant to this Lease.

 

Section 3.3.1 ADDITIONAL RENT . All property insurance, and other expenses or sums that Tenant is required to pay hereunder, together with all interest and penalties that may accrue thereon in the event of Tenant’s failure to pay such amounts, and all damages, costs and expenses which Landlord may incur by reason of any default of Tenant or failure on Tenant’s part to comply with the terms of this Lease, shall be deemed to be additional rent (“Additional Rent”) and, in the event of nonpayment by Tenant, Landlord shall have all the rights and remedies with respect thereto as Landlord has for nonpayment of the Fixed Minimum Rent. As used herein, the term “Rent” shall mean the Fixed Minimum Rent and Additional Rent.

 

Section 3.3.2 PROPERTY INSURANCE . Tenant shall obtain insurance on the Premises as set forth in Article VI and shall include Landlord as an additional insured as appropriate. “Property Insurance” shall mean all premiums and other costs paid by Landlord for insurance on the Premises from time to time, if any, including, but not limited to, property coverage, rental income insurance, malicious mischief and public liability insurance carried by Landlord on the Premises.

 

Section 3.4 LATE CHARGES . All payments of Rent shall be made by Tenant without notice or demand at the office of Landlord or at such other place as Landlord may from time to time designate in writing, and without set-off, deduction or abatement except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Any payments of Rent not received by Landlord on or before the date when due shall be deemed delinquent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord without demand a late charge equal to one hundred dollars ($100) if any payment is not received by Landlord within ten (10) days after the due date. Tenant acknowledges that such late charge is not a penalty, but is to compensate Landlord for the additional administrative expenses and other expenses incurred by Landlord in handling delinquent payments (which expenses are not readily ascertainable), and is in addition to, not in lieu of interest on late payments as provided herein and any other remedies that Landlord may have by virtue of Tenant’s failure to make payments when due. Interest on any payment of Rent not received by Landlord on or before the date when due shall accrue from the date when due to and including the date such payment is received by Landlord at the rate of 5 percent (5%) per annum, but in no event in excess of the maximum interest rate permitted under applicable law from time to time (the “Default Rate”).

 

Section 3.5 UTILITIES . Tenant shall pay all bills and charges for water, gas, electricity, telephone, garbage and trash collection (for trash generated within the Premises), fuel, light, heat and power furnished to or used by Tenant on or about the Premises, and all sewage disposal or sewerage service charges, and any and all assessments or other charges levied on, against or for the Premises. If Tenant does not pay such bills and charges, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, pay the same, and such payment shall be Additional Rent payable upon demand by Landlord. In no event shall Landlord be liable for any interruption or cessation in the supply of any such services or utility services not furnished by Landlord to the Premises nor for any interruption or cessation in the supply of any such services or utility services that are due to fire, accident, strike, acts of God or other causes beyond the control of Landlord, or in order to make alterations, maintenance, repairs or improvements. Disruption or cessation of utility service to the Premises shall not be construed as an eviction of Tenant, work an abatement of rent, or relieve Tenant from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement of this Lease.

 

Section 3.6 RETURNED CHECK FEE . Any returned check shall result in a $50.00 fee, plus applicable Florida Sales Tax, each and every time returned. Any such additional charges shall be deemed Additional Rent.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 3

 

 

Section 3.7 REAL ESTATE TAXES and ASSESSMENTS . Tenant shall pay all real estate taxes and assessments becoming due and payable with respect to the Premises during the lease term and any extension thereof, and all taxes or other charges imposed during the lease term or any extension thereof with respect to any business conducted on the Premises by Tenant or any personal property used by Tenant in connection therewith. Taxes, assessments or other charges which Tenant is obligated to pay or cause to be paid hereunder and which relate to any fraction of a tax year at the commencement or termination of this Lease shall be prorated based upon the ration that the number of days in such fractional tax year bears to 365. If at any time during the lease or any extension thereof, the method of taxation prevailing at the commencement of the lease term shall be altered so as to cause the whole or any part of the taxes, assessments, or charges now or hereafter levied, assessed or imposed on real estate and otherwise, on the rents received there from, Tenant shall pay and discharge the same with respect improvement thereon to be levied, assessed or imposed wholly or partially as a capital levy, or to the rents due hereunder. Failure of the Tenant to pay any Real Estate Taxes due on the Premises by March 1 of each year, shall constitute a Default hereunder. Landlord shall have the right to pay such taxes and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such sum as Additional Rent, plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) upon demand.

 

ARTICLE IV - USE/CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

 

Section 4.1 USE/CONDUCT OF BUSINESS . (a) Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for the Permitted Use, as set forth on the Lease Summary Sheet, and shall not use or permit the use of the Premises for any illegal purpose whatsoever. Tenant shall not commit waste on the Premises. Tenant shall comply with all state and local laws, ordinances and regulations, in effect from time to time. including those prohibiting discrimination or segregation by reason of race, color, creed, age, religion, sex or national origin, or any other class of persons protected under the law. (b) Tenant shall not use or permit to be used the Premises which will in any way conflict with any law, statute, ordinance or governmental rule or regulation now or hereafter in force or any restrictions or prohibited uses contained in any document of record, permit or license related to the Premises. Tenant shall at its cost and expense, promptly comply with all laws, statutes, ordinances and governmental rules, regulations or requirements now or hereafter in force, and with the requirements of any board of fire underwriters or other similar bodies relating to or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Premises whether now or hereafter in effect.

 

Section 4.2 USE OF PREMISES . Tenant shall have the exclusive right during the term of this Lease to use the Premises for itself, its employees, agents, customers, invitees and licensees for their intended purpose, subject, however, to all the provisions of this Lease. Tenant shall not allow the accumulation of any garbage and/or refuse to in the Premises.

 

Section 4.3 EXTERIOR SIGNS . Any and all signs placed on the Premises by Tenant shall be first approved by Landlord in writing and once agreed by Landlord, the Tenant shall maintain and comply with all governmental ordinances, rules and regulations governing installation and maintenance of such signs, and Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any damage caused by the installation, use, removal or maintenance of the same or violation of any ordinance, rule or regulation with regard thereto, including complete restoration of the brick storefront, if any. All exterior signs serving the Premises shall be deemed to be part of the land, shall not be removed by Tenant and shall be surrendered to Landlord as part of the Premises at the expiration of this Lease. All signs, awnings, canopies, advertising matter or other thing of any kind shall be removed by Tenant prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, and upon such removal Tenant shall simultaneously repair all damage incidental to such removal at the Landlord’s option. All exterior signs serving the Premises shall be deemed to be part of the land, shall not be removed by Tenant and shall be surrendered to Landlord as part of the Premises at the expiration of this Lease.

   

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 4

 

 

Section 4.4 RIGHT OF ENTRY . Landlord or Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Premises at all times to examine the same for compliance with the terms of this Lease, and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable or which result from Default. With ten (10) days prior notice to tenant, Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon the Premises that may be required for repairs, alterations, improvements or additions without the same constituting an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part, and the Rent shall in no event abate while said repairs, alterations, improvements, or additions are being made, by reason of loss or interruption of business of Tenant, or otherwise. During the expiration of the Lease term (or any extensions thereof) and provided Tenant has not exercised any option to purchase or first option to buy or renew, Landlord may exhibit the Premises to prospective tenants or purchasers, and place upon the Premises the usual notices “For Lease or Rent” or “For Sale,” which notices Tenant shall permit to remain thereon without molestation. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into the Premises at any time when for any reason an entry therein shall be necessary, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may enter the same by a master key, or may, in the event of an emergency, forcibly enter the same without rendering Landlord or such agents liable therefor, and without in any manner affecting the obligations and covenants of this Lease.

 

Section 4.5 SUBORD1NATION/ATTORNMENT/ESTOPPEL . (a) This Lease shall be superior to any ground lease or to the lien of any present or future mortgage, deed of trust or other security instrument (collectively an “encumbrance”) placed by Landlord upon the Premises, irrespective of the time of execution or the time of recording of the encumbrance : (b) If the Premises is encumbered, and the encumbrance, if a ground lease, is terminated or, if a lien, is foreclosed, or if the Premises is sold pursuant to foreclosure or by reason of a default under any encumbrance, the following shall apply notwithstanding the foreclosure, the sale, or the default: (i) Tenant shall not disaffirm this Lease or any of its obligations under this Lease; (ii) at the request of the applicable ground lessor, mortgagee or purchaser at the foreclosure or sale, Tenant shall attorn to the ground lessor, mortgagee or purchaser, and execute a new lease for the Premises setting forth all of the provisions of this Lease, except that the term of the new lease shall be for the balance of the term of this Lease. (c) Within ten (10) days after request therefor by Landlord, or in the event of any sale, assignment or hypothecation of the Premises and/or the land thereunder by Landlord, Tenant agrees to deliver in recordable form, an estoppel certificate to any proposed ground lessor, mortgagee or purchaser, or to Landlord, certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or, if there have been modifications, that the same is in full force and effect as modified, and stating the modifications), that there are no defenses or offsets thereto (or stating those claims by Tenant), the dates to which Fixed Minimum Rent and other Rent has been paid, and such other matters as may be requested. If Tenant fails to deliver such certificate as required herein, Tenant shall be deemed to have conclusively agreed to and be bound by all matters set forth in the certificate as submitted by the requesting party. (d) Any document to be delivered under this Section may be relied upon by a prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of all or any portion of the Premises. Tenant hereby constitutes and appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact to execute any such document for and on behalf of Tenant in the event Tenant fails to execute same within the time provided herein. (e) If in connection with obtaining financing for the Premises, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modifications in this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant will not unreasonably withhold, delay, or defer its consent thereto, provided that such modifications do not increase the A monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder or materially impair the leasehold interest hereby created. (f) Tenant agrees to give any ground lessors or mortgage holders, as to all or a portion of the Premises, by certified mail, return receipt requested, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord, provided that prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of notice or assignment of rents and leases, or otherwise) of the addresses of such parties. Tenant agrees not to exercise any remedies available by virtue of a Landlord’s failure to cure a default within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of default (or such additional time as may be reasonably necessary to cure such default) unless Tenant has also given such parties a reasonable opportunity to cure such default (including but not limited to foreclosure proceedings if necessary to effect such cure).

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 5

 

 

Section 4.6 NO ESTATE IN LAND . This Lease shall only create the relationship of Landlord and Tenant between the parties hereto and the parties state that they have not created and do not intend to create any relationship between them other than as landlord and tenant. Landlord does; however, during the Term or any renewal Term of this Lease grant the first right of refusal to purchase the Premises. Tenant must exercise such right by fully executing a contract within 15 calendar days from receipt of any written, bona-fide, third party purchase contract being presented to Tenant by Landlord.

 

Section 4.7 PARKING . Tenant shall maintain the parking areas for the safety and use of its employees and the general public and shall be fully and solely responsible for those areas.

 

Section 4.8 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS . Tenant shall not cause or permit the use, generation, storage or disposal in or about the Premises of any substances, materials or wastes subject to regulation under any federal, state or local law from time to time in effect concerning hazardous, toxic or radioactive materials (hereinafter “Hazardous Materials”) unless Tenant shall have received Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent Landlord may withhold or at any time revoke at its sole discretion. If Tenant uses, generates, stores or disposes of any Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises, Tenant shall obtain all necessary permits and comply with all statutes, regulations and rules applicable to such activity. Furthermore, if Tenant should operate a restaurant on the Premises, Landlord shall have the right to require that Tenant deliver periodic environmental audits of the Premises evidencing that no violations have occurred. Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all liability, cost, claim, penalty, expense and fees (including court costs and attorney’s fees) arising from Tenant’s use, generation, storage, or disposal of Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises. Tenant agrees to be responsible for any/all Environmental clean up from its Use of the Premises, even if Hazardous Waste is found after the expiration of this Lease, which was caused by Tenant or during the sale of the Property/Premises by Landlord during the Term of this Lease.

 

Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of: (i) any enforcement, cleanup or other regulatory action taken or threatened by any governmental or regulatory authority with respect to the presence of any Hazardous Material on the Premises or the migration thereof from or to other property, (ii) any demands or claims made or threatened by any party against Tenant or the Premises relating to any loss or injury resulting from any Hazardous Material, (iii) any release, discharge or nonroutine, improper or unlawful disposal or transportation of any Hazardous Material on or from the Premises, and (iv) any matters where Tenant is required by Law to give a notice to any governmental or regulatory authority respecting any Hazardous Materials on the Premises. Landlord shall have the right (but not the obligation) to join and participate, as a party, in any legal proceedings or actions affecting the Premises initiated in connection with any environmental, health or safety Law. At such times as Landlord may reasonably request, Tenant shall provide Landlord with a written list identifying any Hazardous Material then used, stored, or maintained upon the Premises, the use and approximate quantity of each such material, a copy of any material safety data sheet (“MSDS”) issued by the manufacturer therefor, written information concerning the removal, transportation and disposal of the same, and such other information as Landlord may reasonably require or as may be required by Law. The term “Hazardous Material” for purposes hereof shall mean any chemical, substance, material or waste or component thereof which is now or hereafter listed, defined or regulated as a hazardous or toxic chemical, substance, material or waste or component thereof by any federal, state or local governing or regulatory body having jurisdiction, or which would trigger any employee or community “right-to-know” requirements adopted by any such body, or for which any such body has adopted any requirements for the preparation or distribution of an MSDS.

 

If any Hazardous Material is released, discharged or disposed of by Tenant or any other occupant of the Premises, or their employees, agents or contractors, on or about the Premises in violation of the foregoing provisions, Tenant shall immediately, properly and in compliance with applicable Laws clean up and remove the Hazardous Material from the Premises and any other affected property and clean or replace any affected personal property (whether or not owned by Landlord), at Tenant’s expense. Such clean up and removal work shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval (except in emergencies), and shall include, without limitation, any testing, investigation, and the preparation and implementation of any remedial action plan required by any governmental body having jurisdiction or reasonably required by Landlord. If Tenant shall fail to comply with the provisions of this Article within five (5) days after written notice by Landlord, or such shorter time as may be required by Law or in order to minimize any hazard to Persons or property, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to) arrange for such compliance directly or as Tenant’s agent through contractors or other parties selected by Landlord, at Tenant’s expense (without limiting Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease or applicable Law). Landlord shall have the right to pay for such clean up and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such sum as Additional Rent, plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) upon demand.

 

This section 4.8 shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 6

 

 

Section 4.9 QUIET ENJOYMENT . Upon payment by Tenant of the Rent herein provided, and upon the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed under this Lease, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the term of this Lease without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person or persons lawfully or equitably claiming by, through Landlord, subject, nevertheless, to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE V - CONDITION OF PREMISES; CONSTRUCTION; REPAIRS

 

Section 5.1 CONDITION OF PREMISES . Tenant accepts the Premises in “as is, where is” condition after Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant as described on the Lease Summary Sheet above, permitted, inspected, signed off and agrees the same are suited for the use intended by Tenant, without any warranties whatsoever by Landlord. Tenant shall perform or cause to be performed any Tenant improvements in a good and workmanlike manner, in accordance with all applicable governmental requirements and the plans and specifications therefore.  

 

Section 5.2 REPAIRS BY LANDLORD

 

Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for damages or repairs of any kind caused by any unlawful or forced entry. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable to Tenant, or those claiming through Tenant, for loss or damage to their person or property resulting from acts or omissions of other persons, tenants or third persons (including the general public, licensees or invitees), or as a result of breakage, leakage or stoppage of water, sewer, gas, electrical cables and wires or other utilities.

 

Section 5.3 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS BY TENANT . (a) Tenant shall, during the term of this Lease, at Tenant’s expense, maintain the Premises and entire Parcel of Land which is owned by Landlord that is being leased hereunder to Tenant in good condition and repair. Tenant’s obligation to repair shall include the obligation to maintain, service and replace, regardless of whether the need for the same is foreseen or unforeseen. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenant agrees that its obligation to repair, maintain, service and replace shall extend to the entire Premises and Parcel of Land owned by Landlord, whether improved or unimproved.

 

(b) Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any repairs to be made by Tenant hereunder, if not promptly made by Tenant, and all such payments made by Landlord shall be treated as Additional Rent payable upon demand by Landlord, plus an administrative fee of five percent (5%). Any charges under this section shall be deemed Additional Rent.

 

(c) Landlord agrees to fully cooperate with Tenant in the procurement of applications, permits and Land Use applications for the Premises. Landlord agrees to review and execute any such governmental and agency applications within 5 business days of presentation by Tenant.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 7

 

 

Section 5.4 NO LIENS . Landlord’s interest in the Premises shall not be subject to liens for improvements, repairs or alterations made by Tenant, and Tenant shall have no power or authority to create any lien or permit any lien to attach to the Premises or the present estate, reversion or other interest of Landlord in the Premises, or other improvements thereon as a result of improvements made by Tenant or by reason of any other work done on Tenant’s behalf or any other act or omission of Tenant. All material men, contractors, artists, mechanics and laborers and other persons contracting with Tenant with respect to the Premises or any part thereof, are hereby charged with notice that such liens are expressly prohibited and that they must look solely to Tenant to secure payment for any work done or material furnished for improvements made at the request of Tenant. Tenant agrees to provide notice to such effect to any such persons doing work or supplying materials to the Premises. Tenant shall indemnify Landlord against any loss or expenses incurred as a result of the assertion of any such lien, and Tenant covenants and agrees to remove such lien or transfer such lien to a bond or such other security, as may be permitted by applicable law, within twenty (20) days of its assertion. In the event Tenant fails to have such lien removed as required hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to pay such lien and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such sum as Additional Rent, plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) upon demand.

 

Section 5.5 AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT . The parties acknowledge that the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. § 12101 et seq.) and regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder, as all of the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time (collectively referred to herein as the “ADA”) establish requirements for business operations, accessibility and barrier removal, and that such requirements may or may not apply to the Premises and Parcel of Land depending on, among other things: (1) whether Tenant’s business is deemed a “public accommodation” or “commercial facility”, (2) whether such requirements are “readily achievable”, and (3) whether a given alteration affects a “primary function area” or triggers “path of travel requirements”. The parties agree that: (a) Tenant shall be responsible for ADA Title III compliance for the Premises and Parcel of Land and (b) Landlord may perform, or require that Tenant perform. and Tenant shall be responsible for the cost of, ADA Title III “path of travel” requirements triggered by alterations in the Premises. The parties shall each be solely responsible for requirements under Title I of the ADA relating to their respective employees. In the event Tenant fails to make such ADA improvements as may be required, Landlord shall have the right to pay for such improvements and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such sum as Additional Rent, plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) upon demand.

 

ARTICLE VI - INSURANCE/INDEMNITY/CASUALTY

 

Section 6.1 INDEMNITY AND INSURANCE . (a) Tenant agrees to, and hereby does, indemnify and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, damages, liability, costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees and court costs incurred by Landlord) for any injury (including death) to any persons or (after the first two months) any damage to any property arising from, caused by or in connection with (i) any occurrence in, upon or at the Premises; or in any way related to or arising out of Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, or any part thereof; (ii) the negligence, misconduct or any act or omission to act of Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, subcontractors, subtenants, licensees or concessionaires; or (iii) any breach or default by Tenant in the performance of its obligations under this Lease, or any contract or agreement to which Tenant is a party, or any restriction, law, ordinance, or regulation affecting the Premises or any part thereof or the ownership, occupancy or use thereof. In case of any claim, action, suit or proceeding brought against Landlord due to any such occurrence, Tenant will, at Tenant’s expense, defend and resist such claim, action, suit or proceeding, or cause such defense or resistance by counsel reasonably approved by Landlord.

 

(b) Tenant shall, at its sole cost, maintain the following insurances at all times during this Lease and at all times when Tenant is in possession of the Premises:

 

(i) Comprehensive general liability insurance for all risks related to a business operated by Tenant, with a combined single limit for personal injury, loss of life and property damage of not less than Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($5,000,000), and for injury to or death of one person in any one occurrence in an amount not less than Five Million and No/100 Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence, and damage to property in the amount of not less than One Million and No/100 Dollars ($1,000,000), made by, or on behalf of, any person, firm or corporation arising from, related to or connected with the Premises or any act or omission of the Tenant. Said insurance shall comprehend full coverage of Tenant’s obligation to indemnify Landlord under this Lease or otherwise.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 8

 

 

(ii) Fire insurance.

 

(iii) Property insurance insuring Tenant’s leasehold improvements, furnishings, personal property, inventory, fixtures and equipment on an “all risk” basis written on a “special form” policy, or the equivalent, against loss by reason of fire, hazard or other casualty, with extended coverage, to the extent of at least eighty percent (80%) of the value thereof.

 

(iv) Plate glass insurance on all plate glass for the Premises insuring both Landlord and Tenant against loss or liability arising as a result thereof.

 

(v) Workman’s compensation insurance as may be required by applicable law.

 

(vi) In the event Tenant is permitted to make any improvements or alterations on the Premises, builders risk insurance written on a completed value (non-reporting) basis.

 

(c) All insurance required of Tenant hereunder shall be carried with insurance companies and in form reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord policies or certificates of all of such insurance, when required hereunder (after the first two months) which shall provide that Landlord will be given not less than thirty (30) days written notice prior to cancellation or expiration of the insurance evidenced thereby. Renewals of all of such insurance shall be delivered to Landlord at least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration date of such insurance.

 

(d) All insurance required of Tenant hereunder shall be on a non-contributory basis and shall name Landlord, and at Landlord’s option, any mortgage lender on the Premises, as an additional insured or insured mortgagee as the case may be, and the policies shall contain cross liability endorsements. The limits of said insurance shall not, however, limit the liability of Tenant hereunder. Tenant may carry such insurance under a blanket policy; provided, however, such insurance by Tenant shall have a Landlord’s protective liability endorsement attached thereto. If Tenant shall fail to procure and maintain such insurance, Landlord may, but shall not be required to, procure and maintain the same, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost thereof as Additional Rent, plus an administrative fee of five percent (5%) upon demand. Landlord may require periodic increases in the amounts of Tenant’s insurance coverage in accordance with sound and prudent business practice. Any charges under this section shall be deemed Additional Rent.

 

(e) Tenant acknowledges and agrees that Landlord will not obtain or carry insurance on Tenant’s personal property, fixtures, equipment, inventory or Tenant’s leasehold improvements, and Tenant agrees that Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining and carrying insurance on the foregoing, at its sole cost and expense.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 9

 

 

(f) Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, Tenant hereby waives any and all rights of recovery, claim, action or cause of action against the Landlord for any loss or damage that may occur to the Premises or any improvements thereto, the Premises or any personal property of Landlord or Tenant, arising from any cause that (i) would be insured against under the terms of any insurance required to be carried hereunder; or (ii) is insured against under the terms of any insurance actually carried, regardless of whether the same is required hereunder. The foregoing waiver shall apply regardless of the cause or origin of such claim, including but not limited to the negligence of a party, or such party’s agents, officers, employees or contractors. The foregoing waiver shall not apply if it would have the effect, but only to the extent of such effect, of invalidating any insurance coverage of Landlord or Tenant. Each party shall obtain any special endorsements, if any, required by their respective insurers to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver.

 

Section 6.2 CASUALTY.

 

(a) Subject to the other provisions of this Section, in the event the Premises are damaged by fire or other casualty, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect, and Tenant shall forthwith repair the Premises to a state ready for restoration.

 

(b) Should it become necessary for the Landlord to make such repairs after a casualty, then the provisions of this Section with respect to repair by Landlord shall be limited to such repair as is necessary to place the Premises in the condition similar to that as of the Commencement Date of the Lease, normal wear and tear excepted, and when placed in such condition the Premises shall be deemed restored and rendered tenantable. Promptly following Landlord’s restoration work Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, shall perform the work required to place the Premises in the condition to operate its business, and Tenant shall also repair or replace its stock in trade, fixtures, personal property, furniture, furnishings, floor coverings and equipment, and if Tenant has closed, Tenant shall promptly reopen for business. Any such repairs conducted by Landlord shall be considered Additional Rent and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for such sum as Additional Rent. plus an administrative fee of fifteen percent (15%) upon demand.

 

(b) Landlord shall not be required to repair any injury or damage by fire or other cause, or to make any repairs or replacement of any improvements, or any other property installed in or located on the Premises by Tenant.

 

ARTICLE VII - CONDEMNATION

 

Section 7.1 CONDEMNATION . In the event that all or any part of the Premises is acquired by a public or quasi-public entity through the use of the power of eminent domain or through a sale in lieu thereof, then, in that event, it is understood Tenant hereby waives and forfeits any and all claims in the nature or apportionment of the compensation paid for the property taken (including, but not limited to, land, building, site, improvements, and fixtures) and damages to the property remaining (including, but not limited to, damage to land, building, site improvements, and fixtures). Tenant shall retain its claims solely for business damages, relocation costs and trade fixtures against the condemning authority. Tenant shall not interfere with the aforesaid rights reserved by Landlord, Landlord’s claims, Landlord’s defenses to any taking or Landlord’s ability to settle with a condemning authority.

 

ARTICLE VIII - ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING

 

Section 8.1 ASSIGNMENT/SUBLETTING . Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, assign, transfer, mortgage or encumber this Lease or any interest hereunder, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the use of the Premises by any party other than Tenant. A transfer of a majority of the ownership interest or voting control in Tenant whether by a single transfer or in the aggregate by several transfers shall be considered an assignment subject to this Section. Should Landlord consent to any assignment, transfer, mortgage or encumbrance or sublease of this Lease, it shall not constitute a waiver of the rights of Landlord under this Lease. If allowed, any assignee or transferee of Tenant, at the option of Landlord, shall become directly liable to Landlord for all obligations of Tenant hereunder, but no sublease, assignment or transfer by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any liability hereunder. Any assignment, transfer, mortgage, encumbrance or subletting by Tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord shall be void and shall be deemed a Default. If Landlord consents to a proposed sublease or assignment, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a copy of the unexecuted sublease or assignment, which must provide for the assumption of all of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Any sums paid by a sublessee or assignee in excess of the amounts due under this Lease shall be property of and paid to Landlord. At any time, Landlord may require that any rent or other sums paid by a sublessee or assignee be paid directly to Landlord.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 10

 

 

ARTICLE IX - DEFAULT/REMEDIES/LIABILITY/SURRENDER

 

Section 9.1 DEFAULT . This Lease is made upon the condition that Tenant shall punctually and faithfully perform all of the covenants, conditions and agreements by it to be performed as in this Lease set forth. The following shall each be deemed to be an event of default (each of which is sometimes referred to as a “Default” in this Lease):

 

(a) Tenant shall fail to pay when due any Rent or other sums due any other party under the terms and provisions of this Lease.

 

(b) Tenant or any other party liable for the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall have a permanent receiver appointed for such party’s property and such receiver is not removed within thirty (30) days after appointment of such receiver.

 

(c) Tenant or any other party liable for the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall have filed against it any proceedings under any present or future state or federal insolvency or bankruptcy laws or other laws of similar purpose, and such proceeding is not dismissed within thirty (30) days.

 

(d) Tenant or any other party liable for the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall voluntarily commence any debtor relief proceedings under any present or future state or federal insolvency or bankruptcy laws or other laws of similar purpose.

 

(e) Tenant or any other party liable for the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

(f) Tenant or any other party liable for the obligations of Tenant under this Lease shall have its property levied upon or attached under process that is not satisfied or dissolved within thirty (30) days after inception of such levy or attachment.

 

(g) Tenant shall fail to perform any other covenant, agreement, provision or condition of this Lease, which failure is not cured within thirty (30) days after notice from Landlord; provided, however, if such failure by its nature cannot reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period then no Default shall be deemed to exist as long as Tenant commences curing the failure within such thirty (30) day period arid thereafter continuously and diligently prosecutes cure to completion.

 

(h) The repetition of any failure to observe or perform any of the other covenants, terms or conditions hereof more than three (3) times, in the aggregate, in any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, notwithstanding the cure of such failures within any applicable notice or cure period.

 

(i) The actions or activities of the Tenant, its invitees, or other persons on the Premises, including but not limited to prostitution, indecent exposure, illegal drug use or distribution, or other criminal activity, which may jeopardize or risk the permits and licenses related to the Premises. The parties acknowledge that a significant value of the Premises is it permits and licenses, related to the adult entertainment and liquor consumption business. Any actions or activities that jeopardize or risk the continued validity or impair those permits and licenses in any way are a default that will cause significant damage to Landlord and the value of the Premises and shall constitute a default of the Lease.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 11

 

 

(j) Tenant fails to pay Real Estate Taxes on the Premises on or before March 1 of each year during the Term and/or Option Term.

 

Section 9.2 REMEDIES FOR DEFAULT . In event of a Default, Landlord at its option may, without further demand or notice, at once, or any time thereafter during continuance of such Default, do one or more of the following:

 

(a) Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant. If the Lease is so terminated, the remainder of the amounts owed under the Lease shall be accelerated and Tenant shall be obligated to and shall pay Landlord all Rent that would have been payable by Tenant from the date of termination to the date when this Lease would have expired if it had not so terminated, discounted to present value at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Georgia, in effect at the time of termination, plus all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord by reason of such Default, including reasonable attorney’s fees. The Additional Rent after termination shall be an estimate computed by Landlord, taking into consideration the current estimates of such amounts and the average yearly percentage increase of such amounts over the completed portion of the Lease term. Tenant agrees to accept the estimates prepared by Landlord for the purpose of computing the amounts owed Landlord following termination of the Lease. No termination of this Lease prior to the scheduled expiration thereof shall affect Landlord’s right to collect Rent or Landlord’s costs and expenses incurred by reason of such Default, including reasonable attorney’s fees, for the period prior to the termination thereof.

 

(b) Landlord, as Tenant’s agent. without terminating this Lease, may enter upon, retake and relet the Premises at the best price obtainable by reasonable effort, without advertisement and by private negotiations, for any term Landlord deems appropriate, and Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises, including without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, brokers’ commissions, expenses of remodeling the Premises and like costs. In addition, Landlord shall have the right to have a receiver appointed to collect Rent and conduct Tenant’s business. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for the deficiency, if an), between all Rent due hereunder and the rent received by Landlord as a result of such reletting or receivership (after first deducting from the rents received from such reletting or receivership the costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such entry, retaking, reletting or receivership). No act by Landlord with respect to the Premises shall terminate this Lease, including but not limited to acceptance of the keys, institution of an action for detainer or other dispossessory proceedings; it being understood that this Lease may only be terminated by express written notice from Landlord to Tenant, and any reletting of the Premises shall be presumed to be for and on behalf of Tenant, and not Landlord, unless Landlord expressly provides otherwise in writing to Tenant.

 

(c) In addition to all other remedies available to Landlord under this Lease, Landlord may, at Landlord’s option, upon Default, pay any sum of money on behalf of Tenant that Tenant has failed to pay in accordance with the terms hereof, or perform on behalf of Tenant any covenant or obligation of Tenant that Tenant has failed duly to keep, observe and perform, and all sums so paid by Landlord and all costs incurred by Landlord in connection with such performance shall become Additional Rent payable hereunder, and shall be repaid by Tenant to Landlord upon demand, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate.

 

(d) Tenant hereby expressly waives any and all rights of redemption and exemption, including homestead, granted by or under any present or future laws, including constitutions, in the event of Tenant being evicted or dispossessed for any cause, or in the event of Landlord obtaining possession of the Premises by reason of the violation by Tenant of any of the terms, covenants or obligations of this Lease, or otherwise.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 12

 

 

(e) No remedy herein or otherwise conferred upon or reserved to Landlord shall be considered exclusive of any other remedy but the same shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to every other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute, and every power and remedy given by this Lease to Landlord may be exercised from time to time and as often as occasion may arise or as may be deemed expedient. No delay or omission of Landlord to exercise any right or power arising from any default shall impair any such right or power or shall be construed to be a waiver of any such default or an acquiescence therein, No waiver of any breach of any of the covenants of this Lease shall be construed or held to be a waiver of any other breach nor waiver, acquiescence in or consent to any further or succeeding breach of the same covenant. Neither the rights herein given to receive, collect, sue for, or distrain for any Rent or to enforce the terms, provisions and conditions of this Lease or to prevent the breach of any other right or remedy hereunder or otherwise granted or arising shall in any way affect, impair, or toll the right or power of Landlord to declare the term herein granted ended and to terminate this Lease as otherwise herein provided. No failure of Landlord to insist upon strict compliance by Tenant with the terms and provisions of this Lease, and no custom or practice of the parties at variance with the terms and provisions hereunder, shall constitute a waiver of Landlord’s rights to demand strict compliance by Tenant with the terms and provisions hereof.

 

(f) If any Rent is collected by or through an attorney at law or upon advice therefrom, or if Landlord retains an attorney at law in connection with enforcement by Landlord of any covenant or obligation of Tenant or of any right or remedy of Landlord hereunder via written action in a court of law, Tenant agrees to pay the reasonable attorney’s fees and costs incurred by Landlord, including all appeals.

 

(g) A termination of this Lease by Landlord or the recovery of possession of the Premises by Landlord or any voluntary or other surrender of this Lease by Tenant or a mutual cancellation thereof, shall not work a merger and shall at the option of Landlord, terminate all or any existing franchises or concessions, licenses, permits, subleases, sub tenancies or the like between Tenant and any third party with respect to the Premises, or may, at the option of Landlord, operate as an assignment to Landlord of Tenant’s interest in same.

 

(h) All demands for Rent and all other demands, notices and entries, whether provided for under statute, common law or otherwise, that are not expressly required by the terms hereof, are hereby waived by Tenant.

 

(i) In order to secure payment of all Rent becoming due hereunder from Tenant, and to secure payment of any damages or loss that Landlord may suffer by reason of the breach of Tenant of any covenant, or condition contained herein, Tenant hereby grants Landlord a security interest upon all goods, wares, equipment, fixtures (including trade fixtures), furniture, improvements, and other personal property of Tenant presently or hereafter situated in the Premises (the “Collateral”), and all proceeds from the sale or lease thereof, and such property shall not be removed from the Premises without the consent of Landlord, except in the ordinary course of business, until Tenant has paid all arrearages in Rent hereunder and complied with all the agreements and conditions hereof. This Lease is intended as and constitutes a security agreement within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code of the state of Florida, in which the Premises are located. If a Default occurs, Landlord may, in addition to all other remedies provided herein or by law, enter upon the Premises and take possession of any and all of the Collateral and sell the Collateral pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code provisions of the state in which the Premises are located. Commercially reasonable notice shall be deemed to be at least ten (10) days’ notice prior to any foreclosure sale of the Collateral. The Collateral shall be sold on the Premises or at such other location as may be selected by Landlord in Landlord’s sole discretion. Landlord or its assigns may purchase at a public sale, and unless prohibited by law, at a private sale. The proceeds from any disposition pursuant to this subsection, less all expenses connected with the taking of possession and foreclosure, including reasonable attorney’s fees and legal expenses, shall be applied as a credit against Tenant’s indebtedness to Landlord. Any surplus shall be paid to Tenant or as otherwise required by law. Upon the request by Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord a financing statement in form sufficient to perfect the security interest granted herein. If Tenant refuses to do so after request from Landlord, Tenant hereby appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact for such purpose, such power being irrevocable and coupled with an interest. This lien shall be subordinate to any lien of a financial institution with a perfected first priority purchase money security interest. Any statutory lien for rent is not hereby waived, the express contractual lien herein granted being in addition and supplementary hereto.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 13

 

 

(j) Mitigation of Damages . If Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord shall have no obligation to mitigate Landlord’s damages except to the extent required by applicable Law. If Landlord has not terminated this Lease or Tenant’s right to possession, Landlord shall have no obligation to mitigate under any circumstances and may permit the Premises to remain vacant or abandoned. If Landlord is required by applicable Law to mitigate damages under this Lease: (a) Landlord shall be required only to use reasonable efforts to mitigate, which shall not exceed such efforts as Landlord generally uses to lease other space at the Property, (b) Landlord will not be deemed to have failed to mitigate if Landlord leases any other portions of the Property before reletting all or any portion of the Premises, and (c) any failure to mitigate as described herein with respect to any period of time shall only reduce the Rent and other amounts to which Landlord is entitled hereunder by the reasonable rental value of the Premises during such period. In recognition that the value of the Property depends on the rental rates and terms of leases therein, Landlord’s rejection of a prospective replacement tenant based on an offer of rentals below Landlord’s published rates for new leases of comparable space at the Property at the time in question, or at Landlord’s option, below the rates provided in this Lease, or containing terms less favorable than those contained herein, shall not give rise to a claim by Tenant that Landlord failed to mitigate Landlord’s damages.

 

(k) Landlord may demand that all payments made after Default be made by cash, money order, certified or cashier’s check, or other similar instrument.

 

Section 9.3 LIABILITY OF LANDLORD . (a) Notwithstanding anything elsewhere in this Lease to the contrary, the term “Landlord” as used in this Lease means, with regard to the obligations and liabilities of Landlord hereunder, only the owner from time to time of the real property and Parcel of Land of which the Premises are a part, and upon the sale of said real property, Landlord and each successive owner shall be relieved of all liability hereunder except for liability which arose or accrued while such owner was Landlord. Landlord and, in case Landlord shall be a joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, association or other form of joint ownership, the members of any such joint venture, partnership, tenancy-in-common, association or other form of joint ownership. shall have absolutely no personal liability with respect to any provision of this Lease or any obligation or liability arising from this Lease or in connection with this Lease in the event of a breach or default by Landlord of any of its obligations. Tenant shall look solely to the equity of the owner in the Premises at the time of the breach or default (or if the interest of Landlord is a leasehold interest at that time, Tenant shall look solely to such leasehold interest) for the satisfaction of any claims of Tenant. Such exculpation of liability shall be absolute and without any exception whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of failure by Landlord to give any consent, as provided in this Lease, Tenant’s sole remedy shall be an action for specific performance at law, but in no event shall Landlord be responsible in monetary damages for failure to give such consent. Except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, Tenant hereby waives, to the extent waivable under law, any right to specific performance in the event of Landlord’s default referred to herein, and Tenant expressly agrees that, Tenant’s remedy shall be limited to the monetary damages as permitted by this Section.

 

(b) Anything in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, providing such cause is not due to the willful act or neglect of Landlord, Landlord shall not be deemed in default with respect to the performance of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease if same shall be due to any strike, lockout, civil commotion, war-like operation, invasion, rebellion, hostilities, military or usurped power, sabotage, governmental regulations or controls, inability to obtain any material, service or financing, through Act of God or other cause beyond the control of Landlord. Landlord shall not be responsible or liable for any such delays and the doing or performing of any such act or thing shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for the period equal to the period of such delay.

  

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 14

 

 

Section 9.4 SURRENDER OF PREMISES . (a) Tenant may (if not in Default) prior to the expiration of this Lease or any extension thereof, remove all personal property, trade fixtures and equipment which Tenant has placed in the Premises, provided Tenant simultaneously repairs all damage to the Premises caused by such removal. If Tenant is in Default at the time of any termination of this Lease, Tenant shall not be entitled to remove any of such personal property, trade fixtures, or equipment, and Landlord shall have all rights therein as are then available to Landlord by law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not be permitted to remove any other alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises without Landlord’s consent, including but not limited to wall coverings, floor coverings, fixtures (other than trade fixtures). Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant shall, at Landlord’s option, restore the Premises to its condition upon delivery of the Premises by Landlord to Tenant.

 

(b) Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease or the reentry by Landlord of the Premises following Default, Tenant shall at once surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as the Premises were at the date Tenant opened the Premises to the public, reasonable wear and tear excepted, shall surrender all keys for the Premises to Landlord, and shall remove all Tenant’s effects therefrom subject to and as provided in subsection (a). Should any property of Tenant remain in or about the Premises following such expiration or termination (or upon reentry by Landlord following Default), then such property shall be conclusively deemed to have been abandoned by Tenant, and Landlord shall have the right, at the expense of Tenant, to dispose of said property without liability for damages or otherwise. Any proceeds from such disposition may be applied by Landlord to the expense of removal, storage or sale and to any amounts due under this Lease, with the balance to be retained by Landlord.

 

ARTICLE X - NOTICES

 

Section 10.1 NOTICES . Any notice required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be deemed sufficient if in writing and sent by United States registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, nationally recognized overnight courier, hand-delivery or telecopy followed by another copy sent in one of the preceding fashions to the party being given notice, at the addresses set forth on the Lease Summary Sheet. Either party hereto may change its address for notices or may designate other or additional persons to receive such notices by giving the other party notice of such change. Notice given as herein above provided shall be deemed received by the party to whom it is addressed on the third day after the day on which said notice, properly addressed and bearing sufficient postage, is deposited in the United States mail, the day after deposit with an overnight courier, or when hand delivered or telecopied to such party at the address set forth herein. Tenant hereby appoints as Tenant’s agent to receive service of all dispossessory or other legal proceedings and notices hereunder the person in charge of the Premises or occupying the Premises at the time of delivery or service of such proceedings and notices; and if no person is in charge of or occupying the Premises at such time, then such service or notice may be made by attaching the same on the main entrance to the Premises.

 

ARTICLE XI - MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 11.1 DEFINITIONS . The term “Landlord” as used in this Lease shall include the party signing this Lease as Landlord and its assigns and successors in title to the Premises. The term “Tenant” shall include the party signing this Lease as Tenant and his or its heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors, and, if this Lease shall be validly assigned or if the Premises should be sublet, shall also include Tenant’s assignees or sublessees, as to the Premises covered by such assignment or sublease. “Landlord” and “Tenant” shall include male and female, singular and plural, corporation, partnership or individual, as may fit the particular parties.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 15

 

 

Section 11.2 CAPTIONS . The marginal captions in this Lease are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered a part hereof and shall not limit or otherwise affect any of the terms of this Lease.

 

Section 11.3 RECORDING OF LEASE . This Lease shall not be recorded without the prior written consent of Landlord, but a short form memorandum hereof may be recorded at the expense of the requesting party setting forth the parties to the Lease, the description of the Premises, the Commencement Date and termination date of the Lease and such other information as may be necessary for the recording of a short form lease. Neither party shall set forth in such short form lease the amount of rental to be paid by Tenant to Landlord. At such time as this Lease terminates or expires for any reason, Tenant agrees to execute such instruments as necessary to release any short form lease of record. If Tenant refuses to do so after request from Landlord, Tenant hereby appoints Landlord as Tenant’s attorney-in-fact for such purpose, such power being irrevocable and coupled with an interest.

 

Section 11.4 TIME . Time is of the essence of this Lease. All time periods are calendar days unless noted otherwise.

 

Section 11.5 SEVERABILITY . If any provision of this Lease or the application of any provision of this Lease to any person or circumstance shall be invalid or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Lease, or the application of such provision to persons or circumstances other than those to which it is invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby; and each provision of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

Section 11.6 COMPLETE AGREEMENT . This Lease and the exhibits attached hereto set forth all the terms, conditions, provisions and agreements between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Premises, and there are no promises, agreements or undertakings, either oral or written, between the parties concerning the Premises other than as set forth herein. No amendment, modification or addition to this Lease shall be binding upon the parties unless in writing and executed by the parties.

 

Section 11.7 APPLICABLE LAW . This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Florida with Venue proper in all State and Federal Courts located in Broward County.

 

Section 11.8 DISCRETION . Any reference in the Lease concerning Landlord’s discretion shall mean Landlord’s absolute and sole discretion, unless otherwise defined in that section.

 

Section 11.9 NO BROKERS . Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease other than with Landlord’s broker, if any, and Tenant covenants to pay, hold harmless and indemnify Landlord from and against any and all cost, expense or liability for any compensation, commissions or charges claimed by any broker or agent, other than Landlord’s broker, if any, with respect to the negotiation or execution of this Lease.

 

Section 11.10 AUTHORIZED PERSONS . Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that such individual has been duly authorized by Tenant to do so, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with all documentation requested by Landlord in order to satisfy Landlord that Tenant is a duly organized entity, with the power and authority to enter into this Lease, and the financial ability to meet its obligations hereunder.

 

Section 11.11 COUNTERPARTS . This Lease may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. This Lease may be electronically signed by either of the parties. This Lease shall not be deemed fully executed until a fully executed document has been delivered to Tenant.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 16

 

 

Section 11.12 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . TENANT INTENTIONALLY WAIVES THE RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LITIGATION BASED HEREON, OR ARISING OUT OF UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS LEASE, OR. ANY COURSE OF CONDUCT, COURSE OF DEALING, STATEMENTS (WHETHER VERBAL OR WRITTEN) OR ACTION OF EITHER PARTY.

 

Section 11.13 RADON DISCLOSURE . Landlord makes the following disclosure pursuant to Florida Law:

 

Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it is accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities, may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public health unit.

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials / 17

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands or caused this instrument to be executed, by and through their duly authorized officers, officials or representatives, as of the day and year shown below.

 

LANDLORD:      
       
ST RXR. Investments, LLC      
       
/s/ Samer Tawfik   Witness:  
By: Samer Tawfik    
Title: Manager   Witness:  
     
Date: 3/1/18      
       
TENANT      
       
LMP MOTORS.COM, LLC      
       
/s/ Samer Tawfik   Witness:  
By: Samer Tawfik    
Title: CEO   Witness:  
       
Date: 3/1/18      

 

 

Landlord’s Initials / Tenant’s Initials /18

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This Revolving Line of Credit Agreement (the “AGREEMENT”) is made and entered into as of the [25] day of July, 2018, by and between ST RXR Investments, LLC (“LENDER”), and LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BORROWER”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. LINE OF CREDIT. Lender hereby establishes for a period extending to December 31, 2018 (the “MATURITY DATE”) a revolving line of credit (the “CREDIT LINE”) for Borrower in the principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand ($1,500,00.00) (the “CREDIT LIMIT”). In connection herewith, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender a line of credit note, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, in the amount of the Credit Limit and in form and content satisfactory to Lender (“NOTE”). All sums advanced on the Credit Line or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (each an “ADVANCE”) shall become part of the principal of the Note.

 

2. ADVANCES. Any request for an Advance may be made from time to time and in such amounts as Borrower may choose; provided, however, that any requested Advance will not, when added to the outstanding principal balance of all previous Advances, exceed the Credit Limit. Requests for Advances shall be made in writing by such officer of Borrower authorized by it to request such Advances. Until such time as Lender may be notified otherwise, Borrower hereby authorizes its Chief Executive Officer [or its [Chief Financial Officer] to request Advances. Lender may deposit or credit the amount of any requested Advance to Borrower’s checking account with Lender. Lender may refuse to make any requested Advance if an Event of Default (as defined below) has occurred and is continuing hereunder either at the time the request is given or the date the Advance is to be made, or if an event has occurred or condition exists which, with the giving of notice or passing of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default hereunder as of such dates.

 

3. INTEREST. All sums advanced pursuant to this Agreement shall bear no interest.

 

4. REPAYMENT. Borrower shall pay the principal balance on any outstanding Note on the earliest of (i) the written demand of Lender, (ii) the Maturity Date, or (iii) upon the completion of an initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock, including an initial public offering under Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (a “QUALIFIED IPO”). All payments shall be made to Lender at such place as Lender may, from time to time, designate. All payments received hereunder shall be applied to principal. Borrower may prepay principal at any time without penalty.

 

5. QUALIFIED IPO. Upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO, all amounts outstanding under this Agreement shall be repaid pursuant to Section 4 and this Agreement shall terminate. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall have no right to request an Advance following the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make the advances provided for herein, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

 

a. Borrower is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own its assets and to transact business in other states where its business is conducted.

 

 

 

 

b. Borrower has the corporate authority and power to execute and deliver any document required hereunder and to perform any condition or obligation imposed under the terms of such documents.

 

c. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each document incident hereto will not violate any provision of any applicable law, regulation, order, judgment, decree, certificate of incorporation, by-law, indenture, contract, agreement, or other undertaking to which Borrower is a party, or which purports to be binding on Borrower or its assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of a lien on any of its assets.

 

d. There is no action, suit, investigation, or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened, against or affecting Borrower or any of its assets which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of Borrower or the operation of its business.

 

e. As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) the aggregate value of Borrower’s assets will exceed its liabilities, (ii) Borrower will have sufficient cash flow to enable it to pay its debts as they mature, and (iii) Borrower will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged.

 

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. An event of default will occur if any of the following events occurs (“EVENT OF DEFAULT”):

 

a. Failure to pay any principal on a Note within ten (10) days after the same becomes due.

 

b. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in this Agreement or in connection with any borrowing or request for an Advance hereunder, or in any certificate, financial statement, or other statement furnished by Borrower to Lender is untrue in any material respect at the time when made.

 

c. Default by Borrower in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, other than a default constituting a separate and distinct Event of Default under this Paragraph 6; provided, however, that such default is not remedied within fourteen (14) days after notice thereof is given to Borrower.

 

d. Filing by Borrower of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy seeking reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of debts, or any other relief under the US Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing.

 

e. Filing of an involuntary petition against Borrower in bankruptcy seeking reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of debts, or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Code as amended, or under any other insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing, and the continuance thereof for sixty (60) days undismissed, unbonded, or undischarged.

 

f. Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against Borrower decreeing the dissolution or split up of Borrower and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days.

 

8. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as defined above, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, or other notice of any kind. Lender may suspend or terminate any obligation it may have  hereunder to make additional Advances. To the extent permitted by law, Borrower waives any rights to presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind in connection with this Agreement. No failure or delay on the part of Lender in exercising any right, power, or privilege hereunder will preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided at law or in equity. Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection incurred by reason of the default, including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

2

 

 

9. NOTICE. Any written notice will be deemed effective on the date such notice is placed, first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail, addressed to the party to which notice is being given as follows:

 

Lender: ST RXR Investment, LLC
Attn: [    ]
 

1330 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 510

New York, NY 10019

 
Borrower  LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.
  Attn.: Samer Tawfik
  601 N State Road 7
  Plantation, FL 33317

 

10. GENERAL PROVISIONS. All representations and warranties made in this Agreement and the Note and in any certificate delivered pursuant thereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any loans hereunder. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender, their respective successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or delegate its duties hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender. This Agreement, the Note, and all documents and instruments associated herewith will be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Time is of the essence hereof. This Agreement will be deemed to express, embody, and supersede any previous understanding, agreements, or commitments, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to the general subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by the parties.

 

11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . The parties hereto hereby voluntarily and irrevocably waive trial by jury in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) brought in connection with this Agreement, any of the related agreements and documents, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. As used herein, “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, or any other actual, threatened, or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of any party or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, in which a Party was, is, or will be involved as a party or otherwise.

 

12. COUNTERPARTS. Counterparts of this Agreement (or applicable signature pages hereof) that are manually signed and delivered by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail as a portable document format file (.pdf) or a tagged image file (.tif) shall be deemed to constitute signed original counterparts hereof and shall bind the parties signing and delivering in such manner.

 

13. INDEPENDENT ADVICE OF COUNSEL. The parties hereto, and each of them, represent and declare that in executing this Agreement they relied solely upon their own judgment, belief, knowledge and the advice and recommendations of their own independently selected counsel, concerning the nature, extent, and duration of their rights and claims, and that they have not been influenced to any extent whatsoever in executing the Agreement by any representations or statements covering any matters made by any other party or that party’s representatives hereto.

 

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, together with the Note, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the general subject matter hereof; supersede all prior negotiations and agreements with respect thereto; may not be contradicted by evidence of any alleged oral agreement; and may not be amended, modified, or rescinded in any manner except by a written agreement signed by Lender which clearly and unequivocally expresses an intent to amend, modify, or rescind the same.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

  BORROWER:
     
  LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Samer Tawfik
    Name: Samer Tawfik
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  LENDER:
     
  ST RXR INVESTMENTS, LLC.
     
By: /s/ Sam Tawfik
    Name: Sam Tawfik
    Title: President

 

4

 

 

Exhibit A

 

LINE OF CREDIT NOTE

 

$1,500,000.00 As of July [_], 2018

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and intending to be legally bound hereby, LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of ST RXR Investments LLC (“ Lender ”), the amount of up to ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS AND NO/100 ($1,500,000.00), together with any unpaid costs and expenses payable to Lender hereunder.

 

This Line of Credit Note (this “ Note ”) has been issued by Borrower in accordance with the terms of that certain Revolving Line of Credit Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Agreement ”), between Borrower and Lender, and the terms of the Agreement are expressly incorporated herein by reference. All capitalized terms used in this Note and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. The principal amount due and owing at any time shall be the sum of all then outstanding Advances (as defined in the Agreement) which had not been repaid.

 

This Line of Credit Note is issued to evidence Borrower’s indebtedness to Lender for operating expenses in connection with the operations of Borrower.

 

Without limiting its other obligations under the Agreement, unless accelerated earlier following the completion of a Qualified IPO, the written demand of Lender or an occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower will repay the principal amount of this Note, in accordance with the Agreement.

 

Lender, together with Lender’s successors and/or assigns, is entitled to the benefits of this Note and the Agreement and may exercise the remedies provided for thereby or otherwise available in respect thereof, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

A waiver or forbearance on the part of Lender of any provision of this Note shall be effective only if the same shall be in writing and signed by Lender, and then shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of any term or condition of the Note, and the failure of Lender to assert any breach or to declare a default by Borrower or to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Note shall not be construed to constitute a waiver thereof so long as such breach or default continues unremedied. No single or partial exercise by Lender of this Note of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege, and no notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the right of Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

 

Borrower expressly waives presentment, protest, demand, notice of dishonor, presentment for the purpose of accelerating maturity, and diligence in collection. This Note, and the terms, conditions and provisions hereof, may not be changed, modified or amended without the written consent of Borrower and Lender.

 

This Note, and all claims relating to or arising out of the relationship of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, shall be governed by, construed under and interpreted in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

5

 

 

This Note (i) shall be binding upon Borrower and Lender and, where applicable, their respective successors and permitted assigns, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and, where applicable, their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of Lender, and any such assignment or attempted assignment by Borrower shall be void and of no effect with respect to Lender.

 

For purposes of the this Note, no course of dealing between Borrower and Lender (or any other holder of this Note), or any of them, and no delay on the part of any such party in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of the rights thereof. Any term of this Note may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived only with the written consent of Borrower and Lender.

 

All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to the Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Borrower has executed and delivered to Lender this Note, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Samer Tawfik
  Name:  Samer Tawfik
  Title: Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

6

 

   

REVOLVING LINE OF CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This Revolving Line of Credit Agreement (the “AGREEMENT”) is made and entered into as of the 21 day of May, 2019, by and between ST RXR Investments, LLC (“LENDER”), and LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“BORROWER”).

 

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. LINE OF CREDIT. Lender hereby establishes for a period extending to May 21, 2020 (the “MATURITY DATE”) a revolving line of credit (the “CREDIT LINE”) for Borrower in the principal amount of One Million Five Hundred Thousand ($1,500,00.00) (the “CREDIT LIMIT”). In connection herewith, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender a line of credit note, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, in the amount of the Credit Limit and in form and content satisfactory to Lender (“NOTE”). All sums advanced on the Credit Line or pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (each an “ADVANCE”) shall become part of the principal of the Note.

 

2. ADVANCES. Any request for an Advance may be made from time to time and in such amounts as Borrower may choose; provided, however, that any requested Advance will not, when added to the outstanding principal balance of all previous Advances, exceed the Credit Limit. Requests for Advances shall be made in writing by such officer of Borrower authorized by it to request such Advances. Until such time as Lender may be notified otherwise, Borrower hereby authorizes its Chief Executive Officer [or its [Chief Financial Officer] to request Advances. Lender may deposit or credit the amount of any requested Advance to Borrower’s checking account with Lender. Lender may refuse to make any requested Advance if an Event of Default (as defined below) has occurred and is continuing hereunder either at the time the request is given or the date the Advance is to be made, or if an event has occurred or condition exists which, with the giving of notice or passing of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default hereunder as of such dates.

 

3. INTEREST. All sums advanced pursuant to this Agreement shall bear no interest.

 

4. REPAYMENT. Borrower shall pay the principal balance on any outstanding Note on the earliest of (i) the written demand of Lender, (ii) the Maturity Date, or (iii) upon the completion of an initial public offering of Borrower’s common stock, including an initial public offering under Regulation A promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (a “QUALIFIED IPO”). All payments shall be made to Lender at such place as Lender may, from time to time, designate. All payments received hereunder shall be applied to principal. Borrower may prepay principal at any time without penalty.

 

5. QUALIFIED IPO. Upon the consummation of a Qualified IPO, all amounts outstanding under this Agreement shall be repaid pursuant to Section 4 and this Agreement shall terminate. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower shall have no right to request an Advance following the consummation of a Qualified IPO.

 

6. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. In order to induce Lender to enter into this Agreement and to make the advances provided for herein, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender as follows:

 

a. Borrower is duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware with the power to own its assets and to transact business in other states where its business is conducted.

 

 

 

 

b. Borrower has the corporate authority and power to execute and deliver any document required hereunder and to perform any condition or obligation imposed under the terms of such documents.

 

c. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each document incident hereto will not violate any provision of any applicable law, regulation, order, judgment, decree, certificate of incorporation, by-law, indenture, contract, agreement, or other undertaking to which Borrower is a party, or which purports to be binding on Borrower or its assets and will not result in the creation or imposition of a lien on any of its assets.

 

d. There is no action, suit, investigation, or proceeding pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened, against or affecting Borrower or any of its assets which, if adversely determined, would have a material adverse effect on the financial condition of Borrower or the operation of its business.

 

e. As of the date hereof and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby, (i) the aggregate value of Borrower’s assets will exceed its liabilities, (ii) Borrower will have sufficient cash flow to enable it to pay its debts as they mature, and (iii) Borrower will not have unreasonably small capital for the business in which it is engaged.

 

7. EVENTS OF DEFAULT. An event of default will occur if any of the following events occurs (“EVENT OF DEFAULT”):

 

a. Failure to pay any principal on a Note within ten (10) days after the same becomes due.

 

b. Any representation or warranty made by Borrower in this Agreement or in connection with any borrowing or request for an Advance hereunder, or in any certificate, financial statement, or other statement furnished by Borrower to Lender is untrue in any material respect at the time when made.

 

c. Default by Borrower in the observance or performance of any other covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, other than a default constituting a separate and distinct Event of Default under this Paragraph 6; provided, however, that such default is not remedied within fourteen (14) days after notice thereof is given to Borrower.

 

d. Filing by Borrower of a voluntary petition in bankruptcy seeking reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of debts, or any other relief under the US Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing.

 

e. Filing of an involuntary petition against Borrower in bankruptcy seeking reorganization, arrangement or readjustment of debts, or any other relief under the Bankruptcy Code as amended, or under any other insolvency act or law, state or federal, now or hereafter existing, and the continuance thereof for sixty (60) days undismissed, unbonded, or undischarged.

 

f.   Any order, judgment or decree shall be entered against Borrower decreeing the dissolution or split up of Borrower and such order shall remain undischarged or unstayed for a period in excess of thirty (30) days.

 

8. REMEDIES. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default as defined above, Lender may declare the entire unpaid principal balance to be immediately due and payable without presentment, demand, protest, or other notice of any kind. Lender may suspend or terminate any obligation it may have  hereunder to make additional Advances. To the extent permitted by law, Borrower waives any rights to presentment, demand, protest, or notice of any kind in connection with this Agreement. No failure or delay on the part of Lender in exercising any right, power, or privilege hereunder will preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege. The rights and remedies provided herein are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies provided at law or in equity. Borrower agrees to pay all costs of collection incurred by reason of the default, including court costs and reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

2

 

 

9. NOTICE. Any written notice will be deemed effective on the date such notice is placed, first class, postage prepaid, in the United States mail, addressed to the party to which notice is being given as follows:

 

Lender: ST RXR Investment, LLC
Attn: [    ]
  1330 Avenue of the Americas, Suite 510
  New York, NY 10019
 
Borrower LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.
  Attn.: Samer Tawfik
  601 N State Road 7
  Plantation, FL 33317

 

10. GENERAL PROVISIONS. All representations and warranties made in this Agreement and the Note and in any certificate delivered pursuant thereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the making of any loans hereunder. This Agreement will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender, their respective successors and assigns, except that Borrower may not assign or transfer its rights or delegate its duties hereunder without the prior written consent of Lender. This Agreement, the Note, and all documents and instruments associated herewith will be governed by and construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. Time is of the essence hereof. This Agreement will be deemed to express, embody, and supersede any previous understanding, agreements, or commitments, whether written or oral, between the parties with respect to the general subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be amended or modified except in writing signed by the parties.

 

11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . The parties hereto hereby voluntarily and irrevocably waive trial by jury in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) brought in connection with this Agreement, any of the related agreements and documents, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. As used herein, “Proceeding” includes any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing, or any other actual, threatened, or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of any party or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative, or investigative, in which a Party was, is, or will be involved as a party or otherwise.

 

12. COUNTERPARTS. Counterparts of this Agreement (or applicable signature pages hereof) that are manually signed and delivered by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail as a portable document format file (.pdf) or a tagged image file (.tif) shall be deemed to constitute signed original counterparts hereof and shall bind the parties signing and delivering in such manner.

 

13. INDEPENDENT ADVICE OF COUNSEL. The parties hereto, and each of them, represent and declare that in executing this Agreement they relied solely upon their own judgment, belief, knowledge and the advice and recommendations of their own independently selected counsel, concerning the nature, extent, and duration of their rights and claims, and that they have not been influenced to any extent whatsoever in executing the Agreement by any representations or statements covering any matters made by any other party or that party’s representatives hereto.

 

14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT . This Agreement, together with the Note, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the general subject matter hereof; supersede all prior negotiations and agreements with respect thereto; may not be contradicted by evidence of any alleged oral agreement; and may not be amended, modified, or rescinded in any manner except by a written agreement signed by Lender which clearly and unequivocally expresses an intent to amend, modify, or rescind the same.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

3

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day and year first above written.

 

  BORROWER:
     
  LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Samer Tawfik
    Name: Samer Tawfik
    Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

  LENDER:
     
  ST RXR INVESTMENTS, LLC.
     
By: /s/ Sam Tawfik
    Name: Sam Tawfik
    Title: President

 

4

 

 

Exhibit A

 

LINE OF CREDIT NOTE

 

$1,500,000.00 As of May 21, 2019

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, and intending to be legally bound hereby, LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Borrower ”), hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the order of ST RXR Investments LLC (“ Lender ”), the amount of up to ONE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THOUSAND DOLLARS AND NO/100 ($1,500,000.00), together with any unpaid costs and expenses payable to Lender hereunder.

 

This Line of Credit Note (this “ Note ”) has been issued by Borrower in accordance with the terms of that certain Revolving Line of Credit Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Agreement ”), between Borrower and Lender, and the terms of the Agreement are expressly incorporated herein by reference. All capitalized terms used in this Note and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement. The principal amount due and owing at any time shall be the sum of all then outstanding Advances (as defined in the Agreement) which had not been repaid.

 

This Line of Credit Note is issued to evidence Borrower’s indebtedness to Lender for operating expenses in connection with the operations of Borrower.

 

Without limiting its other obligations under the Agreement, unless accelerated earlier following the completion of a Qualified IPO, the written demand of Lender or an occurrence of an Event of Default, Borrower will repay the principal amount of this Note, in accordance with the Agreement.

 

Lender, together with Lender’s successors and/or assigns, is entitled to the benefits of this Note and the Agreement and may exercise the remedies provided for thereby or otherwise available in respect thereof, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof.

 

A waiver or forbearance on the part of Lender of any provision of this Note shall be effective only if the same shall be in writing and signed by Lender, and then shall not be construed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach or default of any term or condition of the Note, and the failure of Lender to assert any breach or to declare a default by Borrower or to exercise any right, power or privilege under this Note shall not be construed to constitute a waiver thereof so long as such breach or default continues unremedied. No single or partial exercise by Lender of this Note of any right, power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege, and no notice to or demand on Borrower in any case shall entitle Borrower to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances or constitute a waiver of the right of Lender to any other or further action in any circumstances without notice or demand.

 

Borrower expressly waives presentment, protest, demand, notice of dishonor, presentment for the purpose of accelerating maturity, and diligence in collection. This Note, and the terms, conditions and provisions hereof, may not be changed, modified or amended without the written consent of Borrower and Lender.

 

This Note, and all claims relating to or arising out of the relationship of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, shall be governed by, construed under and interpreted in accordance with the domestic laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the principles of any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

 

5

 

 

This Note (i) shall be binding upon Borrower and Lender and, where applicable, their respective successors and permitted assigns, and (ii) shall inure to the benefit of Borrower and Lender and, where applicable, their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that Borrower may not assign its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of Lender, and any such assignment or attempted assignment by Borrower shall be void and of no effect with respect to Lender.

 

For purposes of the this Note, no course of dealing between Borrower and Lender (or any other holder of this Note), or any of them, and no delay on the part of any such party in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of the rights thereof. Any term of this Note may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived only with the written consent of Borrower and Lender.

 

All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to the Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Borrower has executed and delivered to Lender this Note, as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Samer Tawfik
  Name:  Samer Tawfik
  Title: Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

6

 

Exhibit 10.5

 

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of the _________________________ by and among LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the investors listed on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement (each a “ Purchaser ” and together the “ Purchasers ”).

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Purchase and Sale of Common Stock.

 

1.1 Sale and Issuance of Common Stock .

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Purchaser agrees to purchase at the Closing and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Purchaser at the Closing that number of shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Common Stock ”), set forth opposite each Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A, at a purchase of $3.33 per share price (the “ Purchase Price ”). The shares of Common Stock issued to the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Shares .”

 

1.2 Closing; Delivery .

 

(a) The purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures at such other time and place as the Company and the Purchasers mutually agree upon (the “ Closing ”). The term “ Closing ” shall apply to each such closing unless otherwise specified.

 

(b) At or within a reasonable time after Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares being purchased by such Purchaser at such Closing against payment of the Purchase Price therefor by certified check or by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company.

 

1.3 Sale of Additional Shares . The offering of Shares hereunder is part of an offering by the Company, on the same terms and conditions as those contained in this Agreement, under Rule 506(b) under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, of up to an aggregate of 9,000,000 Shares (the “ Maximum Offering ”), including the offering to one or more purchasers who shall purchase shares ( “Additional Shares” ) after the first Closing (the “ Additional Purchasers” ), provided that each Additional Purchaser shall become a party to the Transaction Agreements (as defined below). Exhibit A to this Agreement shall be updated to reflect the number of Additional Shares purchased at each such Closing and the parties purchasing such Additional Shares.

 

1.4 Defined Terms Used in this Agreement In addition to the terms defined above, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

 

(a) “ Knowledge ” including the phrase “ to the Company’s knowledge ” shall mean the actual knowledge after reasonable investigation by an officer of the Company.

 

(b) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property or results of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

 

(c) “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

(d) “ Purchaser ” means each of the Purchasers who is initially a party to this Agreement and any Additional Purchaser who becomes a party to this Agreement at a subsequent Closing under Subsection 1.3 .

 

(e) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(f) “ Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock issued at a Closing and any Additional Shares issued at a subsequent Closing under Subsection 1.3 .

 

(g) “ Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Stockholders’ Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), the Accredited Investor Questionnaire to be completed and executed by the Investor (the “Investor Questionnaire”), attached hereto as Exhibit C and any other agreements, instruments or documents entered into in connection with this Agreement.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser that the following representations are true and complete as of the date of the Closing, except as otherwise indicated.

 

2.1 Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.2 Capitalization .

 

(a) The authorized capital of the Company consists, immediately prior to the Closing, of:

 

(i) 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), 21,000,000 of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized, are fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(ii) 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, none of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing.

 

(b) Exhibit B sets forth the capitalization of the Company assuming the completion of the Maximum Offering.

 

2.3 Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Shares at the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

2

 

 

2.4 Valid Issuance of Shares . The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by a Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchasers in this Agreement and subject to the filings described below, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers . Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company, each as to itself severally and not jointly, that:

 

3.1 Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements. The Transaction Agreements to which the Purchaser is a party, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

 

3.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. The Purchaser has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares.

 

3.3 Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Shares with the Company’s management.

 

3.4 Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

3

 

 

3.5 Lock-up Agreement . If so requested by the Company or the underwriters or the placement or selling agents in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities registered or qualified under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Purchaser shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (except for those being registered or qualified) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement, , and Purchaser shall execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the Company or underwriters at the time of such offering.

 

3.6 No Public Market . The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for the Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Shares.

 

3.7 Legends . The Purchaser understands that the Shares and any securities issued in respect of or exchange for the Shares, may be notated with one or all of the following legends:

 

“THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AGREEMENTS, COVENANTS AND RESTRICTIONS PROVIDED IN THE STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BY AND AMONG LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC. AND THE PERSONS NAMED THEREIN. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY ANY STOCKHOLDER OF THE COMPANY UPON REQUEST WITHOUT CHARGE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”

 

(a) Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Agreements.

 

(b) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Shares represented by the certificate, instrument, or book entry so legended.

 

3.8 Accredited Investor . The information in the Investor Questionnaire is accurate and true in all respects and the Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

4

 

 

3.9 Foreign Investors . If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

3.10 No General Solicitation . Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (a) engaged in any general solicitation, or (b) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

3.11 Stockholders’ Agreement . Investor has reviewed and accepts the terms and conditions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, and acknowledges that delivery of its signature hereto shall constitute its execution and delivery of the Stockholders’ Agreement to the other parties thereto.

 

3.12 Exculpation Among Purchasers . The Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any Person, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. The Purchaser agrees that neither any Purchaser nor the respective controlling Persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Purchaser shall be liable to any other Purchaser for any action heretofore taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Shares.

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

4.1 Survival of Warranties . Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Purchasers contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Purchasers or the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the warranties and representations of the Company shall survive only for the one-year period following the Closing.

 

4.2 Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

4.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

 

4.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g. , www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

5

 

 

4.5 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

4.6 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, or (c) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on the signature page or Exhibit A, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 4.6.

 

4.7 Purchaser Finder’s Fees . Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which each Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

4.8 Attorneys’ Fees . If any action at law or in equity (including, arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of any of the Transaction Agreements, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

4.9 Amendments and Waivers . No term of this Agreement may be amended, terminated or waived without the written consent of the Company and Purchasers. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 4.9 shall be binding upon the Purchasers and each transferee of the Shares (or the Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof), each future holder of all such securities, and the Company.

 

4.10 Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

 

4.11 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

4.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

 

6

 

 

4.13 Dispute Resolution . Any unresolved controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, except as (i) otherwise provided in this Agreement, or (ii) any such controversies or claims arising out of either party’s intellectual property rights for which a provisional remedy or equitable relief is sought, shall be submitted to arbitration by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties, and if no agreement can be reached within thirty (30) days after names of potential arbitrators have been proposed by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”), then by one arbitrator having reasonable experience in corporate finance transactions of the type provided for in this Agreement and who is chosen by the AAA. The arbitration shall take place in New York, NY, in accordance with the AAA rules then in effect, and judgment upon any award rendered in such arbitration will be binding and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. There shall be limited discovery prior to the arbitration hearing as follows: (a) exchange of witness lists and copies of documentary evidence and documents relating to or arising out of the issues to be arbitrated, (b) depositions of all party witnesses, and (c) such other depositions as may be allowed by the arbitrators upon a showing of good cause. Depositions shall be conducted in accordance with the Delaware Code of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator shall be required to provide in writing to the parties the basis for the award or order of such arbitrator, and a court reporter shall record all hearings, with such record constituting the official transcript of such proceedings.

 

The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to personal jurisdiction for any equitable action sought in the U.S. District Court located in New York, New York, or any court of the State of New York having subject matter jurisdiction.

 

THE SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS

 

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Common Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.
   
  By:  
    Samer Tawfik, Chief Executive Officer
     
  Address:  211 East 43rd Street, 24th Floor
    New York, NY 10017
    Attention: Joseph A. Ruta
    jruta@lawnynj.com

 

Signature Page to Common Stock Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

 

PURCHASER:
   
IF AN INDIVIDUAL:  
 

(Signature)

     
   
  (Print Name)
   

IF AN ENTITY:

   
   
 

(Print or Type Name of Entity)

     
  By:       
    (Signature)
   
  (Print Name and Title)

 

Signature Page to Common Stock Purchase Agreement

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

 

Name and Address   Number and Class of Shares Held   Percentage Interest
[  ]   [   ] Shares of Common Stock   [  ]
[  ]   [   ] Shares of Common Stock   [  ]
[  ]   [   ] Shares of Common Stock   [  ]
[  ]   [   ] Shares of Common Stock   [  ]
[  ]   [   ] Shares of Common Stock   [  ]
[  ]   [   ] Shares of Common Stock   [  ]

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE

 

Purchaser Name: ___________________________________________________________________________

 

( If Investor is an individual, complete Section 1. If Investor is an entity, complete Section 2. )

 

1. The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Regulation D adopted pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 by virtue of satisfying the specific accredited investor qualifications checked by the undersigned below.

 

(a) [  ] an individual whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000.

 

NOTE: For this purpose, “individual net worth” means the excess of total assets at fair market value over total liabilities. For the purposes of calculating net worth: (i) the person’s primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (ii) indebtedness that is secured by the person’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the acquisition of the Securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of the acquisition of the Securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (iii) indebtedness that is secured by the person’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence shall be included as a liability.

 

(b) [  ] an individual whose personal income was in excess of $200,000 in each of the last two full calendar years, or whose joint income together with that person’s spouse was in excess of $300,000 in each of those years, and who reasonably expects to have at least the same level of income in the current calendar year.

 

NOTE: For this purpose, “individual income” means adjusted gross income, as reported for federal income tax purposes, less any income attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse, increased by the following amounts (but not including any amounts attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse): (i) the amount of any exclusion for tax-exempt interest under Section 103 of the Code, (ii) the amount of any losses claimed as a limited partner in a limited partnership as reported on Schedule E of form 1040, (iii) the amount of any deduction, including the allowance for depletion, under Section 611, et seq. , of the Code and (iv) the amount of any deduction for long-term capital gains under Section 1202 of the Code.

 

 

 

 

2. The undersigned entity hereby certifies that it is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 in Regulation D adopted pursuant to the Securities Act by virtue of satisfying the specific accredited investor qualifications checked by the undersigned below.

 

(a) [  ] a corporation, a partnership, a non-profit organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, a Massachusetts trust or similar business trust, which was not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company and which has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

(b) [  ] a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, which was not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company and whose investment in the Company is directed by a person with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company;

 

(c) [  ] any entity in which all of the equity owners are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (Note: all owners of an entity qualifying under this criteria must each execute an individual accredited investor questionnaire);

 

(d) [  ] a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, acting in either an individual or fiduciary capacity;

 

(e) [  ] an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act;

 

(f) [  ] a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958;

 

(g) [  ] a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

 

(h) [  ] an insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Securities Act;

 

(i) [  ] a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or an agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, which plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

 

(j) [  ] an employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, which satisfies one of the following criteria: (i) the investment decision for such plan is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act, which is either a bank, a savings and loan association, an insurance company, or a registered investment adviser, (ii) such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; or (iii) such plan is a self-directed plan and its investment decisions are made solely by persons who are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act;

 

(k) [  ] a private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Accredited Investor Certification as of ______________________.

 

IF INVESTOR IS AN INDIVIDUAL:

 
 

(Signature)

     
   
  (Print Name)
   

IF INVESTOR IS AN ENTITY:

   
   
 

(Print or Type Name of Entity)

     
  By:       
    (Signature)
   
  (Print Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

270 Park Avenue

 

New York, NY 10017

 

ABA # - 021000021

 

Account Number - 758060615

 

For Account of - LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.6

  

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), is made as of the

 

___________________, by and among LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and the investors listed on Exhibit A attached to this Agreement (each a “ Purchaser ” and together the “ Purchasers ”).

 

The parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Purchase and Sale of Common Stock.

 

1.1 Sale and Issuance of Common Stock .

 

(a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, each Purchaser agrees to purchase at the Closing and the Company agrees to sell and issue to each Purchaser at the Closing that number of shares of Common Stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “Common Stock ”), set forth opposite each Purchaser’s name on Exhibit A, at a purchase of $4.75 per share price (the “ Purchase Price ”). The shares of Common Stock issued to the Purchasers pursuant to this Agreement shall be referred to in this Agreement as the “ Shares .” The Purchasers acknowledge that the Company is, along with the Shares (as defined below), contemporaneously offering (i) 4% convertible promissory notes due 2018 in the principal amount of $1,900,000 and (ii) 9% convertible promissory notes due 2020 in the principal amount of $4,400,000.

 

1.2 Closing; Delivery .

 

(a) The purchase and sale of the Shares shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signatures at such other time and place as the Company and the Purchasers mutually agree upon (the “ Closing ”). The term “ Closing ” shall apply to each such closing unless otherwise specified.

 

(b) At or within a reasonable time after Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Purchaser a certificate representing the Shares being purchased by such Purchaser at such Closing against payment of the Purchase Price therefor by certified check or by wire transfer to a bank account designated by the Company.

 

1.3 Sale of Additional Shares . The offering of Shares hereunder is part of an offering by the Company, on the same terms and conditions as those contained in this Agreement, under Rule 506(b) under Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act, of up to an aggregate of 1,800,000 Shares (the “ Maximum Offering ”), including the offering to one or more purchasers who shall purchase shares ( “Additional Shares” ) after the first Closing (the “ Additional Purchasers” ), provided that each Additional Purchaser shall become a party to the Transaction Agreements (as defined below). Exhibit A to this Agreement shall be updated to reflect the number of Additional Shares purchased at each such Closing and the parties purchasing such Additional Shares.

 

1.4 Defined Terms Used in this Agreement . In addition to the terms defined above, the following terms used in this Agreement shall be construed to have the meanings set forth or referenced below.

 

(a) “ Knowledge ” including the phrase “ to the Company’s knowledge ” shall mean the actual knowledge after reasonable investigation by an officer of the Company.

  

 

 

 

(b) “ Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition, property or results of operations of the Company.

 

(c) “ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.

 

(d) “ Purchaser ” means each of the Purchasers who is initially a party to this Agreement and any Additional Purchaser who becomes a party to this Agreement at a subsequent Closing under Subsection 1.3 .

 

(e) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(f) “ Shares ” means the shares of Common Stock issued at a Closing and any Additional Shares issued at a subsequent Closing under Subsection 1.3 .

 

(g) “ Transaction Agreements ” means this Agreement, the Stockholders’ Agreement, attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Stockholders’ Agreement”), the Accredited Investor Questionnaire to be completed and executed by the Investor (the “Investor Questionnaire”), attached hereto as Exhibit C and any other agreements, instruments or documents entered into in connection with this Agreement.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Purchaser that the following representations are true and complete as of the date of the Closing, except as otherwise indicated.

 

2.1 Organization, Good Standing, Corporate Power and Qualification . The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to carry on its business as presently conducted and as proposed to be conducted. The Company is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.2 Capitalization .

 

(a) The authorized capital of the Company consists, immediately prior to the Closing, of:

 

(i) 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.00001 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), 23,858,042 of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Initial Closing. All of the outstanding shares of Common Stock have been duly authorized, are fully paid and non-assessable and were issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

(ii) 20,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, none of which are issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Closing.

 

(b) Exhibit B sets forth the capitalization of the Company assuming the completion of the Maximum Offering.

  

2

 

 

2.3 Authorization . All corporate action required to be taken by the Company in order to authorize the Company to enter into this Agreement and to issue the Shares at the Closing has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered by the Company, shall constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their respective terms except (i) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief, or other equitable remedies.

 

2.4 Valid Issuance of Shares . The Shares, when issued, sold and delivered in accordance with the terms and for the consideration set forth in this Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and free of restrictions on transfer other than restrictions on transfer under this Agreement, applicable state and federal securities laws and liens or encumbrances created by or imposed by a Purchaser. Assuming the accuracy of the representations of the Purchasers in this Agreement and subject to the filings described below, the Shares will be issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3. Representations and Warranties of the Purchasers . Each Purchaser hereby represents and warrants to the Company, each as to itself severally and not jointly, that:

 

3.1 Authorization . The Purchaser has full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements. The Transaction Agreements to which the Purchaser is a party, when executed and delivered by the Purchaser, will constitute valid and legally binding obligations of the Purchaser, enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance and any other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies.

 

3.2 Purchase Entirely for Own Account . This Agreement is made with the Purchaser in reliance upon the Purchaser’s representation to the Company, which by the Purchaser’s execution of this Agreement, the Purchaser hereby confirms, that the Shares to be acquired by the Purchaser will be acquired solely for investment for the Purchaser’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the resale or distribution of any part thereof, and that the Purchaser has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. By executing this Agreement, the Purchaser further represents that the Purchaser does not presently have any contract, undertaking, agreement or arrangement with any Person to sell, transfer or grant participations to such Person or to any third Person, with respect to any of the Shares. The Purchaser has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Shares.

 

3.3 Disclosure of Information . The Purchaser has had an opportunity to ask questions of, and receive answers from, and discuss the Company’s business, management, financial affairs, and the terms and conditions of the offering of the Share and the Transaction Agreement with the Company’s management.

 

3

 

 

3.4 Restricted Securities . The Purchaser understands that the Shares have not been, and will not be, registered under the Securities Act, by reason of a specific exemption from the registration provisions of the Securities Act which depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the investment intent and the accuracy of the Purchaser’s representations as expressed herein. The Purchaser understands that the Shares are “restricted securities” under applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and that, pursuant to these laws, the Purchaser must hold the Shares indefinitely unless they are registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and qualified by state authorities, or an exemption from such registration and qualification requirements is available. The Purchaser acknowledges that the Company has no obligation to register or qualify the Shares for resale. The Purchaser further acknowledges that if an exemption from registration or qualification is available, it may be conditioned on various requirements including, but not limited to, the time and manner of sale, the holding period for the Shares, and on requirements relating to the Company which are outside of the Purchaser’s control, and which the Company is under no obligation and may not be able to satisfy.

 

3.5 Lock-up Agreement . If so requested by the Company or the underwriters or the placement or selling agents in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities registered or qualified under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Purchaser shall not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company however or whenever acquired (except for those being registered or qualified) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement, , and Purchaser shall execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the Company or underwriters at the time of such offering.

 

3.6 No Public Market . The Purchaser understands that no public market now exists for the Shares, and that the Company has made no assurances that a public market will ever exist for the Shares.

 

3.7 Legends . The Purchaser understands that the Shares and any securities issued in respect of or exchange for the Shares, may be notated with one or all of the following legends:

 

(a) “THE SHARES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AND HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND NOT WITH A VIEW TO, OR IN CONNECTION WITH, THE SALE OR DISTRIBUTION THEREOF. NO SUCH TRANSFER MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN A FORM SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933.”

 

“THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AGREEMENTS, COVENANTS AND RESTRICTIONS PROVIDED IN THE STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BY AND AMONG LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC. AND THE PERSONS NAMED THEREIN. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY ANY STOCKHOLDER OF THE COMPANY UPON REQUEST WITHOUT CHARGE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY”

 

(b) Any legend set forth in, or required by, the other Transaction Agreements.

 

(c) Any legend required by the securities laws of any state to the extent such laws are applicable to the Shares represented by the certificate, instrument, or book entry so legended.

  

4

 

 

3.8 Accredited Investor . The information in the Investor Questionnaire is accurate and true in all respects and the Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

3.9 Foreign Investors . If the Purchaser is not a United States person (as defined by Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code), the Purchaser hereby represents that it has satisfied itself as to the full observance of the laws of its jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (i) the legal requirements within its jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (ii) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (iii) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained, and (iv) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, that may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares. The Purchaser’s subscription and payment for and continued beneficial ownership of the Shares will not violate any applicable securities or other laws of the Purchaser’s jurisdiction.

 

3.10 No General Solicitation .

 

(a) Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents, stockholders or partners has either directly or indirectly, including, through a broker or finder (i) engaged in any general solicitation, or (ii) published any advertisement in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.

 

(b) Neither the Purchaser, nor any of its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents, stockholders or partners is unaware of, is in no way relying on, and did not become aware of the offering of the Shares through or as a result of, any form of general solicitation or general advertising including, without limitation, any article, notice, advertisement or other communication or information published in any newspaper, magazine or similar media or broadcast over television, radio or the Internet (including, without limitation, internet “blogs,” bulletin boards, discussion groups and social networking sites) in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares and is not subscribing for the Shares and did not become aware of the offering of the Shares through or as a result of any seminar or meeting to which the Purchaser was invited by, or any solicitation of a subscription by, a person not previously known to the Purchaser in connection with investments in securities generally.

 

3.11 Stockholders’ Agreement . Investor has reviewed and accepts the terms and conditions of the Stockholders’ Agreement, and acknowledges that delivery of its signature hereto shall constitute its execution and delivery of the Stockholders’ Agreement to the other parties thereto.

 

3.12 Exculpation Among Purchasers . The Purchaser acknowledges that it is not relying upon any Person, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its investment or decision to invest in the Company. The Purchaser agrees that neither any Purchaser nor the respective controlling Persons, officers, directors, partners, agents, or employees of any Purchaser shall be liable to any other Purchaser for any action heretofore taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Shares.

  

5

 

 

4. Miscellaneous.

 

4.1 Survival of Warranties . Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, the representations and warranties of the Company and the Purchasers contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Closing and shall in no way be affected by any investigation or knowledge of the subject matter thereof made by or on behalf of the Purchasers or the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the warranties and representations of the Company shall survive only for the one-year period following the Closing.

 

4.2 Successors and Assigns . The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and assigns any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

4.3 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the internal laws of the State of Delaware.

 

4.4 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g. , www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.

 

4.5 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

4.6 Notices . All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt, or

(a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, or (c) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their address as set forth on the signature page or Exhibit A, or to such e-mail address, facsimile number or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Subsection 4.6.

 

4.7 Purchaser Finder’s Fees . Purchaser agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee arising out of this transaction (and the costs and expenses of defending against such liability or asserted liability) for which each Purchaser or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.

 

4.8 Attorneys’ Fees . If any action at law or in equity (including, arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of any of the Transaction Agreements, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorneys’ fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

 

4.9 Amendments and Waivers . No term of this Agreement may be amended, terminated or waived without the written consent of the Company and Purchasers. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Subsection 4.9 shall be binding upon the Purchasers and each transferee of the Shares, each future holder of all such securities, and the Company.

 

4.10 Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof shall in no way affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision.

 

6

 

 

4.11 Delays or Omissions . No delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such non-breaching or non-defaulting party nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any party of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any party of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

 

4.12 Entire Agreement . This Agreement (including the Exhibits hereto) and the other Transaction Agreements constitute the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties are expressly canceled.

 

4.13 Dispute Resolution . Any unresolved controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement, except as (i) otherwise provided in this Agreement, or (ii) any such controversies or claims arising out of either party’s intellectual property rights for which a provisional remedy or equitable relief is sought, shall be submitted to arbitration by one arbitrator mutually agreed upon by the parties, and if no agreement can be reached within thirty (30) days after names of potential arbitrators have been proposed by the American Arbitration Association (the “ AAA ”), then by one arbitrator having reasonable experience in corporate finance transactions of the type provided for in this Agreement and who is chosen by the AAA. The arbitration shall take place in New York, NY, in accordance with the AAA rules then in effect, and judgment upon any award rendered in such arbitration will be binding and may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. There shall be limited discovery prior to the arbitration hearing as follows: (a) exchange of witness lists and copies of documentary evidence and documents relating to or arising out of the issues to be arbitrated, (b) depositions of all party witnesses, and (c) such other depositions as may be allowed by the arbitrators upon a showing of good cause. Depositions shall be conducted in accordance with the Delaware Code of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator shall be required to provide in writing to the parties the basis for the award or order of such arbitrator, and a court reporter shall record all hearings, with such record constituting the official transcript of such proceedings.

 

The prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs, and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled. Each of the parties to this Agreement consents to personal jurisdiction for any equitable action sought in the U.S. District Court located in New York, New York, or any court of the State of New York having subject matter jurisdiction.

  

[THE SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

  

7

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Common Stock Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

  LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.
   
  By:     
    Samer Tawfik, Chief Executive Officer
   
  Address: 601 N. State Road 7, Plantation, FL 33317

 

Signature Page to Common Stock Purchase Agreement

   

 

 

 

  PURCHASER:
   
IF AN INDIVIDUAL:  
  (Signature)
 
   
  (Print Name)
   
IF AN ENTITY:  
   
  (Print or Type Name of Entity)
   
  By:     
    (Signature)
   
  (Print Name and Title)
   
  Purchase Price:   $______________
   
  Number of Shares: ______________

  

Signature Page to Common Stock Purchase Agreement

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

SCHEDULE OF PURCHASERS

  

Name and Address   Number and Class of Shares Held   Percentage Interest
         
         

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

  

CAPITALIZATION TABLE

 

Name   Total Common Shares     Share Percentage  
Samer Tawfik     15,750,000       66 %
ST RXR Investments, LLC     5,250,000       22 %
First Round Investors     2,858,042       12 %
                 
Total     23,858,042       100 %

  

 

 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

INVESTOR QUESTIONNAIRE

 

Purchaser Name: ___________________________________________________________

 

( If Investor is an individual, complete Section 1. If Investor is an entity, complete Section 2. )

 

1. The undersigned hereby certifies that he or she is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Regulation D adopted pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 by virtue of satisfying the specific accredited investor qualifications checked by the undersigned below.

 

(a) an individual whose individual net worth, or joint net worth with that person’s spouse, exceeds $1,000,000.

 

NOTE: For this purpose, “individual net worth” means the excess of total assets at fair market value over total liabilities. For the purposes of calculating net worth: (i) the person’s primary residence shall not be included as an asset; (ii) indebtedness that is secured by the person’s primary residence, up to the estimated fair market value of the primary residence at the time of the acquisition of the Securities, shall not be included as a liability (except that if the amount of such indebtedness outstanding at the time of the acquisition of the Securities exceeds the amount outstanding 60 days before such time, other than as a result of the acquisition of the primary residence, the amount of such excess shall be included as a liability); and (iii) indebtedness that is secured by the person’s primary residence in excess of the estimated fair market value of the primary residence shall be included as a liability.

 

(b) ☐ an individual whose personal income was in excess of $200,000 in each of the last two full calendar years, or whose joint income together with that person’s spouse was in excess of $300,000 in each of those years, and who reasonably expects to have at least the same level of income in the current calendar year.

 

NOTE: For this purpose, “individual income” means adjusted gross income, as reported for federal income tax purposes, less any income attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse, increased by the following amounts (but not including any amounts attributable to a spouse or to property owned by a spouse): (i) the amount of any exclusion for tax-exempt interest under Section 103 of the Code, (ii) the amount of any losses claimed as a limited partner in a limited partnership as reported on Schedule E of form 1040, (iii) the amount of any deduction, including the allowance for depletion, under Section 611, et seq. , of the Code and (iv) the amount of any deduction for long-term capital gains under Section 1202 of the Code.

 

2. The undersigned entity hereby certifies that it is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501 in Regulation D adopted pursuant to the Securities Act by virtue of satisfying the specific accredited investor qualifications checked by the undersigned below.

 

(a) ☐ a corporation, a partnership, a non-profit organization described in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, a Massachusetts trust or similar business trust, which was not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company and which has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

  

 

 

 

(b) ☐ a trust with total assets in excess of $5,000,000, which was not formed for the specific purpose of investing in the Company and whose investment in the Company is directed by a person with such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that he or she is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of an investment in the Company;

 

(c) ☐ any entity in which all of the equity owners are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act (Note: all owners of an entity qualifying under this criteria must each execute an individual accredited investor questionnaire);

 

(d) ☐ a bank, as defined in Section 3(a)(2) of the Securities Act, or a savings and loan association or other institution as defined in Section 3(a)(5)(A) of the Securities Act, acting in either an individual or fiduciary capacity;

 

(e)  ☐ an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 or a business development company as defined in Section 2(a)(48) of that Act;

 

(f) ☐ a Small Business Investment Company licensed by the U.S. Small Business Administration under section 301(c) or (d) of the Small Business Investment Act of 1958;

 

(g) ☐ a broker or dealer registered pursuant to Section 15 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

 

(h) ☐ an insurance company as defined in Section 2(13) of the Securities Act;

 

(i) ☐ a plan established and maintained by a state, its political subdivisions, or an agency or instrumentality of a state or its political subdivisions, for the benefit of its employees, which plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000;

  

(j) ☐ an employee benefit plan within the meaning of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, which satisfies one of the following criteria: (i) the investment decision for such plan is made by a plan fiduciary, as defined in Section 3(21) of such Act, which is either a bank, a savings and loan association, an insurance company, or a registered investment adviser, (ii) such plan has total assets in excess of $5,000,000; or (iii) such plan is a self-directed plan and its investment decisions are made solely by persons who are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act;

 

(k) ☐ a private business development company as defined in Section 202(a)(22) of the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

  

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Accredited Investor Certification as of ______________________.

 

IF INVESTOR IS AN INDIVIDUAL:  
   
  (Signature)
   
   
  (Print Name)
   
IF INVESTOR IS AN ENTITY:  
   
  (Print or Type Name of Entity)
   
  By:  
    (Signature)
   
  (Print Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT D

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

  

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT

 

THIS STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of January 25 th , 2018 by and among LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Samer Tawfik (“Tawfik”) and the Persons named in Schedule A hereto and any additional parties who may join this Agreement from time to time pursuant to Section 6.18 (collectively, the “ Holders ”).

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Holders own all of the shares of Capital Stock (as hereinafter defined) of the Company as set forth named in Schedule A ; and

 

B. The Holders are entering into this Agreement in order to make provisions for the future disposition of such shares, the governance of the Company and other related matters.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

 

DEFINITIONS

 

As used herein in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means, as applied to the Company or any other specified Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company (or other specified Person) and shall also include (a) any Person who is an officer or director of the Company or any Subsidiary (or other specified Person) or beneficial owner of at least five percent (5%) of the then outstanding Capital Stock of the Company (or other specified Person) and Family Members of any such Person, or (b) any Person of which the Company (or other specified Person) or an Affiliate (as defined in clause (a) above) of the Company (or other specified Person) shall, directly or indirectly, either beneficially own at least ten percent (10%) of such Person’s outstanding Capital Stock.

 

Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this agreement.

 

Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

Capital Stock ” means, as to any Person that is a corporation, the authorized shares of such Person’s capital stock, including all classes and series of common, preferred, voting and nonvoting capital stock, and, as to any partnership, limited liability company or other noncorporate entity, the ownership interests in such Person, including, without limitation, the right to share in profits and losses, the right to receive distributions of cash and property, and the right to receive allocations of items of income, gain, loss, deduction and credit and similar items from such Person, whether or not such interests include voting or similar rights.

 

Common Equivalents ” means, with respect to a Holder, at any time the sum of (x) the number of issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock held by such Holder plus (y) with respect to Capital Stock other than Common Stock, the number of shares of Common Stock into which such outstanding shares of Capital Stock are convertible at such time (or, if not convertible into Common Stock, then the number of such shares of such Capital Stock) plus (z) the total number of shares of Common Stock, whether or not vested, issuable upon the exercise or conversion of all Convertible Securities issued and outstanding at such time.

  

1

 

 

Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, par value $0.00001 per share.

 

Company ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to the Agreement.

 

Company Securities ” means any Capital Stock or Convertible Securities of the Company.

 

Convertible Securities ” means securities, contract rights, notes, obligations, options, warrants, or other rights that are directly or indirectly exercisable for, convertible into, or exchangeable for shares of Common Stock or other Capital Stock of the Company.

 

Designated Purchaser ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(a) .

 

Designated Purchaser Acceptance Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(a) .

 

Family Member ” means, as applied to any individual, such individual’s spouse, children (including stepchildren or adopted children), grandchildren or parents thereof, and any trust or other estate planning vehicle created for the primary benefit of the Holder or any one or more of the persons described above.

 

Holder ” means any Person listed on the Schedule A and any Person to whom such Person Transfers Company Securities in compliance with this Agreement.

 

Majority of Holders ” means, with respect to a given time, the holder(s) of a majority of the Capital Stock held by all Holders.

 

Notice of Proposed Transfer ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(a) .

 

Offered Securities ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2(a) .

 

Permitted Transferee ” has the meaning in Section 3.1(b) .

 

Person ” or “ person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization and any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Prohibited Transfer ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.1(a) .

 

Proposed Transferee ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2 .

 

Sale of the Company ” means any of the following: (a) a merger or consolidation of the Company into or with any other Person or Persons, or a Transfer of Company Securities in a single transaction or a series of transactions, in which, in any case, the Stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or Transfer, or first of such series of transactions, possess less than a majority of the voting power of the Company or any successor entity’s issued and outstanding Capital Stock immediately after such transaction; provided , however , that the Company’s issuance for its own account of its Company Securities in a transaction having such an effect shall not be a “Sale of the Company”; or (b) a single transaction or series of transactions, pursuant to which a Person or Persons who are not direct or indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries of the Company acquire all or substantially all of the Company’s assets determined on a consolidated basis.

 

2

 

 

Securities Laws ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, applicable state securities laws and all rules and regulations promulgated under all such laws.

 

Subsidiary ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one of more of the other Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof, or (ii) if a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity, a majority of the ownership interests therein is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company or one or more Subsidiaries of the Company or a combination thereof. For purposes hereof, the Company shall be deemed to have a majority ownership interest in a partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity if the Company shall be allocated a majority of partnership, association or other business entity gains or losses or shall be or control the managing general partner of such partnership, association or other business entity or a manager of such limited liability company.

 

Tag Offer ” has the meaning specified in Section 4.2 .

 

Transfer ” means, with respect to the Company Securities, any transfer, sale, gift, exchange, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition by a Holder or any agreement by such Holder restricting such Holder’s voting or disposition (including by operation of law) of Company Securities, and in the case of a Holder that is not an individual, a Transfer of any Company Securities held by such Holder shall be deemed to have been made if any equity interest in such Holder is directly or indirectly transferred, sold, given, exchanged, assigned, pledged or otherwise disposed of (including by operation of law) to any other Person.

 

Transferring Holder ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.2 .

 

ARTICLE 2

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDERS

 

2.1 Board Representation . In any and all elections of directors of the Company during the term of this Agreement (whether at a meeting or by written consent in lieu of a meeting), each Holder shall vote or cause to be voted all Capital Stock owned by such Holder, or over which he, she or it has voting control, as follows:

 

(a) The Board shall be initially fixed at one (1) member. Samer Tawfik, or his designee, shall be elected as the sole director of the Board at any election held for such purpose and the Holders agree to vote their Capital Stock in favor of such election.

 

(b) Any designee of Tawfik shall be removed from the Board (and thereupon from all committees of the Board), at any time immediately upon delivery to the Company of a written request therefor by Tawfik.

 

(c) In the event that any individual designated to serve on the Board hereunder is removed in accordance with Section 2.1(b) above or for any reason ceases to serve as a member of the Board (and from any committees of the Board) during such director’s term of office, the resulting vacancy on the Board or committee of the Board shall be filled by Tawfik or his designee.

  

3

 

 

(d) Tawfik or his designee to the Board may, at any time, change the number of members of the Board, and fill any vacancies created thereby by other designees of Tawfik, and the Holders agree to vote their Capital Stock in favor of such election if required.

 

2.2 Reimbursement of Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the members of the Board in connection with attending meetings of the Board and committees thereof.

 

ARTICLE 3

 

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER

 

3.1 Transfer Restrictions .

 

(a) If any Transfer is made or attempted contrary to the provisions of this Section 3 (a “ Prohibited Transfer ”), such purported Transfer shall be void ab initio ; the Company and the other parties hereto shall have, in addition to any other legal or equitable remedies which they may have, the right to enforce the provisions of this Agreement by actions for specific performance (to the extent permitted by law); and the Company shall have the right to refuse to recognize any transferee of a Prohibited Transfer as one of its Holders for any purpose.

 

(b) Each Holder shall be permitted to Transfer Company Securities (i) to the Company or any Person designated by the Company upon the Company’s repurchase of any unvested Company Securities pursuant to the terms of any restricted stock purchase agreement or similar agreement approved by the Board, (ii) in the case of the Holders who are entities, to Affiliates of such Holders, (iii) in the case of the Holders who are individuals, to Family Members of such Holders (such Persons set forth in clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), are each referred to as a “ Permitted Transferee ” and collectively the “ Permitted Transferees ”); provided , that in each case the Permitted Transferee(s) shall hold such Company Securities subject to the same restrictions that are applicable hereunder to the transferor and shall agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Agreement prior to any such Transfer.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 3 , no Holder shall be permitted at any time to Transfer to any Person any Company Securities if: (i) such Transfer would not be in compliance with applicable Securities Laws, (ii) such Transfer constitutes an event of default under the terms of any indebtedness outstanding or other material contractual obligations of the Company, (iii) such Company Securities remain subject to any applicable vesting or similar restrictions, or (iv) such Transfer would be to any competitor of the Company (or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates), except in connection with a Sale of the Company or with the prior written approval of the Board.

 

(d) The existence or creation of a spouse’s interest in the Company Securities by virtue of applicable state laws shall not be a Prohibited Transfer under this Agreement as long as the spouse complies with and continues to comply with all the terms of and obligations under this Agreement; provided , however , if a Holder’s marriage is terminated by divorce, and such Holder does not succeed to any interest the former spouse or deceased spouse might have in his or her Company Securities, or if a creditor of a spouse or any other party succeeds to such spouse’s interest, or if such spouse is determined to have rights beyond what this Agreement provides, then each of those events shall constitute a Prohibited Transfer under this Agreement and no Holder shall be permitted at any time to make such a Transfer. In the event that this provision is held by a court of law to be unenforceable as to the treatment of such a Transfer as a Prohibited Transfer, then immediately and without any further action, the other Holders and the Company shall have the option to purchase such Company Securities so transferred or attempted to be transferred at fair market value as determined by the parties thereto; provided , however , that if the parties cannot agree upon the fair market value, then the fair market value shall be determined by an independent third party mutually agreeable to the parties.

  

4

 

 

(e) If an individual Holder dies, such Holder’s executor, administrator or personal representative or, if such Holder is adjudicated incompetent, such Holder’s guardian or conservator, or, if such Holder is a corporation, trust, limited liability company, partnership or other entity and is dissolved, the liquidator shall automatically become a transferee of the Company Securities of the deceased, incompetent or dissolved Holder. The transferee shall have the limited rights of a Holder under this Agreement for the purpose of settling or managing such deceased or incompetent Holder’s estate or such dissolved Holder, but shall not have rights under (though shall remain subject to restrictions and obligations in) Section 3.2 (Rights of First Refusal).

 

(f) The provisions of this Section 3 supersede, and shall be controlling with respect to, any conflicting provisions contained in any other agreement between or among the Company, the Holders and other Persons.

 

3.2 Rights of First Refusal . If any Holder or any Permitted Transferee, other than Tawfik (the “ Transferring Holder ") shall propose to Transfer Company Securities to any Person (a “ Proposed Transferee ”) other than a Permitted Transferee, such Transfer shall be conditioned upon the satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

(a) Such Transferring Holder shall first offer to sell to the Company or any Persons designated by the Company as the purchaser hereunder (the Company or such designees being referred to as the “ Designated Purchaser ") the Company Securities that the Transferring Holder desires to sell (the “ Offered Securities ”), at the same price and on the terms identical in all material respects to those terms that the Transferring Holder intends to sell the Offered Securities to the Proposed Transferee; provided , however , that the Designated Purchaser shall have no right to acquire the Offered Securities unless the Designated Purchaser acquires all of the Offered Securities, except if the Transferring Holder shall have consented to the purchase of less than all of the Offered Securities. If such proposed Transfer involves consideration other than cash, any Person having rights under this Section 3.2 shall have the right to elect to pay, in lieu of such non-cash consideration, cash in an amount equal to the fair market value of such non-cash consideration. Such offer shall be made by a written notice (the “ Notice of Proposed Transfer ”) delivered to the Company and each Holder not less than ninety (90) days prior to the proposed Transfer. Such Notice of Proposed Transfer shall set forth the identity of the Proposed Transferee, the Offered Securities proposed to be sold, and the terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer, including price per share and any other material terms and conditions or material facts relating to the proposed sale and shall contain a copy of the written offer from the Proposed Transferee. In addition, the Transferring Holder shall provide to the Designated Purchaser all such other information relating to the Offered Securities, the Proposed Transferee and the proposed Transfer as the Designated Purchaser may reasonably request. If the Designated Purchaser elects to purchase the Offered Securities, the Designated Purchaser shall give notice of such election to the Transferring Holder within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Notice of Proposed Transfer (the “ Designated Purchaser Acceptance Notice ”) and shall complete the purchase of the Offered Securities within thirty (30) days after the date of the Designated Purchaser Acceptance Notice.

 

(b) If the Designated Purchaser does not accept the offer made by the Transferring Holder with respect to all of the Offered Securities within the time periods provided in Section 3.2(a) , then, the Transferring Holder shall have the right for a period of ninety (90) days following the expiration of the Designated Purchaser’s right to elect to purchase Offered Securities in accordance with this Section 3.2 , to sell all of the Offered Securities, but at not less than the price, and upon terms not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee, than were contained in the Notice of Proposed Transfer. Any Offered Securities not sold in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 within such ninety (90) day period shall continue to be subject to the requirements of this Section 3 .

  

5

 

 

ARTICLE 4

 

DRAG-ALONG RIGHTS; TAG-ALONG RIGHTS

 

4.1 Drag-Along Rights . Each Holder will consent to and raise no objections against the election of the Sale of the Company which is approved by the Board and the Majority of Holders and, if such Sale of the Company is structured as a sale of shares, each Holder shall sell the Company Securities held by him, her or it on terms and conditions approved by the Board and the Majority of Holders. Each Holder will take all action necessary and desirable in connection with the consummation of such Sale of the Company, including, without limitation, the waiver of all appraisal rights available to any such Holder under applicable law (to the extent permitted by applicable law). Each Holder will bear its pro rata share (based upon the number of Common Equivalents held) of the cost of any sale of Company Securities pursuant to a Sale of the Company to the extent such costs are incurred for the benefit of all Holders and are not otherwise paid by the Company or the acquiring party. Costs incurred by Holders on their own behalf will not be considered costs of the transaction hereunder. Each Holder shall only be obligated to comply with the foregoing, so long as the terms and conditions applicable to such Sale of the Company by each of the Holders of each class, series and type of securities are identical in all material respects to those being applied such Sale of the Company by all other Holders of such class, series and type of securities.

 

 

4.2 Tag-Along Rights . If after complying with Section 3.2 , any Transferring Holder(s) shall propose to Transfer to any Person(s) any Company Securities constituting more than fifty percent (50%) of the then issued and outstanding Capital Securities of the Company, such proposed sale shall be conditioned upon receipt by each Holder other than the Transferring Holder(s) of a binding written offer (the “ Tag Offer ”) (conditioned solely upon the consummation of such proposed sale) by such Proposed Transferee(s) to purchase, at the same price and upon terms and conditions identical in all material respects as are applicable to the Transferring Holder(s), a fraction of the Company Securities held by such Holder, the numerator of which fraction equals the number of shares of Common Equivalents represented by the Company Securities that the Transferring Holder(s) intends to sell, and the denominator of which is the total number of Common Equivalents held by the Transferring Holder(s). If the Proposed Transferee(s) states that Proposed Transferee(s) is or are unwilling to purchase, in the aggregate, more than a specified number or amount of Company Securities, then the Company Securities being transferred by the Transferring Holder(s) and those Holders who have elected to accept the Tag Offer shall be reduced pro rata in accordance with their relative holdings of Common Equivalents. If no Holders accept the Tag Offer within sixty (60) days of receipt of the Tag Offer, the Transferring Holder(s) shall have the right for a period of ninety (90) days from the date of the Tag Offer to sell all of the Offered Securities, but at not less than the price, and upon terms not more favorable, than the Tag Offer. Any Company Securities not sold by the end of this ninety (90) day period shall continue to be subject to the requirements of this Section 4.2 .

 

ARTICLE 5

 

CONFIDENTIALITY

 

5.1 Confidentiality . Under no circumstances and at no time during or after the term of this Agreement will a Holder directly or indirectly, disclose, divulge, render or offer any knowledge or information with respect to the affairs or plans of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, except in the course of the proper performance of their duties hereunder or unless otherwise in the public domain, and each Holder acknowledges and agrees that any and all such information will be received by him and held in a confidential capacity.

 

5.2 Enforcement . The Company and each Holder agrees that the covenants set forth in this Section 5 shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

  

6

 

 

ARTICLE 6

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1 No Employment . Each Holder agrees that this Agreement does not create an obligation of the Company or any other Person to employ such Holder, nor does it give rise to any right or expectancy with respect thereto.

 

6.2 Transferees . Subject to Section 3.1 , each and every transferee or assignee of Company Securities from any Holder (other than pursuant to a Sale of the Company) shall be bound by and subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and shall be a Holder under this Agreement. So long as this Agreement is in effect, the Company shall require, as a condition precedent to the transfer of any Company Securities by any Holder that the transferee agrees in writing to be bound by, and subject to, the terms and conditions of this Agreement and to ensure that such transferees’ transferees shall be likewise bound.

 

6.3 Legends . The Company and the Holders agree that, so long as this Agreement is in effect, all Company Securities now or hereafter held by any Holder will be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS. THE SECURITIES HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF EXCEPT IN COMPLIANCE WITH SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS. ABSENT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH STATE SECURITIES LAWS COVERING THESE SECURITIES, THE COMPANY MAY IN ITS REASONABLE DISCRETION, REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE REASONABLY ACCEPTABLE TO IT, AS A CONDITION TO ANY SUCH SALE, TRANSFER OR DISPOSITION.

 

THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO AGREEMENTS, COVENANTS AND RESTRICTIONS PROVIDED IN THE STOCKHOLDERS’ AGREEMENT DATED AS OF DECEMBER 21, 2017, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BY AND AMONG LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC. AND THE PERSONS NAMED THEREIN. A COPY OF SUCH AGREEMENT MAY BE OBTAINED BY ANY STOCKHOLDER OF THE COMPANY UPON REQUEST WITHOUT CHARGE FROM THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.

 

6.4 Waivers and Amendments . The obligations of the Company and the Holders hereunder may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively, and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely) or amended if such waiver or amendment is consented to in writing by the Company and by all Holders. Oral modifications, oral supplements, oral termination and oral waivers are void.

  

7

 

 

6.5 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

 

6.6 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement between the parties with regard to the subjects hereof and supersedes in their entirety all other or prior agreements between or among the Company and any of the Holders regarding the subjects hereof.

 

6.7 Notices . All demands, notices, requests, consents and other communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be personally delivered or sent by confirmed electronic mail, or commercial (including FedEx) or U.S. Postal Service overnight delivery service:

 

If to the Company, addressed to:

 

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.

211 East 43rd Street, 24th Floor

New York, NY 10017

Attention: Joseph A. Ruta

jruta@lawnynj.com

 

If to the Holders, addressed to each Holder’s address then on file with the Company, or at such other address as any such Holder or permitted transferee shall have furnished to the Company in writing.

 

Notices shall be deemed given upon the earlier to occur of (i) receipt by the party to whom such notice is directed; (ii) if sent by facsimile machine, or confirmed electronic mail, on the day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the jurisdiction to which such notice is directed) such notice is sent if sent (as evidenced by the facsimile confirmed receipt or confirmed electronic mail receipt) prior to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time and, if sent after 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time, on the day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the jurisdiction to which such notice is directed) after which such notice is sent; (iii) on the first business day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the jurisdiction to which such notice is directed) following the day the same is deposited with the commercial carrier if sent by commercial overnight delivery service; or (iv) the fifth day (other than a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday in the jurisdiction to which such notice is directed) following deposit thereof with the U.S. Postal Service as aforesaid. Each party, by notice duly given in accordance herewith may specify a different address for the giving of any notice hereunder.

 

6.8 Severability . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

6.9 Titles and Subtitles . The titles of the sections and subsections of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and are not to be considered in construing this Agreement.

 

6.10 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Delaware (without giving effect to any conflicts or choice of laws provisions thereof that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction).

  

8

 

 

6.11 Consent to Jurisdiction .

 

(a) Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in New York County, New York as well as to the jurisdiction of all New York state and federal courts to which an appeal may be taken from such courts, for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of, or in connection with, this agreement or any of the related agreements, any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or any matter involving all or some of the parties hereto arising under any legal theory.

 

(b) Each party hereby expressly waives any and all rights to bring any suit, action or other proceeding in or before any court or tribunal other than the courts in New York County, New York and covenants that it shall not seek in any manner to resolve any dispute other than as set forth in this Section 6.11 or to challenge or set aside any decision, award or judgment obtained in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(c) Each of the parties hereto hereby expressly waives any and all objections it may have to venue, including, without limitation, the inconvenience of such forum, in any of such courts. In addition, each of the parties consents to the service of process by personal service or any manner in which notices may be delivered hereunder in accordance with Section 6.7 of this agreement (other than by electronic mail).

 

6.12 Remedies .

 

(a) The rights and remedies provided by this Agreement are cumulative and the use of any one right or remedy by any party shall not preclude or waive its right to use any or all other remedies. Said rights and remedies are given in addition to any other rights the parties may have at law or in equity.

 

(b) Without limitation of the foregoing, the parties hereto agree that irreparable harm would occur in the event that any of the agreements and provisions this Agreement were not performed fully by the parties hereto in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached, and that money damages are an inadequate remedy for breach of the Agreement because of the difficulty of ascertaining and quantifying the amount of damage that will be suffered by the parties hereto in the event that this Agreement is not performed in accordance with its terms or is otherwise breached. It is accordingly hereby agreed that the parties hereto shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to restrain, enjoin and prevent breaches of this Agreement by the other parties and to enforce specifically such terms and provisions of this Agreement, without the need to post any bond or other security such remedy being in addition to and not in lieu of, any other rights and remedies to which the other parties are entitled to at law or in equity.

 

(c) Except where a time period is otherwise specified, no delay on the part of any party in the exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any exercise or partial exercise of any such right, power, privilege or remedy preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any right, power, privilege or remedy.

 

6.13 Waiver of Jury Trial . Each of the parties hereto hereby voluntarily and irrevocably waives trial by jury in any action or other proceeding brought in connection with this agreement, any of the related agreements, documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

6.14 Term and Termination . This Agreement shall be valid and continue in full force and effect until such time as (a) all Holders shall agree, (b) the consummation of a Sale of the Company, (c) the consummation of an initial public offering of Company Securities following completion of the Company’s registration or qualification of Company Securities with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or (d) Company Securities become freely-tradable and/or listed on the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Stock Market or any other national securities exchange or automated quotation system of similar caliber in the United States or elsewhere, at which time it shall terminate; provided, however, that the obligations under Article 5 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

6.15 Construction and Interpretation . The parties acknowledge that each party and its counsel have jointly reviewed and drafted this document, and agree that the rule of construction and interpretation that drafting ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed.

 

6.16 Joinder . Additional parties who acquire Company Securities may be added to this Agreement by execution and delivery of the joinder signature page attached hereto as Exhibit A by such new party and the Company. The execution and delivery of such signature page in connection therewith shall not constitute an amendment or waiver under this Agreement. Such parties will constitute Holders under this Agreement.

 

6.17 Counterparts . Counterparts of this Agreement (or applicable signature pages hereof) that are manually signed and delivered by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail as a portable document format file (.pdf) or a tagged image file (.tif) shall be deemed to constitute signed original counterparts hereof and shall bind the parties signing and delivering in such manner.

 

[ Signature pages follow ]

  

9

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have executed this Stockholder’s Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COMPANY
   
  LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
   
  By: /s/ Samer Tawfik
    Name:  Samer Tawfik
    Title: Chief Executive Officer
   
  SAMER TAWFIK
  /s/ Samer Tawfik 
  Signature

 

10

 

 

WIRING INSTRUCTIONS

  

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

270 Park Avenue

 

New York, NY 10017

 

ABA # - 021000021

 

Account Number - 758060615

 

For Account of - LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS LLC

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.7

 

MIAMI BEACH URGENT CARE CENTER LEASE AGREEMENT

 

This LEASE AGREEMENT (“ Lease ”) is made as of the 12th day of April 2018 (“ Effective Date ”), by and between 615 – 5th street, corp. , a Florida for-profit corporation (“ Landlord ”), and LMP Finance LLC. DBA LMP Rentals Delaware Corporation (“ Tenant ”)

 

LEASE SUMMARY

 

a) Landlord’s Notice Address:

1200 Brickell Avenue, #1470

Miami, FL 33131

b) Address of Leased Premises:

506 Washington Avenue

Miami Beach, FL 33139

c) Tenant’s Notice Address:

506 Washington Avenue

Miami Beach, FL 33139

d) Tenant’s Telephone Number(s): 917-642-1669 Sam Tawfik
e) Tenant’s Trade Name: LMP Finance LLC. DBA LMP Rentals
f) Lease Commencement Date: April 12, 2018
g) Lease Expiration Date: April 30, 2019
h) Rent Commencement Date: May 1, 2018
i) Renewal Option(s): One (1) year.  Rent during the renewal period shall be $4,000.00 per month.
j)

Gross Useable Area of Premises:

Total Square Footage of Center:

Approximately 651

Approximately 14,000 square feet

k) Tenant Improvement Allowance:

None

l)

Minimum Base Rent:

 

Initial Term: Lease Year 1: 2018 - 2019: $3,800.00 per month
Renewal Term: Lease Year 2: 2019-2020: $4,000.00 per month  
m) Permitted Use: 

For the operation of a luxury car rental store. No exclusive parking rights are granted. Parking is for customers only. No employee parking is permitted. No storing of rental cars in the parking lot is permitted. 

n)   Renewal Base Rent: $4,000.00

   

THE FOREGOING LEASE SUMMARY IS AN INTEGRAL PART OF THIS LEASE AGREEMENT

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE I: BASIC LEASE PROVISIONS

 

SECTION 1.01 Leased Premises

 

In consideration of the rents covenants and agreements hereafter reserved and contained on the part of the Tenant to be observed and performed the Landlord demises and leases to the Tenant and Tenant rents from Landlord those certain premises now existing in the Shopping Center, (herein called the “ Shopping Center ”) located in Miami-Dade County, Florida, which premises is identified as store number 506 Washington Avenue (the “ Leased Premises ”), containing approximately 651 square feet, which amount shall be deemed conclusive for all purposes under this Lease. The boundaries and location of the Leased Premises are outlined on the site plan of the Shopping Center which is marked Exhibit “A ” attached hereto and made a part hereof. Dimensions for all purposes shall be measured from the center line of the interior walls or from the exterior face of the exterior walls. The Leased Premises are located on real property described in Exhibit “B ” attached hereto and a made part hereof.

 

SECTION 1.02 Use of Additional Areas.

 

The use and occupation by the Tenant of the Leased Premises shall include the non-exclusive use in common with others entitled thereto of the common areas, access and egress, service roads, malls, loading facilities, sidewalks and customer car parking areas as such common areas now exist or as such common areas may hereafter be constructed, and other facilities as may be designated from time to time by the Landlord subject, however to the terms and conditions of this Lease and to reasonable and non-discriminatory rules and regulations for the use thereof as prescribed from time to time by the Landlord.

 

SECTION 1.03 Commencement and Length of Term.

 

The term of this Lease shall commence on the date set forth in Section (f) of the Lease Summary and shall continue until the Lease Expiration Date as set forth in section (g) of the Lease Summary.

 

SECTION 1.04 Commencement of Rent.

 

The Tenant’s obligation to pay Rent (hereinafter defined) shall commence on the date set forth in Section (h) of the Lease Summary. If the Rent Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, then the installments of Base Rent and Additional Rent for such month shall be prorated and the installment or installments so prorated shall be paid in advance. Said installments for such prorated month shall be calculated by multiplying the equal monthly installment by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of days of the Lease term occurring during said commencement month, and the denominator of which shall be thirty (30).

 

SECTION 1.05 Intentionally omitted.

 

SECTION 1.06 Excuse of Landlord’s Performance.

 

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, the Landlord shall not be deemed in default with respect to failure to perform any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease if same shall be due to any strike, lockout, civil commotion, war-like operation, invasion, rebellion, hostilities, military or usurped power, sabotage, governmental regulations or controls, inability to obtain any material, service or financing through Act of God, or other causes beyond the control of the Landlord.

 

SECTION 1.07 Obligations of Tenant Before Lease Term Begins.

 

This Lease shall be effective as of the Effective Date and thereafter neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease except as specifically set forth in this Lease. From and after the Rent Commencement Date, Tenant shall also be responsible for the payment of Base Rent.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 2 -

 

 

ARTICLE II: RENT

 

SECTION 2.01 Base Rent.

 

(a) Commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing thereafter throughout the full term of the Lease, Tenant hereby agrees to pay to Landlord Base Rent, as listed in Section (l) of the Lease Summary.

 

The Base Rent shall be payable by Tenant in equal monthly installments on or before the first day of each month in advance at the office of the Landlord as set forth in Section (a) of the Lease Summary or at such other place designated by Landlord, without notice or demand and without any deduction, counterclaim, or set-off whatsoever.

 

(b) In the event that at any time any personal or corporate check, or other form of payment acceptable to Landlord of Tenant should be returned marked “insufficient funds” or should not be properly paid by the drawee bank for any reason, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other right or remedy accruing to Landlord under this Lease, require that all future rental payments are to be made on or before the due date by cashiers’ check or money order.

 

(c) As used herein, the term “Rent” shall mean and collectively refer to the Base Rent, Additional Rent (hereinafter defined) and all other sums payable by Tenant hereunder.

 

SECTION 2.02 Lease Year.

 

The term “Lease Year” as used herein shall mean consecutive twelve month periods. The first Lease Year commences on the Rent Commencement Date, with each Lease Year thereafter commencing on the anniversary of the Rent Commencement Date.

 

SECTION 2.03 Sales or Use Tax or Excise Tax.

 

Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent under this Lease, all sales or use or excise tax imposed, levied or assessed against the Base Rent or any other charge or payment required herein by any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, even though the taxing statute or ordinance may purport to impose such sales tax against the Landlord. In the event that Tenant becomes required to pay sales tax, the payment of such sales tax shall be made by Tenant on a monthly basis concurrently with payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent.

 

SECTION 2.04 Control of Common Areas by Landlord.

 

All areas within the exterior boundaries of the Shopping Center which are not now or hereafter held for lease or occupation by the Landlord, or used by other persons entitled to occupy floor space in the Shopping Center, including without limitation, all automobile parking areas, driveways, entrance and exits thereto, and other facilities furnished by Landlord in or near the Shopping Center, including employee parking areas, the truck way or ways, loading docks, package pick up stations, pedestrian sidewalks and ramps, landscaped areas, exterior stairways, first aid stations, comfort stations, and other areas and improvements provided by Landlord for the general use, in common, of tenants, their officers, agents, employees and customers, (herein after called “Common Areas”), shall at all times be subject to the exclusive control and management of Landlord, and Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to construct, maintain and operate lighting facilities on all said areas and improvements; to police the same, from time to time; to change the area, level, location and arrangement of parking areas and other facilities herein above referred to; to restrict parking by tenants, their officers, agents and employees to and to enforce parking charges (by operation of meters or otherwise), with appropriate provisions for free parking ticket validating, or in lieu thereof, to apply the net proceeds from such charges, after deduction of costs applicable thereto, to the reduction of the cost of maintaining the parking facilities.

 

Landlord shall have the right to close all or any portion of Common Areas to such extent as may, in the opinion of Landlord’s counsel, be legally sufficient to prevent a dedication thereof or the accrual of any rights to any person or the public therein; to close temporarily all or any portion of the parking areas or facilities; to discourage non-customer parking; and to do and perform such other acts in and to said areas and improvements as, in the use of good business judgment the Landlord shall determine to be advisable with a view to the improvements of the convenience and use thereof by tenants, their officers, agents, employees and customers. Landlord shall keep said Common Areas clean and in good repair and available for the purposes for which they are intended. Landlord shall have the full right and authority to employ all personnel and to make all rules and regulations pertaining to and necessary for the proper operation and maintenance of the Common Areas and facilities.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 3 -

 

 

SECTION 2.05 License.

 

All Common Areas and facilities not within the Leased Premises which Tenant may be permitted to use and occupy are hereby authorized to be used and occupied under a revocable license and that such license shall not be revoked so long as Tenant is not in breach of this Lease. If any such license be revoked, or if the amount of such areas be diminished, Landlord shall not be subject to any liability nor shall Tenant be entitled to any compensation nor will diminution of such areas be deemed constructive or actual eviction.

 

SECTION 2.06 Intentionally Deleted

 

SECTION 2.07 Additional Rent.

 

In order to give Landlord a lien of equal priority with Landlord’s lien for rent, any and all sums of money or charges required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, whether or not the same is so designated, shall be considered “Additional Rent”. If such amounts or charges are not paid at the time provided in this Lease, they shall nevertheless, if not paid when due, be collectible as Additional Rent with the next installment of rent thereafter falling due hereunder, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to suspend or delay the payment of any amount of money or charges as the same becomes due and payable hereunder or limit any other remedy of the Landlord.

 

ARTICLE III: CONSTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES

 

SECTION 3.01 Delivery

 

Landlord will deliver the premises to Tenant “as is”

 

SECTION 3.02 Intentionally Deleted

 

SECTION 3.03 Intentionally Deleted

 

SECTION 3.04 Changes and Additions to Building.

 

Landlord hereby reserves the right at any time to perform maintenance operations and to make repairs, alterations, or additions, and to build additional stories on the building in which the Leased Premises are contained and to build adjoining the same. Landlord also reserves the right to construct other buildings or improvements, including but not limited to structures for motor vehicle parking and the enclosing and air conditioning of sidewalks in the Shopping Center from time to time and to make alterations thereof or additions thereto and to build additional stories on any such building or buildings and to build adjoining same. Tenant agrees to cooperate with Landlord permitting Landlord to accomplish any such maintenance, repairs, alterations, additions or construction. Temporary or partial obstruction of access to the Leased Premises caused by such construction shall not be a default of Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, replace the windows and/or roof serving the Leased Premises, at Landlord’s cost, provided that if replacement or the windows and/or roof becomes necessary due to damage caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its contractors, then the extent of such repair or replacement due to such damage may shall be at Tenant’s cost.

 

ARTICLE IV: CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY TENANT

 

SECTION 4.01 Use of Premises

 

Tenant shall use the Leased Premises solely for the purpose of conducting business as provided in Section (m) of the Lease Summary and for no other purpose except as may be first approved by Landlord in writing, at the landlord’s strict discretion. Such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall occupy the Leased Premises without delay upon the Lease Commencement Date and shall conduct continuously in the Leased Premises the business, in a safe and sanitary fashion, in compliance with all applicable laws. Tenant will not use or permit, or suffer the use of the Leased Premises for any business other than that stated above.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 4 -

 

 

SECTION 4.02 Operation of Business.

 

Tenant shall conduct its business in the Leased Premises during the regular customary days and hours for such type of business in the Shopping Center. Tenant shall keep the display windows and signage, if any, in the Leased Premises, well lighted during the hours from sundown to 10:00 P.M. Tenant shall not perform any acts or carry on any practices which may damage the Leased Premises, the Shopping Center building or improvements or be a nuisance or menace to other tenants in the Shopping Center or their customers, employees or invitees or which will result in the increase of casualty insurance premiums. Tenant shall further have the right to provide its own security service in the Leased Premises so long as the security service provided by Tenant does not interfere with the rights of Landlord or other tenants in the Shopping Center.

 

ARTICLE V

[Intentionally Omitted]

 

ARTICLE VI: SIGNS, AWNINGS, CANOPIES, FIXTURES, ALTERATIONS

 

SECTION 6.01 Installation by Tenant.

 

(a) All fixtures installed by Tenant shall be new or completely reconditioned. Tenant shall not make or cause to be made any alterations, additions or improvements or install or cause to be installed any exterior signs, exterior lighting, plumbing fixtures, shades or awnings or make any changes to the storefront without first obtaining Landlord’s written approval and consent, which such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Tenant shall present to the Landlord plans and specifications for such work, including signage, at the time approval is sought, and simultaneously demonstrate to Landlord that the proposed alterations comply with local zoning and building codes.

 

(b) All construction work done by Tenant within the Leased Premises shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner, in compliance with all governmental requirements, and in such manner as to cause a minimum of interference with other construction in progress (if any) and with the transaction of business in the Shopping Center. Without limitation on the generality of the foregoing, Landlord shall have the right to require that such work be performed during hours when the Shopping Center is not open for business, and in accordance with other rules and regulations which Landlord may, from time to time prescribe. Tenant agrees, subject to the limitations of Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, as amended, to indemnify Landlord and hold him harmless against any loss, liability or damage, resulting from such work.

 

SECTION 6.02 Responsibility of Tenant.

 

All alterations, decorations, additions and improvements made by the Tenant, or made by the Landlord on the Tenant’s behalf by agreement under this Lease, shall become property of the Landlord upon expiration or early termination of the Lease.

 

SECTION 6.03 Tenant Shall Discharge All Liens.

 

Nothing contained in this Lease shall be construed as a consent on the part of the Landlord to subject the estate of the Landlord to liability under the Mechanic’s Lien Law of the State of Florida, it being expressly understood that the Landlord’s estate shall not be subject to such liability. Tenant shall strictly comply with the Mechanic’s Lien Law of the State of Florida as set forth in Florida Statutes Section 713. In the event that a mechanic’s claim of lien is filed against the Leased Premises or Shopping Center in connection with any work performed by or on behalf of the Tenant, the Tenant shall satisfy such claim, or shall transfer same to security, within ten (10) days from the date of filing. In the event that the Tenant fails to satisfy or transfer such claim within said ten (10) day period, the Landlord may do so and thereafter charge the Tenant as Additional Rent all costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with satisfaction or transfer of such claim, including reasonable attorneys’ fees. Further, the Tenant agrees, subject to the limitations of Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, as amended, to indemnify, defend and save the Landlord harmless from and against any damage or loss incurred by the Landlord as a result of any such mechanics’ claim of lien. This Section shall survive the termination of the Lease.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 5 -

 

 

SECTION 6.04 Signs, Awnings and Canopies.

 

(a) Tenant will not place or permit to be placed or maintained on any exterior door, wall or window of the Leased Premises any sign, awnings or canopy, or advertising matter or other thing of any kind, and will not place or maintain any decoration, letter or advertising matter on the glass of any window or door of the Leased Premises, nor will any illuminated sign be placed in the window display area of the Leased Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s written approval and consent which may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

b) Tenant, at its sole expense, shall promptly erect a sign in accordance with the specifications as outlined in Exhibit E , within the area designated by the Landlord. Tenant further agrees that such signs, awning, canopy, decoration, lettering, advertising matter or other thing as may be approved shall be maintained in good condition and repair at all times and shall conform to the criteria established from time to time by Landlord for the Shopping Center in the exercise of its sole discretion. Tenant must obtain the written approval of the Landlord before installing any such signs. Tenant shall keep its signs illuminated at all times.

 

c) To the extent permissible by applicable laws, Tenant shall be permitted to place upon the Leased Premises, at Tenant’s cost, a professionally designed banner on the Tenant’s storefront fascia announcing Tenant’s “Coming Soon” and/or “Grand Opening”.

 

ARTICLE VII: REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE OF LEASED PREMISES

 

SECTION 7.01 Responsibility of Landlord.

 

(a) Landlord agrees to repair and maintain in good order and condition the roof, roof drains, outside walls, foundations and structural portions of the Leased Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall be solely responsible for, (i) repair or replacement of broken plate or window glass from whatever cause (except in case of damage by fire or other casualty covered by Landlord’ s fire and extended coverage policy, or where such damage is the result of any act, omission, or neglect by Landlord, its employees, agents, or contractors); (ii) doors, door closure devices, window and door frames, moldings, locks and hardware; (iii) air conditioning units, (iv) repair of damage caused directly or indirectly by the negligence of the Tenant, its employees, agents, contractors, customers, invitees; and (v) interior repainting and redecoration. In no event, however, shall Landlord be liable for damages or injuries arising from the failure to make said repairs, nor shall Landlord be liable for damages or injuries arising from defective workmanship or materials.

 

(b) Except as hereinabove provided in Subparagraph (a), Landlord shall not be obligated or required to make any other repairs, and all other portions of the Leased Premises shall be kept in good repair and condition by Tenant, and at the end of the term of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver the Leased Premises to Landlord in good repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear and damage from fire and other casualty excepted.

 

(c) Except to the extent due to the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, agents or contractors, neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents or servants shall be liable for any damages caused by or growing out of any breakage, leakage, getting out of order or defective condition of the electric wiring, roof, air conditioning or heating pipes and equipment, closets, plumbing, appliances, sprinklers, other equipment or other facilities serving the Leased Premises. Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents or servants shall be liable for any damages caused by or growing out of any defect in the Shopping Center or any part thereof, or in any building attached or adjacent thereto, or a part thereof, or in said Leased Premises or a part thereof, or caused by, or growing out of fire, rain, wind or other cause. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage to any property or person occasioned by theft, fire, act of God, public enemy, riot, strike, insurrection, war, act or omission of any tenant or occupant of the Building, any nuisance or interference caused or created by any tenant or occupant of the Building, requisition or order of governmental body or authority, court order or injunction, or any cause beyond Landlord’s control or, except in the case of the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord, for any damage or inconvenience which may arise through repair or alteration of any part of the Building. Tenant shall notify Landlord of any damage to the Leased Premises, regardless of the cause of such damage.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 6 -

 

 

SECTION 7.02 Responsibilities of Tenant.

 

(a) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing Subparagraph 7.01 (b). Tenant agrees to repair and maintain in good order and condition the nonstructural interior portions of the Leased Premises, including the store fronts, show windows, doors, windows, plate and window glass, and floor covering, plumbing, heating, electrical and sewage system, facilities and appliances.

 

(b) Tenant will not install any equipment which exceeds the capacity of the utility lines leading into the Leased Premises or the building of which the Leased Premises constitutes a portion.

 

(c) Tenant, its employees, or agents, shall not mark, paint, drill, or in any way deface any walls, ceilings, partitions, floors, wood, stone, or ironwork, prior to obtaining Landlord’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(d) Tenant shall comply with the requirements of all laws, orders, ordinances and regulations of all governmental authorities and will not permit any waste of property or same to be done and will take good care of the Leased Premises at all times. Tenant shall strictly comply with all laws, regulations and best practices associated with the handling and disposal of medical waste.

 

(e) If Tenant refuses or neglects to repair properly as required hereunder and to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord as soon as reasonably possible after written demand. Landlord may make such repairs without liability to Tenant for any loss or damage that may occur to Tenant’s merchandise, fixtures or other property, or to Tenant’s business by reason thereof and upon completion thereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s cost for making such repairs, plus fifteen (15%) percent for overhead, upon presentation of bill therefore, as Additional Rent. Said bill shall include interest at twelve (12%) percent on said cost from the date of completion of repairs by Landlord. In the event the Landlord shall undertake any maintenance or repair in the course of which it shall be determined that such maintenance or repair work was made necessary by the gross negligence or willful act of Tenant or any of its employees, or agents, or that the maintenance or repair is, under the terms of this Lease, the responsibility of Tenant, Tenant shall pay Landlord’s costs thereof plus overhead and interest as above provided in this Section.

 

(f) Upon expiration or earlier termination of the term of the Lease, Tenant shall surrender the Leased Premises in the same condition as the Leased Premises were in upon delivery of possession thereto under this Lease, ordinary wear and tear and damage from casualty excepted, and shall surrender all keys for the Leased Premises to Landlord. Tenant shall remove all its trade fixtures and leased equipment before surrendering the Leased Premises as aforesaid and shall repair any damage to the Leased Premises caused thereby. Tenant’s obligation to observe or perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or other termination of the term of the Lease.

 

(g) Tenant shall at its own expense perform all janitorial and cleaning services within the Leased Premises in order to keep same in a neat, clean and orderly condition. Tenant shall maintain the Leased Premises in a neat, clean and orderly condition at all times.

 

(h) Tenant shall give Landlord prompt written notice (and telephonic notice in the case of an emergency) of any fire or other damage occurring on or to the Leased Premises.

 

ARTICLE VIII: INSURANCE AND INDEMNITY

 

SECTION 8.01 Liability Insurance.

 

Tenant shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the term hereof, at its own cost and expense, a comprehensive general liability insurance policy, including Bodily Injury and Property Damage, on an occurrence basis, to afford protection in an amount of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit, for personal injury, death or property damage arising out of any one occurrence. The policy shall name Tenant as insured and Landlord, and any other person, firms or corporations designated by Landlord, as additional insured. A copy of the policy and an original certificate of insurance shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the Commencement Date and thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the policy each year thereafter.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 7 -

 

 

SECTION 8.02 Fire And Extended Coverage Insurance.

 

Tenant shall at all times during the term hereof, and at its cost and expense, keep in full force and effect, policies of insurance covering its fixtures, equipment, goods, and inventory held for sale located on the Leased Premises, in an amount not less than eighty (80%) percent of their actual cash value, providing protection against any peril included within the standard classification of “Fire and Extended Coverage”, together with insurance against sprinkler damage, vandalism, malicious mischief, and business interruption insurance. The proceeds of such insurance, so long as this lease remains in effect, shall be used to repair or replace the fixtures and equipment so insured. Such insurance shall include coverage for HVAC units, bathroom and fire sprinkler fixtures.

 

SECTION 8.03 Increase in Fire Insurance Premium.

 

Tenant agrees that it will not keep, use, sell or offer for sale in or upon the Leased Premises any article which may be prohibited by the standard form of fire and extended risk insurance policy. Tenant agrees to pay any increase in premiums for fire and extended coverage insurance that may be charged during the term of this Lease on the amount of such insurance which may be carried by Landlord on the Leased Premises or the Shopping Center of which they are a part, resulting from the type of merchandise sold by Tenant in the Leased Premises, whether or not Landlord has consented to the same. In determining whether increased premiums are the result of Tenant’s use of the Leased Premises, a schedule issued by the organization making the insurance rate on the Leased Premises, showing the various components of such rate, shall be conclusive evidence of the several items and charges which make up the fire insurance rate on the Leased Premises. Tenant agrees to promptly make, at Tenant’s cost, any repairs, alterations, changes and/or improvements to equipment in the Leased Premises required by the company issuing Landlord’ s fire insurance so as to avoid the cancellation of, or the increase in premiums on, said insurance. A tenant with the Permitted Use herein is deemed to be a tenant acceptable under the standard fire and extended insurance coverage.

 

In the event Tenant’s occupation and use of the Leased Premises causes any increase of premium for the fire, boiler and/or casualty rates on the Leased Premises or any part thereof above the rate for the least hazardous type of occupancy legally permitted in the Leased Premises, the Tenant shall pay the additional premium on the fire, boiler and/or casualty insurance policies by reason thereof. The Tenant also shall pay in such event, any additional premium on the rent insurance policy that may be carried by the Landlord for its protection against rent loss through fire or other casualty. Bills for such additional premiums shall be tendered by Landlord to Tenant at such times as Landlord may elect and shall be due from, and payable by Tenant to Landlord when rendered, and the amount thereof shall be deemed to be Additional Rent.

 

SECTION 8.04 Indemnification.

 

Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant, its agents, servants, employees, contractors, customers or invitees for any damage to person or property caused by any act, omission or neglect of Tenant. Without limiting or being limited by any other indemnity in this Lease, but rather in confirmation and furtherance thereof, Tenant agrees, subject to the limitations of Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, as amended, to indemnify, defend, Landlord’s beneficiaries (if Landlord is a land trust), the managing agent of the Shopping Center, the leasing agent of the Shopping Center and their respective agents, partners, shareholders, officers, directors and employees of the Shopping Center harmless of, from and against any and all losses, damages, liabilities, claims, liens, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to, court costs, reasonable attorneys’ fees and litigation expenses) in connection with injury to or death of any person or damage to or theft, loss or loss of the use of any property occurring in or about the Leased Premises or the Shopping Center arising from Tenant’s occupancy of the Leased Premises, or the conduct of its business or from any activity, work, or thing done, permitted or suffered by Tenant in or about the Leased Premises or the Shopping Center, or from any breach or default on the part of Tenant in the performance of any covenant or agreement on the part of Tenant to be performed pursuant to the terms of this Lease, or due to any other act or omission or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors, assigns, subtenants, guests or invitees.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, Landlord shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Tenant, its employees, officers, and Trustees harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, losses, damages, judgments and suits arising from Landlord and its employees failure to comply with the terms and conditions of this Lease, or due to any other act or omission or willful misconduct, and Landlord shall pay Tenant’s reasonable attorney’s fees and litigation rights in connection therewith.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 8 -

 

 

SECTION 8.05 Waiver of Subrogation.

 

Tenant waives (unless said waiver should invalidate any such insurance) its right to recover damages against Landlord for any reason whatsoever to the extent such loss or damage is covered by terms of the insurance policies Tenant is required to maintain pursuant to this Article VIII. Any insurance policy procured by Tenant which does not name Landlord as a named insured, shall, if obtainable, contain an express waiver of any right of subrogation by the insurance company against the Landlord. The foregoing waiver shall apply regardless of the cause or origin of such claim, including but not limited to the negligence of Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, officers, employees or contractors, but shall not apply if it would have the effect, but only to the extent of such effect, of invalidating any insurance coverage of Tenant or Landlord. Tenant shall obtain any special endorsements, if any, required by its insurers to evidence compliance with the aforementioned waiver, including an endorsement that Landlord, although named as an insured, shall nevertheless be entitled to recover damages caused by the negligence of Tenant.

 

ARTICLE IX: UTILITIES

 

Tenant shall be solely responsible for and promptly pay all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer charges or trash removal or any other utility used or consumed in the Leased Premises. If any such charges are not paid when due, Landlord may, at its option, pay the same, and any amount so paid by the Landlord shall there upon become due to the Landlord from Tenant as Additional Rent. Should Landlord elect to supply the water, gas, electricity, trash removal, or any other utility used or consumed in the Leased Premises, Tenant agrees to purchase and pay for the same as Additional Rent at the applicable rates filed by the Landlord with the proper regulatory authority. In no event shall Landlord be liable for an interruption or failure in the supply of any such utilities to the Leased Premises. Tenant shall also be required prior to taking possession of the Leased Premises to pay to the Landlord any and all water or sewer connection or meter charges for the Leased Premises if the Landlord has been required to pay such charges by any private or governmental authority having jurisdiction there over.

 

ARTICLE X: ATTORNMENT AND SUBORDINATION

 

SECTION 10.01 Attornment.

 

In the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of, or in the event of exercise of the power of sale under any mortgage made by the Landlord covering the Leased Premises or in the event a deed is given in lieu of foreclosure of any such mortgage, if requested to do so, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser or grantee in lieu of foreclosure upon any such foreclosure or sale and recognize such purchaser or grantee in lieu of foreclosure as the Landlord under this Lease.

 

SECTION 10.02 Subordination.

 

Tenant agrees that this Lease and the interest of Tenant therein shall be, and the same hereby is made subject and subordinated at all times to all covenants, restrictions, easements and other encumbrances now or hereafter affecting the fee title of the Shopping Center and to all ground and underlying leases and to any mortgage in any amounts and all advances made and to be made thereon, which may now or hereafter be placed against or affect any or all of the land and/or any or all of the buildings and improvements, including the Leased Premises, now or at any time hereafter constituting a part of the Shopping Center, and/or any ground or underlying leases covering the same, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, participations, replacements and extensions thereof. The term “Mortgages” as used herein shall be deemed to include trust indentures and deeds of trust. The aforesaid provisions shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be necessary unless required by any such ground or underlying Lessors or Mortgages. Should the Landlord or any ground or underlying Lessors or mortgagees desire confirmation of such subordination, then Tenant shall execute, and deliver, within 30 days of Landlord’s written request therefor, without charge, any and all documents (in form acceptable to Landlord and such ground or underlying Lessors or mortgagees and reasonably acceptable to Tenant) subordinating this Lease and the Tenant’s rights hereunder. Landlord shall use its best efforts to provide a standard non-disturbance agreement from the mortgagee.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 9 -

 

 

ARTICLE XI: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

SECTION 11.01 Consent Required .

 

(a) Tenant may not assign or in any manner transfer or grant or suffer any encumbrance of Tenant’s interest in, this Lease in whole or in part, nor sublet all or any portion of the Leased Premises, or grant a license concession or other right of occupancy of any portion of the Leased Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance. The consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a waiver of the necessity for such consent to any subsequent assignment or subletting. It is understood that Landlord may refuse to grant consent to any assignment or subletting by Tenant with or without cause and without stating in its refusal to grant such consent the reasons for which it refuses to grant such consent arbitrarily and may not, under any circumstances, be required or compelled to grant such consent, however such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. If this Lease be assigned, or if the Leased Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by any party other than Tenant, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as Tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of the covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. This prohibition against assignment or subletting shall be construed to include prohibition against any assignment or subleasing by operation of law, legal process, receivership, bankruptcy or otherwise, whether voluntary or involuntary. Notwithstanding any assignment or sublease, Tenant shall remain fully liable on this Lease and shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

 

(b) Tenant shall have the obligation to pay a reasonable administrative fee to Landlord in connection with such assignment or sublease, of $15,000.00. The foregoing administrative fee shall not be applicable to a permissible assignments without Landlord’s consent pursuant to Section 11.01(a), unless Tenant, the assignee or subtenant requires written confirmation or acknowledgement by Landlord of the assignment or sublease, or requires the preparation or execution by Landlord of any documentation in connection with such assignment or sublease.

 

SECTION 11.02 Assignment by Landlord.

 

In the event of the transfer, sale or assignment by Landlord of its interest in this Lease or in the Shopping Center containing the Leased Premises to a person expressly assuming Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, Landlord shall be and is entirely freed and relieved of all liability under any and all of its covenants and obligations contained in or derived from this Lease arising out of any act, occurrence or omission occurring after the consummation of such transfer, sale or assignment; and the purchaser, at such sale, transfer, or assignment or any subsequent sale, transfer, or assignment of the Premises shall be deemed without any further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest or between the parties and any such purchasers to have assumed and agreed to carry out any and all of the covenants and obligations of the Landlord under this Lease. Tenant agrees to look solely to such successor in interest of the Landlord for performance of such obligations. Any security given by Tenant to secure performance of Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall be assigned and transferred by Landlord to such successor in interest, and Landlord shall thereby be discharged of any further obligation relating thereto.

 

ARTICLE XII: WASTE, GOVERNMENTAL REGULATIONS

 

SECTION 12.01 Waste or Nuisance.

 

Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed any waste upon the Leased Premises or any nuisance or other act or thing which may disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant in the Shopping Center, or which may adversely affect Landlord’s interest in the Leased Premises or the Shopping Center.

 

SECTION 12.02 Governmental Regulations.

 

Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with all county, municipal, state, federal laws, orders, ordinances and other applicable requirements of all governmental authorities, now in force, or which may hereafter be in force, pertaining to or affecting the condition, use or occupancy of the Leased Premises, and shall faithfully observe in the use and occupancy of the Leased Premises all municipal and county ordinances and state and federal statutes now in force or which may hereafter be in force. Tenant shall, subject to the limitations of Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, as amended, indemnify, defend and save Landlord harmless from all costs, losses, expenses or damages resulting from Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Section.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 10 -

 

 

ARTICLE XIII: RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

SECTION 13.01 Rules and Regulations.

 

(a) Tenant agrees as follows:

 

i) All loading or unloading of goods shall be done only at such times, in the areas, and through the entrances, designated for such purposes by Landlord.

 

(ii) The delivery or shipping of merchandise, supplies and fixtures to and from the Leased Premises shall be subject to such rules and regulations as in the judgment of the Landlord are necessary for the proper operation of the Leased Premises or Shopping Center. Trailers or trucks shall not be permitted to remain parked overnight in any area of the Shopping Center, whether loaded, unloaded or partially loaded or unloaded.

 

iii) All garbage and refuse shall be bagged and tied and placed in the dumpsters in the rear of the center for collection in the manner and at the times and places specified by Landlord and in accordance with all governmental regulations. If Landlord shall provide or designate a service for picking up trash and garbage, Tenant shall use the same. Tenant shall pay the costs of removal of any of the Tenant’s excessive refuse or trash.

 

(iv) No radio or television aerial or other similar device shall be installed without first obtaining in each instance the Landlord’s consent in writing. No aerial shall be erected on the roof or exterior walls of the Leased Premises, or on the grounds of the Shopping Center, without in each instance, the written consent of the Landlord. Any aerial so installed without such written consent may be removed by Landlord at any time and Landlord shall not be liable for such removal.

 

(v) No loud speakers, televisions, stereos, radios or other devices shall be used in a manner so as to be heard or seen outside of the Leased Premises without prior written consent of the Landlord.

 

(vi) The outside areas immediately adjoining the Leased Premises shall be kept clean and free from dirt and rubbish by the Tenant to the satisfaction of the Landlord and Tenant shall not place or permit any obstruction or merchandise in such areas, nor conduct any business therefrom.

 

(vii) Intentionally deleted.

 

(viii) The plumbing facilities shall not be used for any other purpose than that for which they are constructed, and no foreign substance of any kind shall be deposited therein, and the expenses of any breakage, stoppage, or damage resulting from a violation of this provision shall be borne by Tenant, who shall, or whose employees, agents, or invitees shall have caused same.

 

(ix) Tenant shall use, at Tenant’s sole cost, such pest extermination contractors as Landlord may direct and at such intervals as Landlord may require.

 

(x) Tenant shall keep the Leased Premises free from nuisances, noises or odors objectionable to the public, to other of the Shopping Center Tenants or to the Landlord.

 

(b) Landlord reserves the right from time to time to suspend, amend or supplement the foregoing rules and regulations, adopt and promulgate additional rules and regulations applicable to the Leased Premises and the Shopping Center. Notice of such rules and regulations and amendments and supplements thereto, if any, shall be given to the Tenant.
   
(c) Tenant agrees to comply with all rules and regulations upon notice to Tenant from Landlord, provided that such rules and regulations shall be reasonable and shall apply uniformly to all tenants of the Shopping Center.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 11 -

 

 

ARTICLE XIV

Intentionally deleted.

 

ARTICLE XV: DESTRUCTION OF LEASED PREMISES

 

SECTION 15.01 Total or Partial Destruction.

 

If the Leased Premises shall be damaged by fire, the elements, unavoidable accident or other casualty, without the fault of Tenant, but are not thereby rendered untenable in whole or in part, Landlord shall at its own expense cause such damage, except to Tenant’s equipment and trade fixtures, to be repaired, and the rent and other charges shall not be abated. If, by reason of such occurrence, the Leased Premises shall be rendered untenable only in part, Landlord shall at its own expense cause the damage, except to Tenant’s equipment and trade fixtures, to be repaired, but only to the extent of Landlord’ s original obligation to construct pursuant to Section 3.01, and the Monthly Base Rent meanwhile shall be abated proportionately as to the portion of the Leased Premises rendered untenable; provided however, if such damage shall occur during the last two (2) years of the Term of this Lease (or of any renewal term). Landlord shall have the right, to be exercised by notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after said occurrence, to elect not to repair such damage and to cancel and terminate this Lease effective as of a date stipulated in Landlord’s notice, which shall not be earlier than thirty (30) days nor later than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice. If the Leased Premises shall be rendered wholly untenable by reason of such occurrence, the Landlord shall at its own expense cause such damage, except to Tenant’s equipment and trade fixtures, to be repaired, but only to the extent of the Landlord’s original obligation to construct pursuant to Section 3. 01, and the Monthly Base Rent meanwhile shall be abated in whole except that Landlord shall have the right, to be exercised by notice to Tenant within sixty (60) days after said occurrence, to elect not to reconstruct the destroyed premises, and in such event this Lease and the tenancy hereby created shall cease as of the date of the said occurrence. Nothing in this Section shall be construed to permit the abatement in whole or in part of the percentage rent, nor charges for Common Area Maintenance and real estate taxes attributable to any period during which the demised Leased Premises shall be in untenable condition, nor shall there be any abatement in these items nor the Monthly Base Rent if such damage is caused by the fault of Tenant. Whenever the Monthly Base Rent shall be abated pursuant to this Section 15.01, such abatement shall continue until the date which shall be the sooner to occur of (i) fifteen (15) days after notice by Landlord to Tenant that the Leased Premises have been substantially repaired and restored, or (ii) the date Tenant’s business operations are restored in the entire Leased Premises.

 

SECTION 15.02 Partial Destruction of Shopping Center.

 

In the event that fifty (50%) percent or more of the rentable area of the Shopping Center shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause, notwithstanding any other provisions contained herein and that the Leased Premises may be unaffected by such fire or other cause, Landlord shall have the right, to be exercised by notice in writing delivered to Tenant within sixty (60) days after said occurrence, to elect to cancel and terminate this Lease. If, in the opinion of Landlord’s architect, the damage portion of the Shopping Center cannot be repaired or restored within two hundred seventy (270) days from the date of notice of Landlord’s architect’s opinion, which opinion shall be delivered to Tenant not later than forty five (45) days following the date that fifty (50%) percent or more of the rentable area of the Shopping Center shall be damaged or destroyed by fire or other cause, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by notifying the Landlord in writing of such termination within sixty (60) days of receipt of Landlord’s architect’s opinion. Upon the giving of a termination notice by either Landlord or Tenant in accordance with this paragraph, the term of this Lease shall expire by lapse of time upon the third (3rd) day after such notice is given, and Tenant shall vacate the Leased Premises and surrender the same to Landlord.

 

SECTION 15.03 Reconstruction of the Improvements.

 

In the event of any reconstruction of the Leased Premises under this Section, said reconstruction shall be in substantial conformity with the provisions of Section 3.01. Tenant shall commence the installation of fixtures, equipment and merchandise hereof promptly upon delivery to it of possession of the Leased Premises and shall diligently prosecute such installation to completion.

 

ARTICLE XVI: EMINENT DOMAIN

 

SECTION 16.01 Total Condemnation.

 

If all or substantially all of the Leased Premises, or such portion of the Leased Premises or the Shopping Center as would render, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the continuance of Tenant’s business from the Leased Premises impracticable, shall be permanently taken or condemned for any public purpose, then this Lease, at the option of Tenant or Landlord upon the giving of written notice to the other party within ten (10) days from the date of such condemnation or taking, shall forthwith cease and terminate.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 12 -

 

 

SECTION 16.02 Partial Condemnation.

 

If less than all or substantially all of the Leased Premises or any portion of the Shopping Center shall be permanently taken or condemned for any public purpose, then Landlord shall have the option of terminating this Lease by written notice to Tenant within ten (10) days from the date of such condemnation or taking. If this Lease is terminated as provided above, this Lease shall cease and expire as if the date of transfer of possession of the Leased Premises, the Shopping Center, or any portion thereof, was the expiration date of this Lease. In the event that this Lease is not terminated by either Landlord or Tenant as aforesaid, Tenant shall pay the Rental up to the date of transfer of possession of such portion of the Leased Premises so taken or condemned and this Lease shall thereupon cease and terminate with respect to such portion of the Leased Premises so taken or condemned as if the date of transfer of possession of the Leased Premises was the expiration date of the Lease term relating to such portion of the Leased Premises. Thereafter the Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be adjusted on a pro rata, Rentable Square Foot basis. In the event of any such condemnation or taking and this Lease is not so terminated, Landlord shall promptly repair the Leased Premises so that the remaining portion of the Leased Premises or Building, as the case may be, shall constitute an architectural unit, fit for Tenant’s occupancy and business; provided, however, that Landlord’s obligation to repair hereunder shall be limited to the extent of the net proceeds made available to Landlord for such repair from any such condemnation or taking. In the event of any temporary taking or condemnation for any public purpose of the Leased Premises or any portion thereof, then this Lease shall continue in full force and effect except that Base Rent and Additional Rent, shall be adjusted on a pro rata rentable square foot basis for the period of time that the Leased Premises are so taken as of the date of transfer of possession of the Leased Premises and Landlord shall be under no obligation to make any repairs or alterations.

 

SECTION 16.03 Landlord’s Damages.

 

In the event of any condemnation or taking of the Leased Premises, Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord the value of all or any portion of the unexpired Lease Term and all leasehold improvements and Tenant may not assert a claim for a condemnation award therefor, the Tenant hereby expressly waiving any right or claim to any part thereof.

 

SECTION 16.04 Tenant’s Damages.

 

Although all damages in the event of any condemnation are to belong to the Landlord whether such damages are awarded as compensation for diminution in value of the Leasehold or the fee of the Leased Premises, Tenant shall have the right to claim and recover from the condemning authority, but not from Landlord, such compensation as may be separately awarded or recoverable by Tenant in Tenant’s own right on account of any damage to Tenant’ s business by reason of the condemnation and for or on account of any cost or loss to which Tenant might be put in (i) removing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements and equipment, (ii) relocation and moving expenses, and (iii) compensation for loss to Tenant’s business, provided no such claim shall diminish or otherwise adversely affect Landlord’s award. Each party agrees to execute and deliver to the other all instruments that may be required to effectuate the provisions of Section 16.03 and this Section 16.04.

 

SECTION 16.05 Sale Under Threat of Condemnation.

 

A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes under this Article.

 

ARTICLE XVII: DEFAULT OF TENANT

 

SECTION 17.01 Events of Default.

 

Upon the happening of one or more of the events as expressed below in (a) to (h), inclusive (individually and collectively, “Event of Default”), the Landlord shall have any and all rights and remedies hereinafter set forth:

 

( a) In the event Tenant should fail to pay any monthly installment of rent or any other sums required to be paid hereunder, including attorneys’ fees and costs Landlord incurs enforcing this Lease, both prior to and subsequent to legal process, as and when the same become due where such failure shall continue for a period of three (3) days after its due date.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 13 -

 

 

(b) In the event a petition in bankruptcy (including Chapter X and Chapter XI bankruptcy proceedings or any other reorganization proceedings under the Bankruptcy Act) be filed by the Tenant, or be filed against Tenant, and such petition is not dismissed within thirty (30) days from the filing thereof, or in the event Tenant is adjudged a bankrupt.

 

(c) In the event an assignment for the benefit of creditors is made by Tenant.

 

(d) In the event of an appointment by any court of a Receiver, Trustee or other court officer of Tenant’s property and such Receivership is not dismissed within thirty (30) days from such appointment or possession is not restored to Tenant within thirty (30) days or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Leased Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Lease, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

 

(e) In the event Tenant, before the expiration of the Term hereof and without the written consent of the Landlord, vacates the Leased Premises or abandons the possession thereof, or uses the same for purposes other than the purposes for which the same are hereby leased, or ceases to use the Leased Premises continuously during regular business hours of the Shopping Center for the purposes herein expressed.

 

(f) In the event Tenant fails to keep, observe or perform any of the other terms, conditions or covenants on the part of Tenant herein to be kept, observed and performed for more than fifteen ( 15 ) days after written notice thereof is given by Landlord to Tenant specifying the nature of such default, or if the default so specified shall be of such a nature that the same cannot reasonably be cured or remedied within said fifteen (15) day period, if Tenant shall not in good faith have commenced the curing or remedying of such default within such fifteen (15) day period and shall not thereafter continuously and diligently proceed therewith to completion.

 

(g) In the event Tenant fails to cure forthwith, immediately after receipt of notice from Landlord, any hazardous condition which Tenant has created or permitted in violation of law or of this Lease.

 

SECTION 17.02 Remedies of Landlord.

 

(a) In the event of such default or breach, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease and to thereupon re-enter and take possession of the said Leased Premises with legal process, including without limitation, through a summary proceeding. In the event of any such default or breach, Landlord shall have the right, at its option, from time to time, without terminating this Lease, to re-enter and re-let the Leased Premises or any part thereof, with legal process, as the agent and for the account of Tenant upon such terms and conditions as Landlord may deem advisable or satisfactory, in which event the rents received on such re-letting shall be applied first to the expenses of such re-letting and collection including but not limited to, necessary renovation and alterations of the Leased Premises, reasonable attorney’s fees, any real estate commissions paid, and thereafter toward payment of all sums due or which become due Landlord hereunder, and if a sufficient sum shall not be thus realized or secured to pay such sums and other charges, (i) at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall pay Landlord any deficiency monthly, notwithstanding Landlord may have received rental in excess of the rental stipulated in this Lease in previous or subsequent months, and Landlord may bring an action therefore as such monthly deficiency shall arise, or (ii) at Landlord’s option, the entire deficiency, which is subject to ascertainment for the remaining Term of this Lease, shall be immediately due and payable by Tenant. Nothing herein, however, shall be construed to require Landlord to re-enter in any event. The Landlord shall not, in any event, be required to pay Tenant any surplus of any sums received by Landlord on a re-letting of said Leased Premises in excess of the rent provided in this Lease.

 

(b) In the event of any such default or breach, the Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to declare the rents for the entire remaining Term and other indebtedness, if any, immediately due and payable without regard to whether or not possession shall have been surrendered to or taken by Landlord, and may commence action immediately thereupon and recover judgment therefore.

 

(c) In the event that Landlord obtains possession of the Leased Premises in accordance with subparagraph (a), then, in addition to other rights and remedies it may have Landlord, shall have the right to remove all or any part of the Tenant’s property from said Leased Premises and any property removed may be stored in any public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of, and for the account of Tenant and Tenant shall be responsible for all moving and storage costs associated therewith. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord’s action pursuant to this paragraph shall be for purposes of clearing the Leased Premises, it being understood that Landlord shall at no time have, and further agrees not to seek, any lien on any property removed.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 14 -

 

 

(d) No such re-entry or taking possession of said Leased Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on Landlord’s part to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant. Notwithstanding any such re-letting without termination, Landlord may at all times thereafter elect to terminate this Lease for such previous default or breach. Any such re-entry shall be allowed by Tenant without hindrance, and Landlord shall not be liable in damages for any such re-entry or guilty of trespass or forcible entry.

 

(e) Any and all rights, remedies and options given in this Lease to Landlord shall be cumulative and in addition to and without waiver of or in derogation of any right or remedy given to it under any law now or hereafter in effect.

 

(f) Landlord may pursue any other remedy now or hereafter available to Landlord under the laws or judicial decisions of the state in which the Premises are located.

 

SECTION 17.03 Waiver.

 

The waiver by Landlord of any breach of any term, condition or covenant herein contained shall not be a waiver of such term, condition or covenant, or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or covenant herein contained. The consent or approval by Landlord to or of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent to or approval of any subsequent similar act by Tenant. No re-entry hereunder shall bar the recovery of rents or damages for the breach of any of the terms, conditions or covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. The receipt of rent after breach or condition broken, or delay on the part of Landlord to enforce any right hereunder, shall not be deemed a waiver of forfeiture, or a waiver of the right of Landlord to annul this Lease or to re-enter said Leased Premises or to re-let same.

 

SECTION 17.04 Past Due Payments.

 

Tenant hereby acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of rent or other sums due hereunder will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of which will be extremely difficult to ascertain. Such costs include, but are not limited to, processing and accounting charges, and late charges which may be imposed upon Landlord by terms of any mortgage or Trust deed covering the Premises. Accordingly, in the event any rents, Additional Rents or any other payment due under this Lease should not be paid within five (5) days of the due date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late charge equal to the lesser of (a) the maximum amount permitted by law; or (b) seven (7%) percent. In addition thereto, in the event any check, bank draft, order for payment or negotiable instrument given to Landlord for any payment under this Lease shall be dishonored for any reason whatsoever not attributable to Landlord, then Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, to the extent permitted by law, an administrative charge of Seventy-five and No/100 Dollars ($75.00). Tenant recognizes and agrees that the charge(s) which Landlord is entitled to make upon the conditions stated in this Section represents, at the time this Lease is made, a fair and reasonable estimate and liquidation of the cost of Landlord in the administration of the Shopping Center resulting to Landlord from the events described which costs are not contemplated or included in any other rental charges provided to be paid by Tenant to Landlord in this Lease. The provisions herein for administrative charges shall not be construed to extend the date for payment of any sums required to be paid by Tenant hereunder or to relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay all such sums at the time or times herein stipulated. Acceptance of such late charges by the Landlord shall in no event constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to such overdue amount, nor prevent Landlord from exercising all other rights and remedies granted hereunder.

 

SECTION 17.05 Legal Expenses.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary herein, in the event any action or proceeding is brought by either party against the other under this Lease, the prevailing party shall not be entitled to recover any fees or costs of its attorneys in such action or proceeding, including costs of appeal, if any.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 15 -

 

 

ARTICLE XVIII: ACCESS BY LANDLORD

 

SECTION 18.01 Right of Entry.

 

Landlord and Landlord’s agents shall have the right to enter the Leased Premises, with notice to Tenant, at all reasonable times to examine the same, and to show them to prospective purchasers or lessees of the Shopping Center, and to make such repairs, alterations, improvements or additions as Landlord may deem necessary or desirable, and Landlord shall be allowed to take all material into and upon said Leased Premises that may be required therefore without the same constituting an eviction of Tenant in whole or in part and the rent reserved shall in no way abate while said repairs, alterations, improvements or additions are being made unless Tenant is prevented from operating in the Leased Premises in whole or in part, in which event rent shall be proportionately abated during said period. During the twelve (12) months prior to the expiration of the Term of this Lease or any renewal term, Landlord may exhibit the Leased Premises to prospective tenants or purchasers, and place upon the Leased Premises the usual notices “For Lease” or, “For Sale” which notices Tenant shall permit to remain thereon without molestation. If Tenant shall not be personally present to open and permit an entry into said Leased Premises, at any time, when for any reason and entry therein shall be necessary or permissible, Landlord or Landlord’s agents may enter the same without in any manner affecting the obligations and covenants of this Lease. Nothing herein contained, however, shall be deemed or construed to impose upon Landlord any obligation, responsibility or liability whatsoever, for the care, maintenance or repair of the building or any part thereof, except as otherwise herein specifically provided.

 

SECTION 18.02 Roof.

 

Use of the roof above the Leased Premises is reserved exclusively to the Landlord. Tenant acknowledges that the roof’s warranty is voided by having any person on the roof other than an authorized representative of the landlord’s roofing company. In the event that tenant, or any of their employees, agents, contractors or any other accesses the roof, whether with tenant’s knowledge or lack thereof, tenant is fully responsible for all damages to the roof, both present and future due to the voiding of the roof’s warranty. If for some reason tenant needs access to the roof to repair equipment, tenant shall notify landlord. Landlord shall then within a reasonable time have an authorized representative of the roofing company present while tenant’s agent, contractor or other such authorized person accesses the roof to make said repairs.

 

ARTICLE XIX: TENANT’S PROPERTY

 

SECTION 19.01 Taxes on Leasehold or Personality.

 

Unless otherwise exempt, Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay before delinquent all municipal, county or state taxes assessed during the Term of this Lease against any leasehold interest or personal property of any kind, owned by or placed in, upon or about the Leased Premises by the Tenant.

 

SECTION 19.02 Loss and Damage.

 

Except to the extent of the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, agents, or contractors. Landlord shall not be responsible for any damage to property of Tenant or of others located on the Leased Premises nor for the loss of or damage to any property of Tenant or of others by theft or otherwise. Landlord shall not be liable for any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, steam, gas, electricity, water, rain, or leaks from any part of the Leased Premises or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works or from the roof, street or subsurface or from any other place or by dampness or by any other cause of whatsoever nature, except where such damage shall be caused by willful misconduct of Landlord, its employees, agents, or contractors. Landlord shall not be liable for any such damage caused by other tenants or persons in the Leased Premises, occupants of adjacent property of the Shopping Center, or the public, or caused by operations in construction of any private, public or quasi-public work. Landlord shall not be liable in damages or otherwise for any latent defect in the Leased Premises or in the Shopping Center of which it forms a part, except that if Tenant shall give notice to Landlord within a period of one (1) year from the date Tenant takes possession of the Leased Premises of the existence of any such latent defect, then provided such defect shall not have resulted from any act, alteration or improvement made by Tenant, Landlord shall repair such defect. All property of Tenant kept or stored on the Leased Premises shall be so kept or stored at the risk of Tenant only and Tenant shall hold Landlord harmless from any and all claims arising out of damage to same, including subrogation claims by Tenant’s insurance carriers.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 16 -

 

 

SECTION 19.03 Notice by Tenant.

 

Tenant shall give immediate notice to Landlord in case of fire or accidents in the Leased Premises or in the Shopping Center of which the Leased Premises is a part or of defects therein or in any fixtures or equipment.

 

ARTICLE XX: HOLDING OVER SUCCESSORS

 

SECTION 20.01 Holding Over.

 

In the event Tenant remains in possession of the Leased Premises after the expiration of the Term created hereunder, and without the execution of a new lease, Tenant, at the option of Landlord, shall be deemed to be occupying the Leased Premises as a Tenant from month-to-month, at a monthly rent equal to the lesser of (a) two hundred percent (200%) of the Monthly Base Rent payable during the last month of the Lease term; or (b) the maximum holdover rent allowed by law, for each month occupying the Leased Premises. In addition to the Monthly Base Rent, Tenant agrees to pay monthly the monthly Shopping Center’s operating costs payable for such month, such tenancy to be subject to all the other conditions, provisions and obligations of this Lease insofar as the same are applicable to a month-to-month tenancy.

 

SECTION 20.2 Successors

 

All rights and liabilities herein given to or imposed upon, the respective parties hereto shall extend to and bind the several respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and permitted assigns of the said parties; and if there shall be more than one Tenant, they shall be bound jointly and severally by the terms, covenants and agreements herein. No rights, however, shall inure to the benefits of any assignee of Tenant unless the assignment to such assignee has been approved by Landlord in writing as provided in Section 11.01 hereof. Nothing contained in this Lease shall in any manner restrict Landlord’s right to assign or encumber this Lease and, in the event Landlord sells or transfers its interest in the Shopping Center and the purchaser or transferee assumes Landlord’s obligation and covenants, Landlord shall thereupon be relieved of all further obligations hereunder.

 

ARTICLE XXI: QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

Upon payment by the Tenant of the rents herein provided, and upon the observance and performance of all the covenants, terms and conditions on Tenant’s part to be observed and performed, Tenant shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Leased Premises for the Term hereby demised without hindrance or interruption by Landlord or any other person or persons lawfully or equitably claiming by, through or under the Landlord, subject, nevertheless to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

ARTICLE XXII: RENEWAL OPTION

 

NoneTenant shall have one (1) renewal option for a period of one (1) year. This Article shall not survive or be incorporated into any renewal terms of this lease.

 

ARTICLE XXIII: MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 23.01 Accord and Satisfaction

 

No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the monthly rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the earliest stipulated rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying the check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such rent or pursue any other remedy provided in the Lease or by law.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 17 -

 

 

SECTION 23.02 Entire Agreement

 

This Lease and the Exhibits, and Rider, if any, attached hereto and forming a part hereof, set forth all covenants, promises, agreements, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Leased Premises and there are no covenants, promises, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between them other than are herein set forth. No provision of this Lease may be amended or added to except by an agreement in writing signed by the parties hereto or their respective successors in interest. This Lease shall not be effective or binding on any party until executed by both parties hereto.

 

SECTION 23.03 No Partnership

 

Landlord does not in any way or for any purpose, become a partner of Tenant in the conduct of its business, or otherwise, or joint venture or a member of a joint enterprise with Tenant.

 

SECTION 23.04 Force Majeure

 

In the event that either party hereto shall be delayed or hindered in or prevented from the performance of any act required hereunder by reason of strikes, lockouts, labor troubles, inability to procure materials, failure of power, restrictive governmental laws or regulations, riots, insurrection, war or other reason of a like nature not the fault of the party delayed in performing work or doing acts required under the terms of this Lease, then performance of such act shall be excused for the period of the delay and the period for the performance of any such act shall be extended for a period of such delay. The provisions of this Section 23.04 shall not operate to excuse Tenant from the prompt payment of rent, Additional Rent or any other payments required by the terms of this Lease.

 

SECTION 23.05 Notices

 

(a) All notices shall be in writing.

 

(b) Any notice by Tenant to Landlord must be served by (i) certified or registered mail, postage prepaid; or (ii) nationally recognized overnight courier (such as FedEx, UPS), addressed to Landlord at the address first hereinabove given or at such other address as Landlord may designate by written notice. Any notice by Landlord to Tenant shall be served by (iii) first class mail postage prepaid; or (iv) nationally recognized overnight courier (such as FedEx, UPS), addressed to Tenant at the address first hereinabove given.

 

(c) Notice shall be deemed to be properly given if addressed to Tenant at the address hereinabove given, if such first class mail is refused or otherwise not delivered.

 

SECTION 23.06 Captions and Section Numbers

 

The captions, section numbers, article numbers and index appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or intent of such sections or articles of this Lease nor in any way affect this Lease.

 

SECTION 23.07 Tenant Defined, Use of Pronoun

 

The word “Tenant” shall be deemed and taken to mean each and every person mentioned as a Tenant herein be the same, one or more and if there shall be more than one Tenant, any notice required or permitted by the terms of the Lease may be given by or to any one thereof, and shall have the same force and effect as if given to all thereof. The use of the neuter singular pronoun to refer to Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed a proper reference even though Landlord or Tenant may be an individual, a partnership, a corporation, or a group of two or more individuals or corporations. The necessary grammatical changes required to make the provisions of this Lease apply in the plural sense where there is more than one Landlord or Tenant and to either corporations, associations, partnerships, or individuals, males or females, shall in all instances be assumed as though in each case fully expressed.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 18 -

 

 

SECTION 23.08 Broker Commission.

 

Each of the parties represents and warrants that it has dealt with no broker or brokers in connection with the execution of this Lease, and each of the parties agrees, subject to the limitations of Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, as amended, to indemnify the other against, and hold it harmless from, all liabilities arising from any claim for brokerage commissions or finder’s fees resulting from the indemnitor’s acts (including, without limitation the cost of counsel fees in connection therewith), except for such brokers identified herein.

 

SECTION 23.09 Partial Invalidity

 

If any term, covenant or condition of this Lease or the application thereof to any person or circumstances shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease or the application of such term, covenant or condition to persons or circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby and each term, covenant or condition of this Lease shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 23.10 Effectiveness of Lease

 

The submission of this Lease for examination does not constitute a reservation of or option for the Leased Premises and this Lease becomes effective as a lease only upon execution and delivery thereof by Landlord to Tenant, and the receipt of the full Security Deposit, and if paid by check, subject to clearance.

 

SECTION 23.11 Recording

 

Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum thereof without the written consent and joinder of Landlord.

 

SECTION 23.12 Default and Liability of Landlord

 

(a) Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform obligations required of Landlord within a reasonable time, but in no event later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of written notice by Tenant to Landlord, specifying how Landlord has failed to perform such obligation; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than fifteen (15) days are required for performance then Landlord shall not be in default if Landlord commences performance within such fifteen (15) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to completion.

 

(b) Anything contained in this Lease at law or in equity to the contrary notwithstanding Tenant expressly acknowledges and agrees that there shall at no time be or be construed as being any personal liability by or on the part of Landlord or any director, stockholder, partner, principal (disclosed or undisclosed), representative or agent of Landlord. Landlord represents to Tenant that it is the fee simple owner of the Shopping Center, including the Leased Premises. Tenant will look solely to the Landlord’s interest in the Shopping Center for the satisfaction of any and all claims, remedies or judgments (or other judicial process) in favor of Tenant requiring the payment of money by Landlord in the event of any breach by Landlord of any of the terms, covenants or agreements to be performed by Landlord under this Lease or otherwise. Such limitation of personal liability as herein set forth to be absolute, unconditional and without exception of any kind.

 

SECTION 23.13 Time of the Essence

 

Time is of the essence of this Lease and each and all of its provisions in which performance is a factor.

 

SECTION 23.14 Estoppel Information

 

When the Commencement Date is determined, upon request of Landlord, Tenant shall execute and deliver to Landlord, but in no event more than five (5) times in any calendar year, without charge a written declaration on a customary form reasonably satisfactory Tenant and to Landlord: (i) ratifying this Lease; (ii) confirming the commencement and expiration dates of the Term of the Lease; (iii) certifying that Tenant is in occupancy of the Leased Premises, the date Tenant commenced operating Tenant’s business therein and that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been assigned, modified, supplemented or amended except by such writings as shall be stated; (iv) that all conditions under this Lease to be performed by Landlord have been satisfied except such as shall be stated; (v) that there are no defenses or offsets against the enforcement of this Lease by Landlord, or stating those claimed by Tenant; (vi) reciting the amount of advance rental, if any, paid by Tenant and the date to which rental has been paid; and (vii) reciting the amount of security deposited with Landlord, if any. Tenant shall endeavor to deliver such estoppel certificate to Landlord as promptly as possible, without unnecessary delay.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 19 -

 

 

SECTION 23.15 Cumulative Remedies

 

No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

SECTION 23.16 Choice of Law and Venue.

 

Each party to this Lease unconditionally and irrevocably: (i) agree that this Lease shall be governed by the laws of the State of Florida; (ii) submit to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Miami-Dade county, state of Florida; and (iii) waive any objections they may have at any time to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding relating hereunder.

 

SECTION 23.17 Counterparts

 

This Lease may be executed in multiple copies each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of such copies shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

 

SECTION 23.18 Acceptance of Funds by Landlord

 

No receipt of money by the Landlord from the Tenant after the termination of this Lease or after the service of any notice or after the commencement of any suit, or after final judgment for possession of the Leased Premises shall reinstate, continue or extend the Term of this Lease or affect any such notice, demand or suit.

 

SECTION 23.19 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

 

TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE PARTIES HERETO SHALL AND THEY HEREBY DO WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTERS WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS LEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF LANDLORD AND TENANT, TENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE LEASED PREMISES AND/OR ANY CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.

 

SECTION 23.20 Interpretation of Lease.

 

This Lease shall not be more strictly construed against either party hereto by reason of the fact that one party may have drafted or prepared any or all of the terms and provisions hereof.

 

SECTION 23.21 Landlord’s Lien.

 

Intentionally deleted.

 

SECTION 23.22 Use of Premises

 

The Premises shall be used only for such purposes as set forth in Section (m) of the Lease Summary. Landlord shall not enter into any agreement with any other natural person, firm, partnership, association, corporation, limited liability company, trust, public body, authority, governmental unit or other entity which shall prohibit Tenant from providing primary care services.

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 20 -

 

 

SECTION 23.23 Authority

 

Tenant warrants that all consents or approvals required of third parties (including but not limited to its Board of Trustees) for the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease have been obtained and that Tenant has the right and authority to enter into and perform its covenants contained in this Lease. Likewise, Landlord warrants that all consent or approvals required of third parties (including but not limited to its manager or members) for the execution, delivery and performance of this Lease have been obtained and that Landlord has the right and authority to enter into and perform its covenants contained in this Lease.

 

SECTION 23.24 RADON GAS

 

Radon is a naturally occurring radioactive gas that, when it has accumulated in a building in sufficient quantities may present health risks to persons who are exposed to it over time. Levels of radon that exceed federal and state guidelines have been found in buildings in Florida. Additional information regarding radon and radon testing may be obtained from your county public health unit.

 

SECTION 23.25 Attachments

 

All Exhibits and any addenda which are attached to this Lease are a part of this Lease and are incorporated herein as if fully set forth herein.

 

[SIGNATURES ON FOLLOWING PAGE(S)]

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 21 -

 

 

EXHIBIT “A”

 

SITE PLAN OF SHOPPING CENTER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 1 -

 

 

EXHIBIT “B”

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 2 -

 

 

Exhibit C

 

Intentionally Deleted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 1 -

 

 

EXHIBIT “D”

 

Hazardous Materials

 

Tenant shall comply, at its sole expense, with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations of all state, federal, municipal and other governmental or judicial agencies or bodies relating to the protection of public health, safety, welfare or the environment (collectively, “Environmental Laws”) in the use, occupancy and operation of the Leased Premises. Tenant agrees that no Hazardous Substances (as defined hereinafter) shall be used, located, stored or processed on the Leased Premises or be brought onto any other portion of the Property by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors, assigns, subtenants, guests or invitees, and no Hazardous Substances shall be released or discharged from the Leased Premises (including, but not limited to, ground water contamination). The term “Hazardous Substances” shall mean and include all hazardous and toxic substances, waste or materials, any pollutant or contaminant, including, without limitation. PCB’s, asbestos and raw materials that include hazardous constituents or any other similar substances or materials that are now or hereafter included under or regulated by any Environmental Laws or that would pose a health, safety or environmental hazard. Tenant hereby agrees, subject to the limitations of Section 768.28, Florida Statutes, as amended, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord from and against any and all losses, liabilities (including, but not limited to, strict liability), damages, injuries, expenses (including, but not limited to, court Costs, litigation expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement or judgment), suits and claims of any and every kind whatsoever paid, incurred or suffered by, or asserted against, Landlord by any person, entity or governmental agency for, with respect to, or as a direct or indirect result of, the presence in or the escape, leakage, spillage, discharge, emission or release from the Leased Premises of any Hazardous Substances or the presence of any Hazardous Substances placed on or discharged from the Leased Premises or the Shopping Center by Tenant or any of its agents, employees, contractors, assigns, subtenants, guests or invitees, including, without limitation, any losses, liabilities (including, but not limited to, strict liability), damages, injuries, expenses (including, but not limited to, court costs, litigation expenses, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs of settlement or judgment), suits and claims asserted or arising under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), any so-called federal, state or local “Superfund” or “Superlien” laws or any other Environmental Law.

 

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have signed and sealed this Lease of the day and year first above written.

 

    LANDLORD:
     
    615 – 5TH STREET, CORP.,
    a Florida for-profit corporation.
     
Witnesses:  
       
/s/ Thomas Streda   By: /s/ Daniel Stone
Print Name Thomas Streda   Name:  Daniel Stone
    Title: as Secretary
       
/s/ Jorge Valdes      
Print Name Jorge Valdes      
       
    TENANT:
    LMP Finance LLC DBA LMP Rentals
  Sam Tawfik
   
Witnesses:   A Delaware Corporation
       
/s/ Thomas Streda   By: /s/ Sam Tawfik
Print Name Thomas Streda   Name: Sam Tawfik
    Title: G. P.
/s/ Jorge Valdes      
Print Name Jorge Valdes      

 

UCC: Miami Beach Lease Agreement

 

- 23 -

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

 

April 25, 2018

 

Sam Tawfik

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.

1000 5th Street, Suite 405

Miami Beach, FL 33139

 

Dear Mr. Tawfik:

 

This letter is to confirm and specify the terms of our engagement with LMP Automotive Holdings Inc., for the services performed during the period January 1, 2018 through December 31, 2018 and to clarify the nature and extent of the services we will provide. Our engagement will be designed to perform the following services:

 

1. See Attachment A

 

It is your responsibility to maintain and provide us as necessary with the documentation required to prepare complete and accurate returns, including but not limited to the original cost basis of assets sold, auto, travel, entertainment, related expenses, and charitable contributions. You should retain all documents, books, and records that form the basis of income and deductions. The documents may be necessary to prove the accuracy and completeness of the returns to a taxing authority. If you have any questions as to the type of records required, please ask us for advice in that regard. It is also your responsibility to carefully examine and approve your completed tax returns before signing and mailing them to the tax authorities. We are not responsible for the disallowance of doubtful deductions or inadequately supported documentation, nor for resulting taxes, penalties and interest.

 

Additionally, you are responsible for providing us all information necessary to identify (i) all states and foreign countries in which you “do business” or derive income and (ii) the extent of business operations in each relevant state and/or country. Based upon the state income information which you provide, we will inform you of any additional state income tax filing requirements in addition to the above listed state returns.

 

If you have derived income from a foreign country, we will use the foreign country income information which you provide to calculate any applicable federal or state foreign tax credit or other affected federal or state income tax items. However, you are responsible for meeting any foreign country income tax or other foreign country reporting requirements absent our agreement to assist in coordination or preparation.

 

We will not audit or verify the data you submit, although we may ask you to clarify it, or furnish us with additional data. Our work in connection with the preparation of your income tax returns does not include any procedures designed to discover defalcations or other irregularities, should any exist.

 

Daszkal Bolton LLP | 561.367.1040 | dbllp.com
2401 NW Boca Raton Boulevard | Boca Raton | Florida 33431-6632
490 Sawgrass Corporate Parkway, Suite 200 | Sunrise | Florida 33325-6252
4455 Military Trail, Suite 201 | Jupiter | Florida 33458-4828

 

 

 

 

Mr. Tawfik

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. & Subsidiaries

April 25, 2018

Page 2 of 4

 

Recent legislation increased the penalty that may be imposed where a taxpayer substantially understates income. Taxpayers, other than “tax shelters”, may seek to avoid all or part of the penalty by showing that the relevant facts affecting the item’s tax treatment were adequately disclosed on the return. You agree to advise us, or otherwise comply with this requirement based upon the following narrative, if you wish such disclosure to be made in your returns.

 

We will use our professional judgment in preparing your returns. Whenever we are aware that a possible applicable tax law is unclear or that there are conflicting authoritative interpretations of the law (such as by tax agencies and courts), we will explain the possible positions that may be taken on your return. We will follow whatever position you request on your return as long as it is consistent with the statutes, regulations and interpretations that have been promulgated by the government, including an assessment that the position will more likely than not be sustained.

 

If we conclude, as a result of our research, that you are required to disclose a transaction on your tax return, you consent to attach a Disclosure Statement (Form 8275) or Regulation Disclosure Statement (8275-R) to your return after we discuss the situation with you. If the Internal Revenue Service should later contest the position taken, there may be an assessment of additional tax, interest and penalties. We assume no liability for any such additional penalties or assessments.

 

Our fees for these services will be based upon the time incurred at our standard hourly rates. The total fixed fee of $28,500 for items 1, 2, and 3 will be billed in conjunction with the planned flow of work, as follows:

 

May 15, 2018   $ 7,000  
June 15, 2018   $ 7,000  
July 15, 2018   $ 7,000  
August 15, 2018   $ 7,000  

 

The following work be billed at our standard hourly rates. We bill an initial retainer and we will issue additional invoices as we incur time in excess of the retainer amounts.

 

SEC Drafting & MD&A     $5,000 Retainer  
Internal Control     $5,000 Retainer  

 

We are responsible for preparing only the returns listed above. Our fee does not include responding to inquiries or examination by taxing authorities or any services not specifically stated in this letter. Services performed outside the scope of the above will be billed at our standard hourly rates and covered by the provisions of this letter. Any significant services outside the scope will be discussed with you in advance, prior to performing the services.

 

2

 

 

Mr. Tawfik

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. & Subsidiaries

April 25, 2018

Page 3 of 4

 

In the event we are requested by you, or are required by government regulation, subpoena, or other legal process to produce our documents or our personnel with respect to our engagement you will be required to be reimbursed us for our professional time and expenses, as well as fees and expenses of counsel incurred in responding to such requests.

 

In recognition of the relative risks and benefits of this agreement, both the client and the accounting firm have discussed and have agreed on the fair allocation of risk between them. As such, the client agrees, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to limit the liability of the accounting firm to the client for any and all claims, losses, costs, and damages of any nature whatsoever, so that the total aggregate liability of the accounting firm to the client shall not exceed one times the accounting firm’s total fee for services rendered under this agreement. The client and the accounting firm intend and agree that this limitation apply to any and all liability or cause of action against the accounting firm, however alleged or arising, unless otherwise prohibited by law.

 

If any dispute arises among the parties hereto, the parties agree first to try in good faith to settle the dispute by mediation administered by an association such as the American Arbitration Association under its Rules for Professional Accounting and Related Services Disputes before arbitration. All disputes among the parties hereto that are unresolved after mediation shall be settled by binding arbitration in accordance with the Rules for Professional Accounting and Related Services Disputes of an association such as the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Costs of any mediation and/or arbitration proceedings shall be shared equally by all parties.

 

From time to time during our relationship you may seek our advice with regard to potential investments. We are not investment advisors. Accordingly, we suggest that you seek the advice of qualified investment advisors appropriate to each investment being considered. Unless otherwise specifically agreed to in a separate engagement letter or in a written addendum or amendment to this engagement letter signed by the parties, we will not advise you regarding the economic viability or consequences of an investment or whether you should or should not make a particular investment.

 

At Daszkal Bolton LLP, it is our goal to provide clients with services that add value. As you can appreciate, our most valuable asset is our staff. Our firm invests a great deal of time and effort to train our staff, as well as substantial financial resource to attract and retain top professionals. Accordingly, the Company and any of its affiliates will not attempt to employ our staff on either a part-time or full-time basis. In the event that a member of our staff is hired by the Company or any of its affiliates, the Company agrees to pay Daszkal Bolton LLP 50% of the individual’s current year’s annualized compensation. This agreement shall remain in effect for one year subsequent to termination, by either party, of this engagement. This fee is due upon commencement of employment.

 

3

 

 

Mr. Tawfik

LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. & Subsidiaries

April 25, 2018

Page 4 of 4

 

Your returns may be selected for review by the taxing authorities. Any proposed adjustments by-the examining agent are subject to certain rights of appeal. In the event of such government tax examination, we will be available upon request to represent you and will render additional invoices for the time and expenses incurred.

 

It is our firm’s policy to retain copies of your tax returns for seven years, after which they will be destroyed. However, Daszkal Bolton LLP does not keep any original client records, so we will return those to you at the completion of the services rendered under this engagement. When records are returned to you, it is your responsibility to retain and protect your records for possible future use, including potential examination by any government or regulatory agencies.

 

If the above fairly sets forth your understanding, please sign the enclosed copy of this letter and return it to us.

 

We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you.

 

Very truly yours,

 

DASZKAL BOLTON LLP

For the Firm

 

Craig Podradchik, CPA, P.A.

Partner

 

Agreed to and authorized

 

By: /s/ Sam Tawfik   Date 4/27/18  
  Mr. Sam Tawfik      

 

4

 

 

 

Attachment A

 

Scope of Services and Professional Fees

 

Daszkal Bolton is committed to providing you timely quality service at competitive fees.

 

Our fees are based on the complexity of the work, the time required by the individuals assigned to the engagement and the level of expertise needed/necessary for the engagement under which work is performed. We are looking forward to working with you; therefore, the fees and rates quoted below reflect our desire to develop a long-term relationship with you and Silver.

 

Services to be provided and estimated fees are as follows:

 

Audit and Tax Services   Proposed Fee
Monthly write up services for LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. & Subsidiaries (Subject to change as transaction volume increases)   $1,750 per month
     
Federal, state and local Tax Compliance for LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. & Subsidiaries   $4,000
$500 per state
     
Preparation of ASC740 Provision for Income Tax to provide to audit firm   $2,500
     
Generation of financial portion of forms to be filed with the SEC   Billed at firm hourly
rates
     
Assist the Company’s management with narratives for significant financial processes and walkthrough documentation and update descriptions of key controls for significant process as identified by the management of the Company; 1 month follow-up   Billed at firm hourly
rates
     
Assist the Company’s management in the testing of key controls for significant processes as identified by the management of the Company   Billed at firm hourly
rates

 

Daszkal Bolton LLP | 561.367 1040 | dbllp.com

2401 NW Boca Raton Boulevard | Boca Raton | Florida 33431-6632

490 Sawgrass Corporate Parkway, Suite 200 | Sunrise | Florida 33325-6252

4455 Military Trail, Suite 201 | Jupiter | Florida 33458-4828

 

 

5

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

 

 

Date: 04/25/2019

 

LMP FINANCE, LLC

601 N State Road 7

Plantation, FL 333172128

 

Application #: 100-321-4503 / V8

 

Dear: SAMER TAWFIK

 

Mercedes-Benz Financial Services, business unit of Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC, is pleased to make the following approval to LMP FINANCE, LLC for the acquisition of the equipment described herein. This Approval is subject to the terms and conditions outlined below.

 

Expiration Date:

 

* This approval will expire on 04/30/2020 (the “Expiration Date”). Any transactions funded pursuant to this Approval must be presented to Mercedes-Benz Financial Services at least five (5) business days prior to the Expiration Date.

 

Line of Credit Amount:

 

* $3,500,000.00

 

* All amounts funded pursuant to this Approval shall deplete the Total Approved Amount / Total Adjusted Capitalized Cost on a pro rata basis (e.g., funding a $50,000 contract shall decrease the funds available under the Total Approved Amount / Total Adjusted Capitalized Cost by $50,000). Payment made by LMP FINANCE, LLC on accounts funded pursuant to this Approval will replenish the credit available under the Total Approve Amount / Total Adjusted Capitalized Cost provided that at no time shall the amounts outstanding under this Approval exceeded the Total Approved Amount / Total Adjusted Capitalized Cost.

 

Group # 1 - $3,500,000.00
Equipment: New Car

Approved Terms of Contract(s):

 

* Retail

 

* 36 Months and 30.00% Balloon

 

* Trac Lease

 

* 36 Months and 30.00% Residual

 

Interest Rate:

 

* Please contact MERCEDES-BENZ FINANCIAL SERVICES USA LLC

 

Contract Requirements for All Groups:
MB Fleet Retail Commitment Items

 

* Retail Dealer Transaction Summary- MBFF0024

 

MB Fleet Trac Lease Commitment Items

 

* Lease Agreement TracLease MBFF0001
* Lease Dealer Transaction Summary- MBFF0014

* Schedule A Trac MBFF0002

 

Requirements:

 

Insurance Certificate listing Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC as loss payee for retail contracts and/or Daimler Trust as loss payee and additional insured for leases. Physical damage insurance for the greater of Actual Cash Value or the amount financed, with a deductible of not more than $10,000 per unit and, if Leasing, combined single limit coverage of not less than $1,000,000 Liability Insurance is also required

 

 

 

 

Notice of Requirement to Provide Insurance- MBFF0020

Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC will require an Authorization to Conduct a Credit Investigation signed by each personal and corporate guarantor. (MBFF3039) - ( MBFF3039 )

Documentation must be signed by President/Vice-President (for Corporations) or Member/Manager (for LLC), otherwise a Certificate of Authority- Global form- MBFF0030 is required. All signatures (on every document) must be accompanied with the signer's title.

Titling Requirements: a) For Retail, provide a copy of completed Title Application showing Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC as Lienholder using the following address (except in NJ): PO Box 279319, Sacramento, CA 95827. For state specific lienholder codes and addresses refer to the Information Notices under "Title P.O. Boxes and Addresses Updated" which can be located in the Notices Section on F&I Pro. b) For Leases, provide a copy of completed Title Application showing Daimler Trust as Owner and Daimler Title Co. as Lienholder. Use the following address for Daimler Trust as Owner: 13650 Heritage Pkwy, 1st Floor, Fort Worth, TX 76177. Use the following address for Daimler Title Co. : PO Box 279274, Sacramento, CA 95827. For state specific lienholder codes and addresses refer to the Information Notices under "Title P.O. Boxes and Addresses Updated" which can be located in the Notices Section on F&I Pro.

Continuing Cross Guaranty of SAMER TAWFIK & LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. & LMP Motors.com, LLC for LMP Finance, LLC - MBFF0009

10% down payment required for each financed unit.

Annual company prepared or better financial statements required within 90 days of FYE.

 

In order to better service your new account, we offer consolidated billing and AUTO-PAY®. Please inform your contact at MERCEDES -BENZ FINANCIAL SERVICES USA LLC of your preference prior to taking delivery.

 

Please ship all contract packages to the following addresses:

FedEx users: 4054 Willow Lake Blvd, Suite 2079, Memphis, TN 38153

UPS or USPS users: 3268 Progress Way, Suite 2079, Wilmington, OH 45177

 

As part of a like-kind exchange program, Mercedes-Benz Financial Services has engaged MBF Account Services LLC as a qualified intermediary. Mercedes-Benz Financial Services has or will assign to MBF Account Services LLC its rights (but not its obligations) for the purchase of equipment in the lease(s) approved in this letter.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Mercedes-Benz Financial Services may cancel this Approval at any time for any reason upon notice to Applicant. Further, Mercedes-Benz Financial Services has no obligation to fund if the Applicant is in default of any obligations owed to Mercedes-Benz Financial Services USA LLC.

 

Mercedes-Benz Financial Services is pleased to be the source for your financing needs and looks forward to assisting you far into the future. If you have any questions, please do not hesitate to contact MERCEDES-BENZ FINANCIAL SERVICES USA LLC.

 

Sincerely,

 

Peter Brant

Fleet Credit Analyst

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

DM DRAFT OF 3/1/18

 

NEITHER THIS NOTE NOR ANY OF THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON CONVERSION HEREOF HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY FOREIGN JURISDICTION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS WITHIN THE UNITED STATES AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED UNLESS THERE IS A REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND OTHER APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS IN EFFECT COVERING THIS NOTE OR SUCH SECURITIES, AS THE CASE MAY BE, OR THERE IS AVAILABLE AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE DUE 2018

 

$_______________   _______________, 2018

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation, promises to pay to __________________ (the “Holder”), or registered assigns, the principal amount of ____________________Dollars ($__________________).

 

This Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) shall bear simple interest on the unpaid principal balance outstanding at the rate of [four percent (4%)] per annum, calculated on the basis of a 365-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Unless this Note is earlier converted pursuant to Article 2, the principal amount of this Note and all accrued and unpaid interest hereon shall be payable in full upon maturity of this Note as provided in Section 1.1 below, which payment shall be made by check mailed to the address of the Holder as such address shall appear on the record books of the Company.

 

This Note is one of a series of convertible promissory notes due 2018 in the aggregate principal amount of up to [One Million Nine Hundred Thousand Dollars ($1,900,000)] (collectively the “Notes”) being issued by the Company pursuant to that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of ______________, 2018 among the Company and the purchasers listed thereto, as it may be amended from time to time (the “Note Purchase Agreement”).

 

This Note is subject to the following provisions, terms and conditions:

 

Article 1 – PAYMENT

 

Section 1.1 Maturity. Subject to the conversion provisions of Article 2, the unpaid principal balance of this Note together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon shall due and payable in full on the earlier of: (a) the date that is six (6) months after the date of issuance hereof (the “Maturity Date”) or (b) a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company.

 

 

 

 

Section 1.4 Prepayment or Conversion. Upon thirty (30) days’ written notice by the Company to the Holders at any time at least thirty (30) days before the Maturity Date (“Prepayment Notice”), each Holder shall have the option to: (i) have the Company prepay the entire unpaid principal amount outstanding under this Note and the accrued interest thereto (to the extent not previously converted in accordance with the terms of this Note), without penalty or premium or (ii) convert this Note pursuant to Article 2 below. If a Holder has not completed its election above by written notice to the Company within ten (10) days after the date of the Prepayment Notice, it shall be assumed that the Holder elected to convert pursuant to Section 1.4(ii) above.

 

Article 2 – CONVERSION

 

Section 2.1 Optional Conversion. The Holder may elect to convert all, but not less than all, of the entire unpaid principal amount outstanding under this Note and the accrued interest thereon (the “Conversion Amount”) into fully paid and non-assessable shares (“Shares”) of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (“Common Stock”), at any time prior to the Maturity Date, with such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions, contractual or otherwise, as are applicable to the Common Stock, such number of Shares shall equal the quotient obtained by dividing (a) the outstanding principal balance and unpaid accrued interest under this Note on the date of conversion by (b) [four dollars and seventy-five cents $4.75] (as appropriately adjusted for any forward or reverse stock split, combination, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification, stock distribution, stock dividend or similar events)(the “Conversion Price”). If the Holder wishes to exercise the Holder’s right to effect such a conversion, the Holder shall provide the Company with a written notice of such election, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Conversion Notice”), no later than thirty (30) days prior to the Maturity Date.

 

Section 2.2 Surrender of Note; Issuance of Stock Certificates; Joinder. As promptly as practicable after the conversion of this Note as provided in Section 2.1, the Holder shall surrender this Note to the Company for cancellation, whereupon the Company shall either, and at the Company’s sole discretion (a) issue and deliver to the Holder, in the name of the Holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of full Shares issuable upon the conversion of this Note or (b) in lieu of delivering physical certificates representing the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note, the Company may issue the shares in book entry or other electronic format through a transfer agent. As a condition to any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 2.1, the Holder shall execute and deliver to the Company an agreement to become a party to (i) that certain Stockholders’ Agreement, by and between the Company, Samer Tawfik and the persons named therein, attached as Exhibit C to the Note Purchase Agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”), and, if applicable, the Shares shall bear such transfer restriction legends as may be required pursuant to the Stockholders’ Agreement and (ii) any other documents as the Company shall reasonably request for the Holder with respect to the Shares issued upon such conversion, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and as a condition to any conversion of this Note pursuant to Section 2.1, the Holder shall execute and deliver to the Company an agreement to become a party to the agreements of the type listed in the foregoing clauses (i) and (ii) to which the holders of the securities into which this Note is converted are then parties or are then becoming parties.

 

2

 

 

Section 2.3 No Fractional Shares. No fractional shares shall be issued upon conversion of this Note. If conversion of this Note would result in the issuance of a fractional share, the amount payable under this Note that therefore cannot be applied to the purchase of the Shares purchasable upon conversion shall be returned to the Holder by the Company.

 

Section 2.4 Anti-Dilution Adjustment. The Conversion Price shall be subject to appropriate adjustment so as to protect the rights of Lender upon the occurrence on or after the issuance of the Note of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification, merger, combination, consolidation or other similar transaction. Upon each occurrence of any event described in the immediately preceding sentence, the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted (and any other appropriate actions shall be taken by the Company, including, upon the occurrence of any merger, combination, consolidation or other similar transaction, the issuance to Lender of any securities into which this Note shall be converted by operation of law or pursuant to the express terms of such transaction provided that such transaction has been approved by the board of directors of the Company), so that Holder, upon any conversion of this Note, shall be entitled to receive the number of shares of Common Stock or other property, including cash or securities, that Holder would have owned or would have been entitled to receive upon or by reason of any of the events described above, had this Note been converted immediately prior to the date of such event, or if such event has a record date, then the record date applicable to such event. An adjustment made pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence shall become effective retroactively to the close of business on the day upon which such event is affected .

 

Article 3 – SUBORDINATION

 

Section 3.1 Subordination . No indebtedness shall be senior in any respect to this Note, except Senior Indebtedness. As used herein, “Senior Indebtedness” shall mean the principal of and unpaid accrued interest on: (a) indebtedness of the Company, or with respect to which the Company is a guarantor, to banks, insurance companies, lease financing institutions or other financial institutions regularly engaged in the business of lending money, which is for money borrowed (or purchase or lease of equipment in the case of lease financing) by the Company (whether or not secured) in the ordinary course of business, and (b) any such indebtedness or any debentures, notes or other evidence of indebtedness issued in exchange for such Senior Indebtedness, or any indebtedness arising from the satisfaction of such Senior Indebtedness by a guarantor.

 

Section 3.2 Pari Passu Notes . The Holder acknowledges and agrees that the payment of all or any portion of the outstanding principal amount of this Note and all interest hereon shall be pari passu in right of payment and in all other respects to the other Notes. In the event that the Holder receives payments in excess of the Holder’s pro rata share of the Company’s payments to the holders of all of the Notes, then the Holder shall hold in trust all such excess payments for the benefit of the holders of the other Notes, as the case may be, and shall pay such amounts held in trust to such other Holders upon demand by such holders.

 

3

 

 

Article 4 – REMEDIES OF HOLDER IN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

Section 4.1 Events of Default Defined. Any of the following that shall occur and be continuing for any reason whatsoever (and whether such occurrence shall be voluntary or involuntary or come about or be effected by operation of law or otherwise) shall constitute an event of default (each an “Event of Default”):

 

(a) the Company shall fail to perform or observe any covenant or agreement set forth in this Note or the Note Purchase Agreement in any material respect, or the Company shall breach any representation or warranty contained in the Note Purchase Agreement in any material respect, and (except as set forth in Section 4.1(e)) such failure or breach continues uncured for 10 business days after written notice thereof shall be received by the Company from holders of at least of majority of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (the “Requisite Noteholders”); or

 

(b) if an order, judgment or decree is entered adjudicating the Company bankrupt or insolvent; or if the Company shall commence any case, proceeding or other action relating to it in bankruptcy or seeking reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, arrangement, composition or readjustment of its debts, or for any other relief, under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement, composition, readjustment of debt or other similar act or law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, now or hereafter existing; or if the Company shall apply for a receiver, custodian or trustee of it or for all or a substantial part of its property, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; or

 

(c) if any case, proceeding or other action against the Company shall be commenced in bankruptcy or seeking reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, arrangement, composition or readjustment of its debts, or any other relief, under any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, dissolution, arrangement, composition, readjustment of debt or other similar act or law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, now or hereafter existing; or if a receiver, custodian or trustee of the Company or for all or a substantial part of its properties shall be appointed; or if a warrant of attachment, execution or distraint, or similar process, shall be issued against any substantial part of the property of the Company; and if, in each such case, such condition shall continue for a period of 60 days undismissed, undischarged or unbonded; or

 

(d) the Company shall fail to pay when due any principal of or accrued interest on this Note and such payment shall not have been made within ten business days after written notice thereof is received by the Company from the Requisite Noteholders.

 

Section 4.2 Notice to Company. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 4.1(a) or Section 4.1(d), the Requisite Noteholders may, by written notice thereof provided to the Company, declare the entire principal amount and all interest accrued and unpaid on the Notes to be, and the Notes shall thereupon become, forthwith due and payable, without any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default described in Section 4.1(b) or Section 4.1(c), immediately, and without notice, the entire principal amount and all interest accrued and unpaid on the Notes to be, and the Notes shall thereupon become, forthwith due and payable, without any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived. No course of dealing on the part of the Requisite Noteholders nor any delay or failure on the part of the Holder or the Requisite Noteholders to exercise any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or otherwise prejudice such holders’ rights, powers and remedies. In addition to the foregoing remedies, upon the occurrence of and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Requisite Noteholders may elect to exercise any other right, power or remedy permitted by law, either by suit in equity or by action at law, or both.

 

4

 

 

Article 5 – TRANSFER, ETC.

 

Section 5.1 Instruments of Transfer. The transfer of this Note shall be subject to the Note Purchase Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, this Note, if presented or surrendered for exchange or transfer, shall, if so required by the Company, be accompanied by a duly executed written instrument of transfer, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Company, and such other documentation as the Company shall reasonably request. Thereupon, this Note shall be re-issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee, or a new Note for like principal amount and interest shall be issued to, and registered in the name of, the transferee. The Holder acknowledges and agrees that it may not transfer, or otherwise assign, this Note (a) to any other person engaged, or who reasonably anticipates engaging, directly or indirectly, in whole or in part, to any competitor of the Company, (b) without complying with all federal and state securities laws, or any other applicable law, rule or regulation, to the extent applicable, and (c) without executing any other documents as the Company shall reasonably request for the Holder with respect to such transfer.

 

Section 5.2 Loss, Theft, Etc. Upon receipt of evidence satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, mutilation or destruction of this Note, and in the case of such loss, theft or destruction, upon delivery of a bond of indemnity in such form and amount as shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the event of such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of this Note, the Company shall make and deliver without expense to the Holder a new Note, of like tenor, in lieu of such lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Note. At the discretion of the Company, the Company may accept in lieu of a bond of indemnity, the affidavit of the Holder that sets forth the fact of loss, theft or destruction and of the Holder’s ownership of this Note at the time of such loss, theft or destruction as satisfactory evidence thereof and no further indemnity shall be required as a condition to the execution and delivery of a new Note other than the written agreement of such owner to indemnify the Company.

 

Section 5.3 Person Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentation of this Note for transfer in accordance with this Article 5, the Company may deem and treat the Holder as the absolute owner of this Note (whether or not this Note shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing hereon) for the purpose of receiving payment of or on account of the principal amount hereof and interest due thereon and for all other purposes, and the Company shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary.

 

Section 5.4 Assignment by the Company. Neither this Note nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder may be assigned, by operation of law or otherwise, in whole or in part, by the Company without the prior written consent of the Requisite Noteholders.

 

Article 6 – MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 6.1 Undertaking. By acceptance of this Note, the Holder acknowledges that there may not be sufficient shares of Common Stock authorized under the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as then in effect, upon the conversion of Notes pursuant to Article 2. In connection with any conversion pursuant to Article 2, the Company shall take such action as shall be necessary to authorize the securities being issued in such conversion, to the extent that a sufficient number of such securities is not otherwise authorized at the time of such conversion.

 

5

 

 

Section 6.2 Amendment and Waiver. For purposes of the Notes, no course of dealing between the Company and the holders of the Notes, or any of them, and no delay on the part of any such party in exercising any rights hereunder shall operate as a waiver of the rights thereof. Any term of this Note may be amended, supplemented, modified or waived only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of at least a majority of the principal amount of the Notes then outstanding; provided, however, that any such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver that impairs the rights or increases the obligations of any Holder shall not be effected without the prior written consent of such Holder unless such amendment, supplement, modification or waiver applies to all Holders in the same fashion. Any amendment, supplement, modification of waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.2 shall be binding upon the Holder of this Note and each transferee thereof (or the securities issuable upon conversion thereof).

 

Section 6.3 Section and Other Headings. The section and other headings contained in this Note are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Note.

 

Section 6.4 Governing Law. This Note shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware.

 

Section 6.5 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (a) personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent, if sent by confirmed electronic mail or facsimile transmission during normal business hours of the recipient, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, (c) five days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next business day delivery, with written verification of receipt; addressed to the Holder at the Holder’s address in the records of the Company and addressed to the Company at its principal place of business to the attention of its Secretary.

 

[Signature page follows.]

 

6

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the day and year first above written.

 

  LMP AUTOMOTIVE HOLDINGS, INC.
     
  By:        
    Samer Tawfik
    Chief Executive Officer and President

 

7

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF CONVERSION NOTICE

(To be executed by the registered Holder
in order to convert Note)

 

The undersigned hereby elects to convert the specified principal amount of Convertible Promissory Notes (the “Notes”) into shares of common stock, par value $0.00001 per share (the “Common Stock”), of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, according to the conditions hereof, as of the date written below.

 

 
  Date to Effect Conversion
   
 
  Principal amount of Notes owned prior to conversion
   
 
  Principal amount of Notes to be converted
  (including accrued but unpaid interest thereon)
   
 
  Number of shares of Common Stock to be Issued
   
 
  Applicable Conversion Price
   
 
  Principal amount of Notes owned subsequent to Conversion
   
 
  Signature of Holder
  By
  Name:
  Title:

 

 

8

 

Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary   Jurisdiction
601 NSR, LLC   Delaware
LMP Motors.com, LLC   Delaware
LMP Finance, LLC   Delaware
LMP Automotive Holdings, LLC   Delaware

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this registration statement on Form S-1 of our report dated June 7, 2019 relating to the consolidated financial statements of LMP Automotive Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017. We also consent to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” appearing therein.

 

Grassi & Co., CPAs, P.C.

 

Jericho, New York

June 17, 2019